UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31 2020, 2023

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File Number 001-39735

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

The Beachbody Company, Inc.

For the transition period from to

Commission file number: 001-39735

FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

(Exact name of registrantRegistrant as specified in its charter)Charter)

Delaware

85-3222090

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)No.)

1177 Avenue of the Americas, 5th Floor

New York, New York

10036

400 Continental Blvd, Suite 400,

El Segundo, California

90245

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

(310) 883-9000

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (917) 310-3722code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class:each class

Trading

Symbol(s)

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of Each Exchange each exchange

on Which Registered:which registered

Units, each consisting of one share of Class A Common Stock and one-third of one Redeemable WarrantFRX.UThe New York Stock Exchange
Shares of

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

BODI

FRX

The New York Stock Exchange

Warrants, each exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock for $11.50 per shareFRXWSThe New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YesYESNoNo

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. YesYESNoNo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YesYesNoNO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YesYesNoNO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitionthe definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer, “smaller reporting company”company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer☒  Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company 

Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☒ Smaller reporting company Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  YES ☐ NO     No  ☐

The registrant’s shares were not listed on any exchange and had no value as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of 2020. The registrant’s units begin trading on The New York Stock Exchange on November 25, 2020 and the registrant’s shares of Class A common stock and warrants began trading on The New York Stock Exchange on January 15, 2021. The aggregate market value of the units outstanding, other than sharesvoting and non-voting common equity held by persons who may be deemed affiliatesnon-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference tobased on the closing price for the units on December 31, 2020, as reported on Thethe New York Stock Exchange for June 30, 2023, was $315,000,000.$57,754,248.

As of March 22, 2021, thereThere were 30,000,0004,101,895 shares of registrant’s Class A common stock,Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 7,500,0002,729,003 shares of the registrant’s Class B common stock,X Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, outstanding as of March 3, 2024.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Parts of the registrant issued and outstanding.

registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

PAGE

Page

Item 1.

PART I

Business

1

Item 1A.1.

Risk FactorsBusiness

17

3

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

10

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

17

44

Item 2.1C.

PropertiesCybersecurity

17

44

Item 3.2.

Legal ProceedingsProperties

17

45

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

45

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

17

46

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

18

46

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

18

47

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

19

47

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

20

64

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

20

65

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

20

113

Item 9A.

Controls and ProcedureProcedures

20

113

Item 9B.

Other Information

20

114

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

114

PART III

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

21

115

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

28

115

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

28

115

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

30

115

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

31

115

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, and Financial Statement Schedules

32

116

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

32

120

i1


Unless otherwise stated in this report or the context otherwise requires, references to:

“common stock” are to our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock;

“DGCL” refers to the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same may be amended from time to time;

“directors” are to our current directors and director nominees;

“Forest Road” refers to The Forest Road Company, LLC, the managing member of our sponsor;

“founder shares” are to shares of Class B common stock initially purchased by our sponsor in a private placement prior to our initial public offering and the shares of Class A common stock that will be issued upon the automatic conversion of the shares of Class B common stock at the time of our initial business combination as described herein;

“initial stockholders” are to holders of our founder shares prior to our initial public offering;

“GAAP” are to the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America;

“IFRS” are to the International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board;

“management” or our “management team” are to our executive officers and directors;

“our team” are to our executive officers, directors and strategic advisors;

“public shares” are to shares of Class A common stock sold as part of the units in our initial public offering (whether they were purchased in our initial public offering or thereafter in the open market);

“public stockholders” are to the holders of our public shares, including our initial stockholders and team to the extent our initial stockholders and/or members of our team purchase public shares, provided that each initial stockholder’s and member of our team’s status as a “public stockholder” will only exist with respect to such public shares;

“private placement warrants” are to the warrants issued to our sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering;

“sponsor” are to Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; and

“we,” “us,” “company,” “Company” or “our company” are to Forest Road Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation.

ii

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report, including, without limitation, statements under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” includesReport contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), including statements about and the financial condition, results of operations, earnings outlook and prospects of The Beachbody Company, Inc. (the “Company,” "BODi", “we,” “us,” “our” or the Exchange Act. These forward-lookingsimilar terms). Forward-looking statements can beare typically identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the words “believes,such as “plan,“estimates,“believe,“anticipates,“expect,“expects,“anticipate,“intends,“intend,“plans,“outlook,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “project,” “continue,” “could,” “may,” “will,“might,” “possible,” “potential,” “projects,“predict, “predicts,” “continue,” or “should,” or, in each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following risks, uncertainties“would” and other factors:similar words and expressions, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;

our ability to complete our initial business combination with Beachbody and Myx (each as defined below) or an alternative business combination;

our expectations around the performance of the prospective target business or businesses;

our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination;

our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;

our pool of prospective target businesses if the Merger (as defined below) is not consummated;

the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential business combination opportunities if the Merger is not consummated;

our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

the lack of a market for our securities;

the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;

the trust account not being subject to claims of third parties; or

our financial performance.

The forward-looking statements contained in this report are based on our current expectations as applicable and beliefs concerning future developmentsare inherently subject to uncertainties and changes in circumstances and their potential effects on us. Futureand speak only as of the date of such statement. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us may notwill be those that we have been anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to the following:

our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit, operating expenses including changes in selling and marketing, general and administrative, and enterprise technology and development, expenses (including any components of the foregoing), Adjusted EBITDA (defined later) and our ability to achieve and maintain future profitability;
our anticipated growth rate and market opportunity;
our liquidity and ability to raise financing;
our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, officers, key employees or directors;
other than the pre-funded warrants, our warrants are accounted for as liabilities and changes in the value of such warrants could have a material effect on our financial results;
our ability to effectively compete in the fitness and nutrition industries;
our ability to successfully acquire and integrate new operations;
our reliance on a few key products;
market conditions and global and economic factors beyond our control;
intense competition and competitive pressures from other companies worldwide in the industries in which we will operate;
litigation and the ability to adequately protect our intellectual property rights; and
other risks and uncertainties set forth in this Report under the heading “Risk Factors.

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize or should any of ourthe assumptions made by management prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We

You should not place undue reliance upon our forward-looking statements.

Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, we undertake no obligation to update or revise anythese forward-looking statements whetherto reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

2


PART I

Item 1. Business.

We are a leading subscription health and wellness company providing fitness, nutrition and stress-reducing programs to our customers. With 1.3 million digital subscriptions and 0.2 million nutritional subscriptions as of December 31, 2023, we believe our ability to offer solutions in both the global fitness market and the global nutrition market under one platform positions us as the leading holistic health and wellness solution. We have a 25-year track record of creating innovative exercise, nutrition and stress-reducing content that have improved the lives of millions of customers. We make fitness entertaining, approachable, effective and convenient, while fostering social connections that encourage customers to live healthier and more fulfilling lives.

We are a results-oriented company at the intersection of wellness, technology and media. We developed one of the original fitness digital streaming platforms with an extensive library of content containing 134 complete streaming programs and approximately 9,000 unique streaming videos. We measure the success of our library by customer engagement indicators including a metric that divides daily active users by monthly active users (“DAU/MAU”) and “streams” by our subscribers over the respective periods. While the measure of a digital stream may vary across companies, we define streams and total streams as the stream of a video for at least 25% of its length during a given period. In 2023, our DAU/MAU averaged 31.3%. In 2023 and 2022, our subscribers viewed 98.2 million and 120.5 million streams, respectively. We also measure our success by month over month retention rates of our digital subscribers, which was approximately 96.0% for the year ended December 31, 2023.

img27321737_0.jpg 

Driven by our commitment to help people achieve their goals and lead healthy, fulfilling lives, we have built or acquired digital platforms to engage with our customers such as Beachbody On Demand (“BOD”), Beachbody On Demand Interactive (“BODi”), and BODi Bike. Prior to July 2022, fitness programs were also available on the Openfit digital platform. Our BOD digital platform includes an extensive library with high-quality production and creatively diverse fitness content. BOD, and our premium and interactive digital platform, BODi, in addition to an annual subscription, also have monthly, 3-month and 6-month membership prices. In addition, we also have promotional offers which at times include membership options for greater than one year. During 2022, we completed the consolidation of our Openfit streaming fitness offering into both Beachbody platforms to enhance our value proposition to all customers and simplify our go-to-market strategy. Starting in March 2023, BODi also includes a new form of fitness programming called BODi Blocks, and the new mindset content.

The BOD + BODi annual subscription price was reduced to $179, from $298 in September 2022 to appeal to a larger audience. In 2023, we enhanced our BODi platform by improving the digital experience for search and discovery, which resulted in being named the "Best Workout and Fitness App" for 2023 by CNN Underscored. It also integrates a layer of personal development and mindset content. The combination of fitness, nutrition, and mindset makes the BODi platform a complete solution to support the whole person and help them achieve positive “Health Esteem.”

Our premium nutrition products help make meal planning and healthy weight loss achievable without deprivation. Simplicity and proven strategies are at the core of what we do, and many of our brands, including Shakeology, Beachbody Performance, BEACHBAR and Bevvy, have been designed with formulae and ingredients that have been

3


clinically tested to help our customers achieve their goals. By leveraging consumer insights we are able to make targeted recommendations to them that support improved results.

In late 2023, we added GrowthDay, a subscription-based personal development application ("app") to the BODi Health Esteem ecosystem which the BODi Partners network can sell to prospective customers. This product is offered by GrowthDay and we receive a portion of the revenue for selling our customers access to this app. Additionally, GrowthDay content appears in the Mindset section of our BODi app.

We have also built a social commerce platform with incentives to invite people to participate in groups and to increase our customer base, inspiring participants to achieve their goals which in turn generates cash flow that can be used to accelerate our digital expansion. This platform includes our network of micro influencers whom we refer to as "Partners", who help customers start and maintain a fitness and nutrition program through positive reinforcement, accountability, and a proprietary online support community. The Partners pay a monthly subscription fee to access our Partner office tools, which provide training, sales enablement, and reporting capabilities.

In late 2023, we launched an initiative that we call "the BODi Growth Game Plan" which is designed to help Partners improve the overall productivity of their teams, as they assist current and potential customers achieve an improvement in their Health Esteem. We also implemented results oriented compensation incentives for our Partners beginning January 1, 2024, which will reward high performance, especially for new Partners, and aligns the overall compensation structure with generating profitable revenues.

Our revenue is primarily generated from the sale of digital subscriptions and nutritional products that are often bundled together. We also generate revenue selling the BODi Bike. We believe there are future revenue and customer retention opportunities that can be generated through our enhanced BODi offering, new nutritional bundles, and connected devices that offer digital subscriptions.

Our Product Offerings and Economic Model

Digital Subscriptions

Our digital subscriptions include BOD and a live interactive premium subscription, BODi, launched in late 2021. The subscriptions are renewed on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis and include unlimited access to an extensive library of live and on-demand fitness and nutrition content. In addition, we also have promotional offers which at times include membership options for greater than one year. Prior to July 2022, we also offered a subscription service to the Openfit digital platform. In March 2023, we launched an improved BODi experience and began migrating all BOD-only members to BODi on their renewal dates, all BOD-only members will be migrated to BODi by March 31, 2024.

Our digital platforms provide a one-stop-shop for all types of fitness and nutrition content, with world famous brands such as P90X, Insanity, 21 Day Fix, 80 Day Obsession, Morning Meltdown 100, LIIFT4, Unstress Meditations, Portion Fix, 4 Weeks of Focus, Sure Thing, and others. The BODi platform gives users access to comprehensive, highly produced, and creatively diverse fitness content with dynamic trainers. We had 1.3 million digital subscriptions as of December 31, 2023, which provide access to approximately 9,000 unique fitness, nutrition, mindfulness and recovery videos that can be accessed anywhere. BODi content is available on the web as well as the Beachbody Bike touchscreen, iOS, Android, Roku, Apple TV, Fire TV and Chromecast. Our offerings deliver both fitness and nutritional content, and personal development mindset content.

Digital subscriptions also help generate sales of our nutritional products, which are often sold together as bundles.

Nutritional Products

Our nutritional products include Shakeology, Beachbody Performance supplements, BEACHBARs and Bevvy supplements and others. As part of our mission to be a total health and wellness solution for our consumers, our nutritional products are formulated and manufactured to high quality standards and complement our fitness and device offerings. Our research and development team rigorously assesses and develops new nutritional products that are in line with customer goals, satisfies a continuum of customer demand, and increases subscriptions and customer lifetime revenue. Shakeology, our superfood health mix, is clinically shown to help reduce cravings and promote healthy weight loss and formulated to help support healthy digestion and provide healthy energy with its proprietary formula of superfoods, phytonutrients, enzymes, fiber and protein, with no artificial sweeteners, flavors, colors or preservatives.

4


Beachbody Performance supplements include our pre-workout Energize, Hydrate, post-workout Recover and protein supplement Recharge. In 2022, we launched First Thing and Last Thing, a comprehensive mind-body solution formulated with clinically effective key ingredients to help support the immune system, nourish brain health, defend against stress, and encourage better sleep.

BEACHBARs are low-sugar snack bars available in three flavors, made with ingredients to help satisfy cravings without undermining our customers’ fitness and weight loss goals. We continue to research and develop additional nutritional products, and currently provide a variety of other nutritional supplements including collagen, fiber and greens “boosts.”

Connected Fitness Products

Our digital subscription offerings are complemented by our connected fitness products acquired from Myx Fitness in June 2021. The BODi Bike may be equipped with a unique swivel touch screen that enables users to engage with content beyond the indoor cycling experience and encourages broader cross-training, incorporating resistance training and yoga for a more holistic fitness experience and healthier results.

We believe a connected bike is a perfect fit and important genre for the BODi ecosystem with its focus on heartrate-based zone training, and together with BODi’s digital subscription offerings and nutritional products, brings together a comprehensive at-home solution that provides personalization, live coaching, celebrity rides, nutritional supplements and healthy meal-planning.

We provide BOD and BODi content through the bike's swivel touch screen. We offer the fitness content and supplements together with the bike through BODi subscriptions and through our network as well as via direct-to-consumer marketing channels.

The BODi Bike is manufactured using commercial-grade equipment and may include a 21.5” 360-degree swivel screen. In the United States, the standard package price is $1,399 and includes a Polar heart rate monitor with free delivery and set up. Additionally, we offer a “BODi Bike Studio” package which bundles a 3-year subscription to BODi with a bike and accessories for $1,625. In late 2023, we began offering a BODi bike without the 360-degree swivel screen which can be connected with customer's personal devices (e.g., phone, watch or tablet) for $499.

Implementing a “One Brand” Strategy

During 2022, we consolidated our streaming fitness and nutrition offerings into a single Beachbody platform and began marketing our connected fitness bike under the Beachbody brand. We believe the addition of prior Openfit products and talent into the BOD and BODi extensive on-demand library strengthened the Beachbody ecosystem, enhanced our value proposition to all our customers and Partners, and simplified our go-to-market strategy. It also helps us leverage the scale of our content creation, technology investments, and marketing.

Our Value Proposition

Our holistic approach to health and wellness provides the consumer with tools to achieve positive health esteem at a lower cost than most traditional gyms or fitness studios and nutrition/weight loss plans.

Our business model is characterized by developing compelling fitness, nutrition, and mindset content and products that are designed to help subscribers achieve their goals and feel good about themselves in the process. This in turn attracts additional customers who see those experiences on social media. These consumers then become advocates for the Company, which helps attract and retain new and existing consumers. This “virtuous cycle” of content, customer success, and new customer acquisition drives subscriber growth and recurring revenue opportunities.

Our annual connected fitness subscription of $179 equates to an average monthly price of $15.00 during 2023, which is less expensive than most monthly gym memberships, a fraction of the price of a personal training session, and less than the cost of one individual cycling class at a boutique studio. Boutique studio fitness classes typically cost between $25.00 and $45.00 per person per class and follow a strict schedule whereas our monthly connected fitness subscription covers the household of up to five people and offers unlimited use, anytime, anywhere. Our on-demand library features classes, spanning five to 60 minutes, which provide our customers with flexibility and convenience.

For our BODi Bike Studio, which bundles a BODi Bike, a 3-year subscription to BODi, and accessories, we offer attractive 0% APR financing programs to qualified customers through a third-party partner who bears the risk of loss

5


associated with the amount financed, which allow qualified customers to pay in monthly installments of as low as $50 for 36 months. These financing programs have successfully broadened the base of customers by attracting consumers from a wider spectrum of ages and income levels.

Our nutritional products come in varying sizes and prices and are often bundled with digital content offerings. An example of a bundled package is the BODi and Shakeology Total Solution Pack, which is priced at $99 per month and comes with a twenty serving supply of Shakeology and a monthly BODi membership.

BODi's approach to Health Esteem is designed to help people feel good as they create sustainable healthy habits. We have the lifestyle solutions for individuals focused on weight loss, including a broad array of structured, step by step fitness and nutrition programs, plus personal development and mindset tools.

Our Economic Model

Our primary model is selling directly to consumers. We attract new customer sign ups through three go-to-market models: 1) a proprietary network of Partners that earns commissions on their sales, 2) contact with current and past customers by emails or through our social media followers and 3) direct response marketing media.

Our Partner network drives the majority of our revenues. Partners earn a share of the revenue generated by promoting our products and helping our customers succeed. They also earn additional bonuses for expanding our customer base by building teams of Partners. The Partners are BODi’s equivalent of a gig workforce. In the year ended December 31, 2023 the Partners typically received a 25% commission on orders they generated through their efforts. The Partner commission was reduced to 20% effective January 3, 2024. We also have a “Preferred Customer” program, which entitled them in the year ending December 31, 2023 to up to a 25% discount on certain purchases in return for paying a monthly subscription fee. The Preferred Customer discount was reduced to 20% effective December 1, 2023.

We leverage our super trainers and other influencers in our marketing creative, as well as their social media following. We have arrangements with the influencers where they earn financial incentives for engaging customers and getting new customer sign ups.

Competition

We operate in the competitive and highly fragmented health and wellness market in which, given the holistic nature of our business, we face significant competition from multiple industry segments. The overall market opportunity remains large as 74% of U.S. adults are considered overweight according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. A consumer's fitness profile may range from a very active gym member with multiple online platform subscriptions to an infrequent user with a single subscription. We want to help consumers achieve their health objectives by offering an engaging platform with healthy nutrition solutions.

We face significant competition from providers of at-home fitness solutions, including connected fitness equipment, digital fitness apps, and other wellness apps. We also face competition from weight management, dietary and nutritional supplement providers, and are sensitive to the introduction of new products or weight management plans, including various prescription drugs.

The recent emergence of the GLP -1 weight loss drugs have generated a considerable amount of attention. We are encouraged about treatments that can help some of the 74% of Americans that are overweight or obese, but we also recognize that a chemical solution is only a single step towards sustaining a healthy lifestyle and does nothing to improve skeletal muscle mass which is critical to health and functioning. It is important that people supplement these weight loss drugs with healthier lifestyle choices, including fitness and nutrition. BODi’s approach to Health Esteem helps people feel good as they create sustainable healthy habits.

We are also subject to significant competition in attracting Partners from other social commerce platforms, including those that market fitness solutions, weight management products and dietary and nutritional supplements. Our ability to remain competitive depends on our success in delivering results for our customers, maintaining our community, retaining Partners through attractive compensation plans, and continuing to offer a vast content library as well as an attractive product portfolio.

Our competitors may develop, or have already developed, products, features, content, services, or technologies that are similar to ours or that achieve greater acceptance, may undertake more successful product development efforts, create more compelling marketing campaigns, or may adopt more aggressive pricing policies. Our competitors may develop or acquire, or have already developed or acquired, intellectual property rights that significantly limit or

6


prevent our ability to compete effectively in the public marketplace. In addition, our competitors may have significantly greater resources than us, allowing them to identify and capitalize more efficiently upon opportunities in new markets and consumer preferences and trends, quickly transition and adapt their products and services, devote greater resources to marketing and advertising, or be better positioned to withstand substantial price competition. If we are not able to compete effectively against our competitors, they may acquire and engage customers or generate revenue at the expense of our efforts, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Manufacturing

We rely on contract manufacturers to manufacture our nutritional products, bikes and related equipment. Our contract manufacturers can schedule and purchase supplies independently or from our suppliers, according to contractual parameters. Nutritional ingredients are sourced according to our specifications from our approved suppliers. Outsourcing allows us to operate an asset-light business model and focus our efforts on innovation, sales and marketing. Our contract manufacturers are regularly audited by third parties and in the case of nutritionals, they are also audited by our Quality Assurance department and comply with our rigorous Quality Assurance Protocols (“QAP”s) and specifications as well as follow industry good manufacturing practices (“GMP”s) and food safety guidelines. We believe our contract manufacturers have the capacity to meet our current and near-term supply needs. We monitor capacity and performance of our manufacturing partners and will qualify alternate suppliers as needed. We receive finished products from our contract manufacturers, which includes all packaging and ingredients used, as well as an agreed-upon charge for each item produced.

To mitigate against the risks related to a single source of supply, we qualify alternative suppliers and manufacturers when possible, and develop contingency plans for responding to disruptions, including maintaining adequate inventory of products.

Storage and Distribution

We outsource the storage and distribution of finished goods to third-party logistics companies, with facilities geographically dispersed to help optimize shipping times to our customer base. In the United States, our nutrition and other products are currently distributed from Groveport, Ohio and shipped to United States-based customers principally through FedEx or the U.S. Postal Service. In Canada, our nutrition and other products are distributed from Oshawa, Canada to customers via a third-party specialty shipper. In Europe, our products are distributed from Northampton, UK to customers via a European transport provider. Usual delivery time is approximately five to seven days.

Our connected fitness products are currently distributed mainly from separate distribution centers in California, New Jersey, Illinois, and Georgia and shipped to U.S.-based customers principally through GXO Logistics covering the United States and Canada.

Utilizing multiple partners from geographically-distributed locations enhances our geographic reach and allows us to further scale our distribution system and maintain flexibility, while reducing order fulfillment time and shipping costs. With our commitment to our customer-first approach, we will continue to invest to strengthen our operations’ coverage in locations we identify as strategic and cost-effective delivery markets throughout the United States, Canada, Europe, and in new international regions.

Intellectual Property

We believe our success, competitive advantages, and growth prospects depend in part upon our ability to develop and protect our content, technology, and intellectual property rights. We rely upon a combination of patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights, confidentiality agreements, contractual commitments and other legal rights to establish and protect our brands and intellectual property rights throughout the world. For example, we file for and register our trademarks and monitor third party trademarks worldwide and we have developed a robust enforcement program to protect our brands/trademarks, domains, and copyrights to protect our intellectual property rights on various platforms including the web, borders/customs, e‑commerce and social channels to protect our brands, videos, DVDs and DVD kits, clothing, and accessories which have been and continue to be counterfeited.As of December 31, 2023, we have over 3,000 registered trademarks, over 200 registered copyrights and four patents (including 18 patents pending).

7


To minimize intellectual property infringement and counterfeiting, our team monitors domains, websites, eCommerce sites, social channels, distributors and other third parties through a third-party platform that monitors eBay, Amazon, Mercado Libre, YouTube, Vimeo, Instagram, Gumtree, Kijiji, Mercari and other platforms and sites in the U.S. and worldwide to identify third parties who purport to sell our products including DVDs and videos. Additionally, we enter into agreements with our commercial partners, supply chain vendors, employees and consultants to control access to, and clarify ownership of, our intellectual property and proprietary information.

Government Regulation

We are subject to many varying laws and regulations in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom (the "UK"), the European Union (the "EU") and throughout the world, including those related to data privacy, data protection, data breach notification, content regulation, foods and dietary supplements, imports and exports, intellectual property, consumer protection, e-commerce, multi-level marketing, advertising, messaging, rights of publicity, health and safety, employment and labor, product liability, accessibility, competition, and taxation. These laws often require companies to implement specific information security controls to protect certain types of information, such as personal data, “special categories of personal data” or health data. While we strive to comply and remain compliant with each of these laws and regulations, they are constantly evolving and may be interpreted, applied, created, or amended in a manner that could require a change to our current compliance footprint, or harm our current or future business and operations. In addition, it is possible that certain governments may seek to block or limit our products and services or otherwise impose other restrictions that may affect the accessibility or usability of any or all of our products and services for an extended period of time or indefinitely.

With respect to data privacy and protection laws and regulations, in the EU, the General Data Protection Regulation, (the “GDPR”), became effective in 2018. The GDPR is intended to create a single legal framework for privacy rights that applies across all EU member states, including France, which is currently the only country in the EU in which we operate. The GDPR created more stringent operational requirements for controllers and processors of personal data, including, for example, requiring enhanced disclosures to data subjects about how personal data is processed (including information about the profiling of individuals and automated individual decision-making), limiting retention periods of personal data, requiring mandatory data breach notification, and requiring additional policies and procedures to comply with the accountability principle under the GDPR. Similarly, other jurisdictions are instituting privacy and data security laws, rules, and regulations, which could increase our risk and compliance costs. As a result of new information, future eventsBrexit, for example, we will need to continue compliance with the UK Data Protection Act of 2018 for privacy rights across the United Kingdom, the legal requirements of which largely follow the GDPR.

We are also subject to laws, rules, and regulations regarding cross-border transfers of personal data, including laws relating to the transfer of personal data outside the European Economic Area, (“EEA”), and the UK. We rely on transfer mechanisms permitted under these laws, including the standard contract clauses and intracompany data transfer agreements, which mechanisms have been subject to regulatory and judicial scrutiny. If these existing mechanisms for transferring personal data from the EEA, the United Kingdom, or otherwise, except asother jurisdictions are unavailable, we may be required underunable to transfer personal data of employees or customers in those regions to the United States.

In addition to European data privacy rules, we are subject to privacy laws in the U.S. and Canada, including the California Privacy Rights Act and California Consumer Privacy Act (collectively, “California Privacy Laws”). The California Privacy Laws require us to provide clear notice to consumers about what data is collected about them, honor requests to opt-out of the sale or sharing of their personal data and comply with certain requests related to their personal data, such as the right to access or delete their personal data.

Additionally, along with our contract manufacturers, distributors and ingredients and packaging suppliers, we are subject to laws and regulations related to our food and nutritional products. In the United States, the federal agencies governing the manufacture, distribution and advertising of our products include, among others, the Federal Trade Commission, the Food and Drug Administration ("FDA"), the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”), the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and similar state and local agencies. Under various statutes, these agencies, among other things, prescribe the requirements and establish the standards for labeling, manufacturing, quality, and safety and regulate marketing and advertising to consumers. Certain of these agencies, in certain circumstances, must not only enforce regulations that apply to our food and nutritional products, but also review the manufacturing processes and facilities used to produce these products to ensure compliance with applicable securities laws. regulations in the United States.

iii8


We may also be subject to increasing levels of regulation with respect to environmental, social and governance ("ESG") matters. For example, the SEC and the State of California, have adopted, or are considering rules to require companies to provide significantly expanded climate related disclosures, which may require us to incur additional costs to comply, including the implementation of significant additional internal controls processes and procedures.

PART IWe are also subject to laws and regulations regarding automatically renewing subscriber products and services as well as the status and determination of independent contractor status for our distributors, affiliates and influencers. Any changes in the laws, regulations or interpretations of these laws, or increased enforcement of such laws and/or regulations, could adversely affect our ability to retain customers, promote sales, and harm our financial condition and operating performance.

Item 1. BusinessSeasonality

Overview

Historically, we have experienced higher sales in the first and second quarters of the fiscal year compared to other quarters, due in large part to seasonal holiday demand, New Year’s resolutions, and cold weather. We also have historically incurred higher selling and marketing expenses during these periods. For example, in the year ended December 31, 2023, our first and second quarters combined represented 53% of revenue and 54% of our selling and marketing expenses.

Human Capital

Mission and Values

Like our brand, product and content offerings, our culture is dynamic, unique, and framed by our expansive vision and passion for community, collaboration, and success. For our people, the purpose and function of our culture is clear, and operates as a shared language of values and as a way of getting things done that permeates through the many areas in which we operate as a company. Our culture is shaped by our Core Purpose: to help people achieve their goals and lead healthy, fulfilling lives. Our Core Purpose informs what we do, the products we develop, the people we hire and the business decisions we make, which helps us collaborate and interact with candor, passion and heart.

In furthering our Core Purpose, we employ the following business tenets, among others, in the way we operate:

Customers First: We have a customer-centered mindset that prioritizes a positive product and brand experience. We are proud to be innovators of a results-oriented, health and fitness-centered community.
Constantly Moving Forward: We value innovation, continuous improvement, and challenging the status quo, all of which are keys to success in a competitive environment. We move quickly, take smart risks and learn from failures. We never let the fear of imperfection stop us from achieving great things.
Team Members: We hire individuals who are great at what they do and encourage all our team members to think openly and creatively to solve tough, intricate problems. We empower our team members to think and act like owners.
Diversity of Perspective: We know the importance and value of a team. We know our collective differences make us stronger and uphold the obligation to dissent and listen. We value inclusivity, and we are proud that everyone can work to help solve difficult problems and have an impact.

Our Culture

To foster these values, we have committed to promote a culture that is professional, collaborative and supportive. We are an inclusive group comprised of bright and talented people who are highly skilled and collaborative, who work hard and are relentless about seizing opportunities and solving problems. We assess our culture and listen to our workforce through periodic employee engagement surveys. Our workplace policies are informed by the feedback we receive from our employees. We are an equal opportunity employer, with all qualified applicants receiving consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, national origin, disability or protected veteran status. Throughout our organization, including our Board of Directors (the “Board”), we are committed to equality and fostering a diverse and inclusive culture.

Team Member Total Rewards

9


We aim to provide team members a competitive total rewards program that includes competitive salaries and a broad range of sponsored benefits such as a 401 (k) plan with a Company match, healthcare and insurance benefits, parental leave, health and wellness offerings, product discounts, paid time off and learning and development opportunities, which we believe are competitive with others in our industry.

We are committed to fair and equal pay, respecting all people and all beliefs, and creating a positive social impact.

Employees

We are extremely proud of our team which embodies a diverse mix of backgrounds, industries, and levels of experience. We are a blank check company incorporated on September 24, 2020remote-first workplace, and as a Delaware corporationof December 31, 2023, we employed 582 full-time individuals. Our team members primarily work remotely, but also across our El Segundo, California, Van Nuys, California and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this report as our initial business combination. Since our initial public offering, weHarpenden, United Kingdom locations.We do not have concentrated our efforts on identifying businesses in the telecommunications, mediaany material collective bargaining agreements and technology (“TMT”) space that align with the following macro themes:

new audience aggregation platforms transforming the TMT landscape;

premium IP driving significant value expansion;

consumer behavior fundamentally changing;

cutting-edge technologies facilitating new offerings;

evolving ecosystem reshaping traditional business models; and

companies in need of capital due to idiosyncratic market conditions.

We seek to capitalize on the significant experience, relationships and contacts of our officers and directors, Forest Road, the managing member of our sponsor, and strategic advisors to complete our initial business combination. We believe that our team’s distinguished and long-term track record of sourcing, acquiring, and building next-generation media and entertainment platforms, along with other investments and operational experience in consumer-facing industries, will provide us with differentiated consumer insights and sourcing opportunities.

On February 9, 2021, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with BB Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Forest Road, MFH Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Forest Road, The Beachbody Company Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Beachbody”), and Myx Fitness Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Myx”).

Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Merger) is subject to customary conditions of the respective parties, including the approval of the Merger by our stockholders in accordanceconsider relations with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the completion of a redemption offer wherebyemployees to be good.

Available Information

The reports we will be providing our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of our common stock for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in our trust account. 

For the risks associated with the Merger and Beachbody and Myx, see the Company’s preliminary registration statement on Form S-4, as amended from time to time (the “Form S-4”) containing information about the Merger, Beachbody and Myx, as initially filedfile with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including annual reports on February 16, 2021.

Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and proxy materials, including any amendments, are available free of charge on our website at www.thebeachbodycompany.com as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with or furnish it to the SEC. The Merger AgreementSEC also maintains a website (www.sec.gov) containing reports, proxy and related agreements are further described ininformation statements, and other information that we file with the Form 8-K/A, filed by us on February 16, 2021. For additional information regarding the Merger AgreementSEC. Our Code of Ethics and Conduct and the transactions contemplated therein,Charters of our Audit Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and Compensation Committee are available on our website at www.thebeachbodycompany.com under the “Investors” section. Copies of the information identified above may be obtained without charge from us by writing to The Beachbody and Myx please seeCompany, Inc., 400 Continental Blvd., Suite 400, El Segundo, CA 90245, Attention: Corporate Secretary. Unless expressly noted, the Form S-4.

Other than as specifically discussed,information on our website, including our investor relations website, or any other website is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report doeson Form 10-K and should not assumebe considered part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any other filing we make with the SEC.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and the information contained in our other public filings before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of or that we deem immaterial may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, operating results, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Summary of Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

If we are unable to anticipate and satisfy consumer preferences and shifting views of health, fitness and nutrition, our business may be adversely affected.
If we are unable to sustain pricing levels for our products and services, our business could be adversely affected.
Our success depends on our ability to maintain the value and reputation of our brands.
The perception of the effects or value of our products may change over time, which could reduce customer demand.
We may not successfully execute or achieve the expected benefits of our strategic alignment initiatives and other cost-saving measures we may take in the future, and our efforts may result in further actions and/or additional asset impairment charges and adversely affect our business.

10


Our marketing strategy relies on the use of social media platforms and any negative publicity on such social media platforms may adversely affect the public perception of our brand, and changing terms or conditions or ways in which advertisers use their platforms may adversely affect our ability to engage with customers.
We may be unable to attract and retain customers, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our customers use their connected fitness products and fitness accessories to track and record their workouts. If our products fail to provide accurate metrics and data to our customers, our brand and reputation could be harmed and we may be unable to retain our customers.
Our business relies on sales of a few key products.
If there are any material delays or disruptions in our supply chain, or errors in forecasting of the demand for our products and services, our business may be adversely affected.
The failure or inability of our contract manufacturers to comply with the specifications and requirements of our products could result in product recall, which could adversely affect our reputation and subject us to significant liability should the consumption of any of our products cause or be claimed to cause illness or physical harm.
If any of our products are unacceptable to us or our customers, or any other change in the competitive landscape and activities of our competitors, our business could be harmed.
Our business model relies on high quality customer service, and any negative impressions of our customer service experience may adversely affect our business and result in harm to our reputation.
The seasonal nature of our business could cause operating results to fluctuate.
If we fail to obtain and retain high-profile strategic relationships, or if the reputation of any of these parties is impaired, our business may suffer.
Our co-founder has control over all stockholder decisions because he controls a substantial majority of our voting power through “super” voting stock.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our financing agreement restricts our current and future operations and our ability to engage in certain business and financial transactions and may adversely affect our business.
Our ability to generate the significant amount of cash needed to pay interest and principal on our indebtedness and our ability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing depends on many factors beyond our control.

Risks Related to Expansion

There can be no assurance that we can further penetrate existing markets or that we can successfully expand our business into new markets.
We may expand into international markets, which would expose us to significant risks.

Risks Related to Our Personnel

We depend on our senior management team and other key employees, and the loss of one or more key personnel or an inability to attract, hire, integrate and retain highly skilled personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Data and Information Systems

We collect, store, process, and use personal information and other customer data which subjects us to legal obligations and laws and regulations related to data security and privacy, and any actual or perceived failure to meet those obligations could harm our business.
Any major disruption or failure of our information technology systems or websites, or our failure to successfully implement upgrades and new technology effectively, could adversely affect our business and operations.
If we suffer a security breach or otherwise fail to properly maintain the confidentiality and integrity of our data, including customer credit card, debit card and bank account information, our reputation and business could be materially and adversely affected.

11


Risks Related to Laws and Regulations

We face risks, such as unforeseen costs and potential liability in connection with allegations of injuries arising from equipment we supply and content we produce, license, advertise, and distribute through our various content delivery platforms.
Our nutritional products must comply with regulations of the FDA, as well as state, local and applicable international regulations. Any non-compliance with the FDA or other applicable regulations could harm our business.
Our network of Partners could be found not to be in compliance with current or newly adopted laws or regulations in one or more markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our products or services offered as part of automatically renewing subscriptions or memberships could be found not to be in compliance with laws or regulations in one or more markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our BODi Bikes and other products may be subject to warranty claims, recalls or intellectual property disputes that could result in significant direct or indirect costs, each of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

If we are unable to anticipate and satisfy consumer preferences and shifting views of health, fitness and nutrition, our business may be adversely affected.

The fitness industry is highly susceptible to changes in consumer preferences. Our success depends on our ability to anticipate and satisfy consumer preferences relating to health, fitness and nutrition. Our business is, and all of our workouts and products are, subject to changing consumer preferences that cannot be predicted with certainty. Consumers’ preferences for health and fitness services and products, including the technology through which they consume these services and products, could shift rapidly to offerings different from what we offer, and we may be unable to anticipate and respond to such shifts in consumer preferences. It is also possible that competitors could introduce new products, services and/or technologies that negatively impact consumer preference for our workouts and products. In addition, developments or shifts in research or public opinion on the types of workouts and products we provide could negatively impact our business. Even if we are successful in anticipating consumer preferences, our ability to adequately react to and address those preferences will in part depend upon our continued ability to develop and introduce innovative, high-quality health and fitness services. Our failure to effectively introduce new health and fitness services that are accepted by consumers could result in a decrease in revenue, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and adversely impact our business.

If we are unable to sustain pricing levels for our products and services, our business could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to sustain pricing levels for our products and services, including our nutritional products, digital services and connected fitness products, whether due to competitive pressure or otherwise, our revenue and gross margins could be significantly reduced. In particular, we may not be able to increase prices to offset the impact of inflation on our costs. Further, our decisions around the development of new ancillary products and services are grounded in assumptions about eventual pricing levels. If there is price compression in the market after these decisions are made, it could have a negative effect on our business.

Our success depends on our ability to maintain the value and reputation of our brands.

We believe that our brands are important to attracting and retaining customers. Maintaining, protecting, and enhancing our brands depends largely on the success of our marketing efforts, ability to provide consistent, high-quality products, services, features, content, and support, and our ability to successfully secure, maintain, and defend our rights to use our trademarks, logos and other intellectual property important to our brands. We believe that the closingimportance of our brands will increase as competition further intensifies and brand promotion activities may require substantial expenditures. Our brands could be harmed if we fail to achieve these objectives or if our public image were to be tarnished by negative publicity. Unfavorable publicity about us, including our products, services, technology, subscriber service, content, personnel, industry, distribution and/or marketing channel, and suppliers could diminish confidence in, and the use of, our products and services. Such negative publicity also could have an adverse effect on

12


the size, engagement and loyalty of our customer base and result in decreased revenue, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

The perception of the Merger will occur.effects of our nutritional products may change over time, which could reduce customer demand.


Initial Public OfferingA substantial portion of our revenues is derived from our Shakeology line of products. We believe that these nutritional products have, or are perceived to have, positive effects on health, and compete in a market that relies on innovation and evolving consumer preferences. However, the nutritional industry is subject to changing consumer trends, demands and preferences. Additionally, the science underlying nutritious foods and dietary supplements is constantly evolving. Therefore, products once considered healthy may over time become disfavored by consumers or no longer be perceived as healthy. Trends within the food industry change often and our failure to anticipate, identify or react to changes in these trends could, among other things, lead to reduced consumer demand and spending reductions, and could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, ingredients used in our products may become negatively perceived by consumers, resulting in reformulation of existing products to remove such ingredients, which may negatively affect taste or other qualities. Factors that may affect consumer perception of nutritional products include dietary trends and attention to different nutritional aspects of foods, concerns regarding the health effects of specific ingredients and nutrients, trends away from specific ingredients in products and increasing awareness of the environmental and social effects of product production. For example, conflicting scientific information on what constitutes good nutrition, diet trends and other weight loss trends may also adversely affect our business from time to time. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate the tastes and dietary habits of consumers and other consumer trends and to offer nutritional products that appeal to their needs and preferences on a timely and affordable basis. Failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and adversely impact our business.

We rely on consumer discretionary spending, which may be adversely affected by economic downturns and other macroeconomic conditions or trends.

Our business and operating results are subject to global economic conditions and their impact on consumer discretionary spending. Some of the factors that may negatively influence consumer spending include high levels of unemployment, higher consumer debt levels, reductions in net worth, declines in asset values and related market uncertainty, home foreclosures and reductions in home values, fluctuating interest rates and credit availability, fluctuating fuel and other energy costs, fluctuating commodity prices and general uncertainty regarding the overall future of the political and economic environment. Consumer purchases of discretionary items generally decline during periods of economic uncertainty, when disposable income is reduced or when there is a reduction in consumer confidence. If consumer purchases of subscriptions and products decline, our revenue may be adversely affected.

For example, the outbreak of COVID-19 has led to an increase in at-home gyms and workouts which has in turn led to an increase in our consumers, a trend which may be negatively impacted as commercial and office gyms continue to reopen. The registration statementultimate severity of the coronavirus outbreak and distribution and vaccine inoculation results are uncertain at this time and therefore we cannot predict the full impact it may have on our end markets or operations; however, the effect on our results could be material and adverse. Any significant or prolonged decrease in consumer spending on fitness or nutritional products could adversely affect the demand for our initialofferings, reducing our cash flows and revenues, and thereby materially harming our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Further, COVID-19 has had an adverse impact on global supply chains, resulting in an increased uncertainty in shipping lead times as well as increased import and logistics costs. However, if a significant percentage of consumers return to the gym and do not continue at-home fitness, or consumer sentiment shifts from prioritizing health and fitness, or import and logistics costs continue to increase, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.

Adverse publicity associated with our products, ingredients or network marketing program, or those of similar companies, could adversely affect our business.

The size of our distributor base and the results of our operations may be significantly affected by the perception of our company and similar companies. This perception is dependent upon opinions concerning:

the safety and quality of our products and nutritional supplement ingredients;
the safety and quality of similar products and ingredients distributed by other companies;

13


our distributors;
publicity concerning network marketing; and
the direct selling business generally.

Adverse publicity concerning any actual or purported failure of our Company or our distributors to comply with applicable laws and regulations regarding product claims and advertising, good manufacturing practices, the regulation of our network marketing business, the licensing of our products for sale in our target markets, or other aspects of our business, whether or not resulting in enforcement actions or the imposition of penalties, could have an adverse effect on the goodwill of our Company and could negatively affect our ability to attract, motivate and retain distributors, which would have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate revenue. We cannot ensure that all distributors will comply with applicable legal requirements relating to the advertising, sale, labeling, licensing or distribution of our products or promotion of the income opportunity.

In addition, our distributors’ and consumers’ perception of the safety and quality of our products and ingredients as well as similar products and ingredients distributed by other companies can be significantly influenced by national media attention, publicized scientific research or findings, widespread product liability claims and other publicity concerning our products or ingredients or similar products and ingredients distributed by other companies. Adverse publicity, whether or not accurate or resulting from consumers’ use or misuse of our products, that associates consumption of our products or ingredients or any similar products or ingredients with illness or other adverse effects, questions the benefits of our or similar products or claims that any such products are ineffective, inappropriately labeled or have inaccurate instructions as to their use, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation or the market demand for our products.

We may not successfully execute or achieve the expected benefits of our strategic alignment initiatives and other cost-saving measures we may take in the future, and our efforts may result in further actions and/or additional asset impairment charges and adversely affect our business.

Beginning in early 2022 and continuing in 2023, we executed cost reduction activities intended to streamline the business and strategically align operations, including multiple reductions in headcount. Our strategic alignment initiatives were intended to address the short-term health of our business as well as our long-term objectives based on our current estimates, assumptions and forecasts, which are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, including whether we have targeted the appropriate areas for our cost-saving efforts and at the appropriate scale, and whether, if required in the future, we will be able to appropriately target any additional areas for our cost-saving efforts. As such, the actions we intended to take under the strategic alignment initiatives and that we may decide to take in the future may not be successful in yielding our intended results and may not appropriately address either or both of the short-term and long-term strategy for our business. Additionally, implementation of the strategic alignment initiatives and any other cost-saving initiatives may be costly and disruptive to our business, the expected costs and charges may be greater than we have forecasted, and the estimated cost savings may be lower than we have forecasted. In addition, our initiatives could result in personnel attrition beyond our planned reductions in headcount or reduce employee morale, which could in turn adversely impact productivity, including through a loss of continuity, loss of accumulated knowledge and/or inefficiency during transitional periods, or our ability to attract highly skilled employees. Unfavorable publicity about us or any of our strategic initiatives, including our strategic alignment initiatives, could result in reputation harm and could diminish confidence in, and the use of, our products and services. The strategic alignment initiatives have required, and may continue to require, a significant amount of management’s and other employees’ time and focus, which may divert attention from effectively operating and growing our business. We also cannot assure you that it will impact our ability to achieve or maintain profitability.

Our marketing strategy relies on the use of social media platforms and any negative publicity on such social media platforms may adversely affect the public perception of our brand, and changing terms or conditions or ways in which advertisers use their platforms may adversely affect our ability to engage with customers, both of which in turn could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, our use of social media could subject us to fines or other penalties.

We rely on social media marketing through various social media platforms, such as Instagram, YouTube and Facebook, as a means to engage with our existing customers as well as attract new customers. Existing and new customers alike interact with the brand both organically, through posts by the BODi community, as well as through distributors via their own social media accounts. While the use of social media platforms allows us access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons, our use of, and reliance on, social media as a key marketing tool

14


exposes us to significant risk of widespread negative publicity. Social media users generally have the ability to post information to social media platforms without filters or checks on accuracy of the content posted. Information concerning the Company or its many brands may be posted on such platforms at any time. Such information may be adverse to our interests or may be inaccurate, each of which can harm our reputation and value of our brands. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction. In addition, social media platforms provide users with access to such a broad audience that collective action against our products and offerings, such as boycotts, can be more easily organized. If such actions were organized, we could suffer reputational damage. Social media platforms may be used to attack us, our information security systems, including through use of spam, spyware, ransomware, phishing and social engineering, viruses, worms, malware, distributed denial of service attacks, password attacks, “Man in the Middle” attacks, cybersquatting, impersonation of employees or officers, abuse of comments and message boards, fake reviews, doxing and swatting. As such, the dissemination of information on social media platforms and other online platforms could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition, regardless of the information’s accuracy.

Our reliance on social media platforms for advertising also subjects us to the risk that any change to the platforms’ algorithms, terms and conditions and/or ways in which advertisers may advertise on their platforms may adversely affect our ability to effectively engage with customers and sell our products, which in turn could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, our use of social media platforms as a marketing tool could also subject us to fines or other penalties. As laws and regulations, including those from the Federal Trade Commission, State Attorneys General, and other enforcement agencies rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms, the failure by us, our distributors, influencers, or other third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms could materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition or subject us to fines or other penalties.

We may be unable to attract and retain customers, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The success of our business depends on our ability to attract and retain customers. Our marketing efforts may not be successful in attracting customers, and membership levels may materially decline over time. Customers may cancel their membership at any time. In addition, we experience attrition, and we must continually engage existing customers and attract new customers in order to maintain membership levels. Some of the factors that could lead to a decline in membership levels include, among other factors:

changing desires and behaviors of consumers or their perception of our brand;
changes in discretionary spending trends;
market maturity or saturation;
a decline in our ability to deliver quality service at a competitive price;
a failure to introduce new features, products or services that customers find engaging;
the introduction of new products or services, or changes to existing products and services, that are not favorably received;
technical or other problems that affect the customer experience;
an increase in membership fees due to inflation;
direct and indirect competition in our industry;
a decline in the public’s interest in health and fitness; and
a general deterioration of economic conditions or a change in consumer spending preferences or buying trends.

Any decrease in our average fees or higher membership costs may materially and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, further expansion into international markets may create new challenges in attracting and retaining customers that we may not successfully address, as these markets carry unique risks as discussed below. As a result of these factors, we cannot be certain that our membership levels will be adequate to maintain or permit the expansion of our operations. A decline in membership levels would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

15


Our customers use their connected fitness products and fitness accessories to track and record their workouts. If our products fail to provide accurate metrics and data to our customers, our brand and reputation could be harmed, and we may be unable to retain our customers.

Our customers use their connected fitness products and fitness accessories to track and record certain metrics related to their workouts. Examples of metrics tracked on our platform currently include heartrate and calories burned. These metrics assist our customers in tracking their fitness journeys and understanding the effectiveness of their workouts. We anticipate introducing new metrics and features in the future. If the software used in our connected fitness products or on our platform malfunctions and fails to accurately track, display, or record customers workouts and metrics, we could face claims alleging that our products and services do not operate as advertised. Such reports and claims could result in negative publicity, product liability claims, and, in some cases, may require us to expend time and resources to refute such claims and defend against potential litigation. If our products and services fail to provide accurate metrics and data to our customers, or if there are reports or claims of inaccurate metrics and data or claims of inaccuracy regarding the overall health benefits of our products and services in the future, we may become the subject of negative publicity, litigation, regulatory proceedings, and warranty claims, and our brand, operating results, and business could be harmed.

Our business relies on sales of a few key products.

Our digital platforms which provide recurring subscription revenue also provide a significant portion of our revenue, accounting for approximately 49% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023. Our nutrition products also constitute a significant portion of our revenue, accounting for approximately 47% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 and Shakeology, our premium nutrition shake, specifically constitutes a significant portion of our revenue, accounting for approximately 20% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023. If consumer demand for these products decreases significantly or we cease offering becamethese products without a suitable replacement, our operations could be materially adversely affected. Despite these efforts, our financial performance currently remains dependent on a few products. Any significant diminished consumer interest in these products would adversely affect our business. We could also experience adverse financial consequences if we fail to sustain market interest in our BODi Bike business, which accounted for approximately 4% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023. We may not be able to develop successful new products or implement successful enhancements to existing products. Any products that we do develop or enhance may not generate sufficient revenue to justify the cost of developing and marketing these products.

We operate in highly competitive markets and we may be unable to compete successfully against existing and future competitors.

Our products and services are offered in a highly competitive market. We face significant competition in every aspect of our business, including at-home fitness equipment and content, fitness clubs, nutritional products, dietary supplements, and health and wellness apps. Moreover, we expect the competition in our market to intensify in the future as new and existing competitors introduce new or enhanced products and services that compete with ours.

Our competitors may develop, or have already developed, products, features, content, services, or technologies that are similar to ours or that achieve greater acceptance, may undertake more successful product development efforts, create more compelling employment opportunities, or marketing campaigns, or may adopt more aggressive pricing policies. Our competitors may develop or acquire, or have already developed or acquired, intellectual property rights that significantly limit or prevent our ability to compete effectively in the public marketplace. In addition, our competitors may have significantly greater resources than us, allowing them to identify and capitalize more efficiently upon opportunities in new markets and consumer preferences and trends, quickly transition and adapt their products and services, devote greater resources to marketing, advertising and research and development, or be better positioned to withstand substantial price competition. If we are not able to compete effectively against our competitors, they may acquire and engage customers or generate revenue at the expense of our efforts, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results. The business of marketing nutritional products is highly competitive and sensitive to the introduction of new products, including various prescription drugs, which may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. These market segments include numerous manufacturers, distributors, marketers, retailers and physicians that actively compete for the business of consumers both in the United States and abroad. In addition, we anticipate that we will be subject to increasing competition in the future from large electronic commerce sellers. Some of these competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, product development, marketing and sales resources, greater name recognition, larger established subscriber bases, and better-developed distribution channels than we do. Our present or future competitors may be able to develop products that are

16


comparable or superior to those we offer, adapt more quickly than we do to new technologies, evolving industry trends and standards or subscriber requirements, or devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we do. Accordingly, we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets and competition may intensify.

We are also subject to competition for the recruitment of distributors from other organizations, including those that market nutritional products, dietary and nutritional supplements, and personal care products as well as other types of products. Our ability to remain competitive depends, in part, on our success in recruiting and retaining Partners through an attractive compensation plan, the maintenance of an attractive product portfolio, and other incentives. We cannot ensure that our programs for recruitment and retention efforts will be successful, or that we will be able to continue to offer the same compensation plans to our Partners. We have recently changed the compensation plans for our Partners and such changes, and any future changes, may have an adverse effect on our relationships with our current Partners or our ability to recruit new Partners.

We compete with other direct selling organizations, some of which have longer operating histories and higher visibility, name recognition and financial resources. The Company competes for new Partners on the basis of the culture, premium quality products and compensation plan. We envision the entry of many more direct selling organizations into the marketplace as this channel of distribution expands. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully meet the challenges posed by increased competition.

We also compete for the time, attention and commitment of our independent distributor force. Given that the pool of individuals interested in the business opportunities presented by direct selling tends to be limited in each market, the potential pool of distributors for our products is reduced to the extent other companies successfully recruit these individuals into their businesses. Although we believe that we offer an attractive business opportunity, there can be no assurance that other companies will not be able to recruit our existing distributors or deplete the pool of potential distributors in a given market.

We have limited control over our suppliers, manufacturers, and logistics providers, which may subject us to significant risks, including the potential inability to produce or obtain quality products on a timely basis or in sufficient quantity in order to meet demand.

We have limited control over our suppliers, manufacturers, and logistics providers, which subjects us to risks, such as the following:

inability to satisfy demand for our products or other products or services that we currently offer or may offer in the future;
reduced control over delivery timing and product reliability;
reduced ability to monitor the manufacturing process and components used in our products;
limited ability to develop comprehensive manufacturing specifications that take into account any materials shortages or substitutions;
variance in the manufacturing capability of our third-party manufacturers;
price increases;
failure of a significant supplier, manufacturer, or logistics provider to perform its obligations to us for technical, market or other reasons;
difficulties in establishing additional supplier, manufacturer or logistics provider relationships if we experience difficulties with our existing suppliers, manufacturers, or logistics providers;
shortages of materials or components;
misappropriation of our intellectual property;
exposure to natural catastrophes, pandemics, political unrest, terrorism, labor disputes, and economic instability resulting in the disruption of trade from foreign countries in which our products are manufactured or the components thereof are sourced;
changes in local economic conditions in the jurisdictions where our suppliers, manufacturers, and logistics providers are located;

17


the imposition of new laws and regulations, including those relating to labor conditions, quality and safety standards, imports, duties, tariffs, taxes, and other charges on imports, as well as trade restrictions and restrictions on currency exchange or the transfer of funds; and
insufficient warranties and indemnities on ingredients or components supplied to our manufacturers or performance by these parties.

We also rely on our logistics providers, including last mile warehouse and delivery providers, to complete deliveries to customers. If any of these independent contractors do not perform their obligations or meet the expectations of us or our customers, our reputation and business could suffer.

The occurrence of any of these risks, especially during seasons of peak demand, could cause us to experience a significant disruption in our ability to produce and deliver our products to our customers.

The failure or inability of our contract manufacturers to comply with the specifications and requirements of our products could result in a product recall, which could adversely affect our reputation and subject us to significant liability should the consumption of any of our products cause or be claimed to cause illness or physical harm.

We sell nutritional products for human consumption, which involves risks such as product contamination or spoilage, product tampering, other adulteration, mislabeling and misbranding. We also sell stationary bikes. All of our products are manufactured by independent third-party contract manufacturers. In addition, we do not own a warehouse facility, instead it is managed for us by a third party. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to, or may voluntarily, recall or withdraw products.

A widespread recall or withdrawal of any of our products may negatively and significantly impact our sales and profitability for a period of time and could result in significant losses depending on the costs of the recall, destruction of product inventory, reduction in product availability, and reaction of competitors and consumers. We may also be subject to claims or lawsuits, including class actions lawsuits (which could significantly increase any adverse settlements or rulings), resulting in liability for actual or claimed injuries, illness or death. Any of these events could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if a product liability claim or lawsuit is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, the negative publicity surrounding any assertion that our products caused illness or physical harm could adversely affect our reputation with existing and potential consumers and its corporate and brand image. Moreover, claims or liabilities of this sort might not be covered by insurance or by any rights of indemnity or contribution that we may have against others. We maintain product liability and product recall insurance in an amount that we believe to be adequate. However, we may incur claims or liabilities for which it is not insured or that exceed the amount of its insurance coverage. A product liability judgment against us or a product recall could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If any of our products are unacceptable to us or our customers, our business could be harmed.

We have occasionally received, and may in the future continue to receive, shipments of products that fail to comply with our technical specifications or that fail to conform to our quality control standards. We have also received, and may in the future continue to receive, products that either meet our technical specifications but that are nonetheless unacceptable to us, or products that are otherwise unacceptable to us or our customers. Under these circumstances, unless we are able to obtain replacement products in a timely manner, we risk the loss of net revenue resulting from the inability to sell those products and related increased administrative and shipping costs. Additionally, if the unacceptability of our products is not discovered until after such products are purchased by our customers or riders, they could lose confidence in the quality of our products and our results of operations could suffer and our business could be harmed.

Our products and services may be affected from time to time by design and manufacturing defects that could adversely affect our business and result in harm to our reputation.

Through our BODi Bike platform, we offer complex hardware and software products and services that can be affected by design and manufacturing defects. Sophisticated operating system software and applications, such as those which will be offered by us, often have issues that can unexpectedly interfere with the intended operation of hardware or software products. Defects may also exist in components and products that we source from third parties. Any such defects could make our products and services unsafe, create a risk of environmental or property damage and personal injury, and subject us to the hazards and uncertainties of product liability claims and related litigation. In addition, from time to time we may experience outages, service slowdowns, or errors that affect our fitness and wellness programming. As a result, our services may not perform as anticipated and may not meet customer expectations. There

18


can be no assurance that we will be able to detect and fix all issues and defects in the hardware, software, and services we offer. Failure to do so could result in widespread technical and performance issues affecting our products and services and could lead to claims against us. We maintain general liability insurance; however, design and manufacturing defects, and claims related thereto, may subject us to judgments or settlements that result in damages materially in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. In addition, we may be exposed to recalls, product replacements or modifications, write-downs or write-offs of inventory, property, plant and equipment, or intangible assets, and significant warranty and other expenses such as litigation costs and regulatory fines. If we cannot successfully defend any large claim, maintain our general liability insurance on acceptable terms, or maintain adequate coverage against potential claims, our financial results could be adversely impacted. Further, quality problems could adversely affect the experience for users of our products and services, and result in harm to our reputation, loss of competitive advantage, poor market acceptance, reduced demand for our products and services, delay in new product and service introductions, and lost revenue.

We may incur material product liability claims, which could increase our costs and adversely affect our revenues and operating income.

Additionally, our nutritional and dietary supplement products consist of herbs, vitamins and minerals and other ingredients that are classified as foods or dietary supplements and are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the United States. Our products could contain contaminated substances, and some of our products contain innovative ingredients that do not have long histories of human consumption. We do not always conduct or sponsor clinical studies for our products and previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human consumption of these ingredients could occur. As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other products that are ingested by consumers, we have been, and may again be, subjected to various product liability claims, including that the products contain contaminants, the products include inadequate instructions as to their uses, or the products include inadequate warnings concerning side effects and interactions with other substances. It is possible that widespread product liability claims could increase our costs, and adversely affect our revenues and operating income. Moreover, liability claims arising from a serious adverse event may increase our costs through higher insurance premiums and deductibles and may make it more difficult to secure adequate insurance coverage in the future. In addition, our product liability insurance may fail to cover future product liability claims thereby requiring us to pay substantial monetary damages and adversely affecting our business.

Our business model relies on high quality customer service, and any negative impressions of our customer service experience may adversely affect our business and result in harm to our reputation.

We rely on high quality overall customer service across all of our products and services. Positive customer service experiences help drive a positive reputation, increased sales and minimization of litigation. For example, once our streaming services and integrated connected-bike products are purchased, our customers rely on our high-touch delivery and set up service to deliver and install their equipment in a professional and efficient manner. Our customers also rely on our support services to resolve any issues related to the use of such services and content. Providing a high-quality customer experience is vital to our success in generating word-of-mouth referrals to drive sales and for retaining existing customers. The importance of high-quality support will increase as we expand our business and introduce new products and services. If we do not help our customers quickly resolve issues and provide effective ongoing support, our reputation may suffer and our ability to retain and attract customers, or to sell additional products and services to existing customers, could be harmed. In addition, these levels of customer service are expensive to maintain and may provide a drain on November 24, 2020. our resources and adversely affect our revenues and operating income.

The seasonal nature of our business could cause operating results to fluctuate.

We have experienced and continue to expect fluctuations in quarterly results of operations due to the seasonal nature of our business. The months of January to May result in the greatest retail sales due to renewed consumer focus on healthy living following New Year’s Day, as well as significant subscriber enrollment around that time. This seasonality could cause our share price to fluctuate as the results of an interim financial period may not be indicative of our full year results. Seasonality also impacts relative revenue and profitability of each quarter of the year, both on a quarter-to-quarter and year-over-year basis.

19


If we fail to obtain and retain high-profile strategic relationships, or if the reputation of any of these parties is impaired, our business may suffer.

A principal component of our marketing program has been to develop relationships with high-profile persons to help us extend the reach of our brand. Although we have relationships with several well-known individuals in this manner, we may not be able to attract and build relationships with new persons in the future. In addition, if the actions of these parties were to damage their or our reputation, our relationships may be less attractive to our current or prospective customers. Any of these failures by us or these parties could materially and adversely affect our business and revenues.

Our operating results could be adversely affected if we are unable to accurately forecast consumer demand for our products and services and adequately manage our inventory.

To ensure adequate inventory supply, we must forecast inventory needs and expenses and place orders sufficiently in advance with our suppliers and manufacturers, based on our estimates of future demand for particular products and services. Failure to accurately forecast our needs may result in manufacturing delays or increased costs. Our ability to accurately forecast demand could be affected by many factors, including changes in consumer demand for our products and services, changes in demand for the products and services of our competitors, unanticipated changes in general market conditions, and the weakening of economic conditions or consumer confidence in future economic conditions. We face further risk from the fact that we may not carry a significant amount of inventory and may not be able to satisfy short-term demand increases. If we fail to accurately forecast consumer demand, we may experience excess inventory levels or a shortage of products available for sale.

Inventory levels in excess of consumer demand may result in inventory write-downs or write-offs and the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices, which would cause our gross margins to suffer and could impair the strength and premium nature of our brand. Further, lower than forecasted demand could also result in excess manufacturing capacity or reduced manufacturing efficiencies, which could result in lower margins. Conversely, if we underestimate consumer demand, our suppliers and manufacturers may not be able to deliver products to meet our requirements or we may be subject to higher costs in order to secure the necessary production capacity. An inability to meet consumer demand and delays in the delivery of our products to our customers could result in reputational harm and damaged customer relationships and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our co-founder has control over all stockholder decisions because he controls a substantial majority of our voting power through our Class X common stock, or “super” voting stock.

Our co-founder, Carl Daikeler, owns or controls “super” voting shares of the Company that represent over 80% of the voting power of the Company, as of December 31, 2023. Mr. Daikeler and certain of his affiliated entities own a majority of the Company’s outstanding Class X common stock, which stock carries 10 votes per share, and, therefore, controls a majority of the voting power of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The Class X common stock carries substantially similar rights as the Class A common stock, except that each share of Class X common stock carries 10 votes. Therefore, Mr. Daikeler alone can exercise voting control over a majority of our voting power. As a result, Mr. Daikeler has the ability to control the outcome of all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election, removal, and replacement of our directors, amendments to the Company’s organizational documents and approval of major corporate transactions. This concentrated control could give our founder the ability to delay, defer or prevent a change of control, merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets that other stockholders support. Conversely, this concentrated control could allow our co-founder to consummate such a transaction that our other stockholders do not support. In addition, our founder may make long-term strategic investment decisions and take risks that may not be successful and may seriously harm our business.

The Class X common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock if Mr. Daikeler no longer provides services to BODi as a senior executive officer or director or if Mr. Daikeler and certain of his affiliated entities have sold more than 75% of the shares of Class X common stock held by them at the time of the consummation of the Business Combination.

As our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Daikeler has control over our day-to-day management and the implementation of major strategic investments of our company, subject to authorization and oversight by our Board. As a board member and officer, Mr. Daikeler owes a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and must act in good faith in a manner they reasonably believe to be in the best interests of our stockholders. As a stockholder, even a controlling stockholder, Mr. Daikeler is entitled to vote his shares, and shares over which he has voting control, in his own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our stockholders generally. Even if Mr. Daikeler’s employment with us is

20


terminated, he will continue to have the ability to exercise the same significant voting power and potentially control the outcome of all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval.

The concentration of our stock ownership limits our stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters.

Our Class X common stock has 10 votes per share, our Class A common stock has one vote per share, and our Class C common stock has no voting rights. Because our Class C common stock carries no voting rights, the issuance of the Class C common stock, including in future stock-based acquisition transactions, to fund employee equity incentive programs or otherwise could continue Mr. Daikeler’s current relative voting power and his ability to elect our directors and to determine the outcome of most matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders because, in the event of such an issuance of Class C common stock, the voting control of holders of Class X common stock would not be affected whereas the economic power of the Class X common stock would be diluted. This concentrated control limits or severely restricts other stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters and we may take actions that some of our stockholders do not view as beneficial, which could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock and our Class C common stock.

Because the Company is a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules, our stockholders may not have certain corporate governance protections that are available to stockholders of companies that are not controlled companies.

So long as more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors of the Company is held by an individual, a group or another company, the Company will qualify as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. As of December 31, 2023, Mr. Daikeler and certain of his affiliated entities currently control in the aggregate over 80% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, the Company will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards and will not be subject to the requirements that would otherwise require us to have: (i) a majority of independent directors; (ii) a nominating committee comprised solely of independent directors; (iii) compensation of our executive officers determined by a majority of the independent directors or a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors; and (iv) director nominees selected, or recommended for the Board’s selection, either by a majority of the independent directors or a nominating committee comprised solely of independent directors.

Mr. Daikeler may have his interest in the Company diluted due to future equity issuances or his own actions in selling shares of Class X common stock, in each case, which could result in a loss of the “controlled company” exemption under the NYSE listing rules. The Company would then be required to comply with those provisions of the NYSE listing requirements.

We track certain operational and business metrics with internal methods that are subject to inherent challenges in measurement, and real or perceived inaccuracies in such metrics may harm our reputation and negatively affect our business.

We track certain operational and business metrics, including total workouts and average monthly workouts per connected fitness subscription, with internal methods, which are not independently verified by any third party and, are often reliant upon an interface with mobile operating systems, networks and standards that we do not control. Our internal methods have limitations and our process for tracking these metrics may change over time, which could result in unexpected changes to our metrics, including the metrics we report. If the internal methods we use under-count or over-count metrics related to our total workouts, average monthly workouts per connected fitness subscription or other metrics as a result of algorithm or other technical errors, the operational and business metrics that we report may not be accurate. In addition, limitations or errors with respect to how we measure certain operational and business metrics may affect our understanding of certain details of our business, which could affect our longer-term strategies. If our operational and business metrics are not accurate representations of our business, market penetration, retention or engagement; if we discover material inaccuracies in our metrics; or if the metrics we rely on to track our performance do not provide an accurate measurement of our business, our reputation may be harmed, and our operating and financial results could be adversely affected.

21


Risks Related to our Indebtedness

Our Financing Agreement restricts our current and future operations and our ability, and the ability of our future subsidiaries, to engage in certain business and financial transactions, and, as a result, may adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

On November 30, 2020,August 8, 2022 we consummatedentered into a senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Loan”) by and among us, Beachbody, LLC, and certain subsidiaries of the Company. The loan documents for the Term Loan include a Financing Agreement (as amended from time to time, the “Financing Agreement”) entered into by the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, the lenders party thereto, and Blue Torch Finance, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent for such lenders. The Financing Agreement contains a number of covenants that limit our initial public offeringability, and the ability of 30,000,000 units,certain of our subsidiaries, to:

incur additional indebtedness;
incur additional liens;
consolidate, merge, dissolve, or make certain other organizational changes;
sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;
pay dividends or make other distributions;
make investments and acquisitions; and
enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

In addition, the Financing Agreement requires us to maintain certain minimum revenue levels and maintain minimum Liquidity (as defined in the Financing Agreement). The Financing Agreement also contains other customary representations, warranties and covenants. Events beyond our control can affect our ability to meet these covenants. As a result of these covenants and restrictions, we may be limited in how we conduct our business, and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.

Our failure to comply with our obligations under the Financing Agreement as described above, as well as others contained in any future debt instruments from time to time, may result in an event of default under the Financing Agreement. A default, if not cured or waived, may permit acceleration of our indebtedness. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not have sufficient funds available to pay the accelerated indebtedness or the ability to refinance the accelerated indebtedness on terms favorable to us or at all. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms or cannot refinance these borrowings, our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

Covenant restrictions may limit our operations and impact our ability to make payments to our investors.

Some of our existing and/or future debt and other securities may contain covenants that restrict our activities. These may include covenants that limit our operations or impact our ability to make distributions or other payments unless certain financial tests or other criteria are satisfied, as well as certain other customary affirmative and negative covenants.

Furthermore, our failure to comply with our debt covenants could result in a default under our debt agreements, which included 3,900,000 units issuedcould permit the holders to accelerate our obligation to repay the debt. If any of our debt is accelerated, we may not have sufficient funds available to repay such debt.

Our ability to generate the significant amount of cash needed to pay interest and principal on our indebtedness and our ability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our obligations under, our indebtedness depends on the financial and operating performance of our subsidiaries, which, in turn, depends on their results of operations, cash flows, cash requirements, financial position and general business conditions and any legal and regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends to which they may be subject, many of which may be beyond our control.

22


We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek to obtain additional equity capital or restructure our indebtedness. In the future, our cash flow and capital resources may not be sufficient for payments of interest on and principal of our indebtedness, and such alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.

The Term Loan pursuant to the partial exerciseFinancing Agreement is scheduled to mature on February 8, 2026. We may be unable to refinance any of our indebtedness prior to maturity or obtain additional financing. If we are unable to refinance our indebtedness or access additional credit, or if short-term or long-term borrowing costs dramatically increase, our ability to finance current operations and meet our short-term and long-term obligations could be adversely affected.

Any of these actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Risks Related to Expansion

There can be no assurance that we can further penetrate existing markets or that we can successfully expand our business into new markets.

Our ability to further penetrate existing markets in which we compete or to successfully expand our business into additional countries in Western Europe, Asia, or elsewhere, to the extent we believe that we have identified attractive geographic expansion opportunities in the future, are subject to numerous factors, many of which are out of our control. These factors may include, among others, challenges around supplement formulations, localization, harmonization, market size and acceptance, costs, competitors, geopolitical stability, labor market dynamics, legal and regulatory, culture and language, infrastructure, supply chain, payment processing, customer service, payment method, taxes, foreign exchange, and repatriation.

In addition, government regulations in both our domestic and international markets can delay or prevent the introduction, or require the reformulation or withdrawal, of some of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, our ability to increase market penetration in some countries may be limited by the underwritersfinite number of persons in a given country inclined to pursue a direct selling business opportunity. Moreover, our growth will depend upon improved training and other activities that enhance distributor retention in our markets. We cannot assure you that our efforts to increase our market penetration and distributor retention in existing markets will be successful.

We may expand into international markets, which would expose us to significant risks.

We have previously expanded (and may continue to expand) our operations to other countries, which requires significant resources and management attention and subjects us to regulatory, economic, and political risks in addition to those we already face in the United States. There are significant risks and costs inherent in doing business in international markets, including:

difficulty establishing and managing international operations and the increased operations, travel, infrastructure, including establishment of local delivery service and customer service operations, and legal compliance costs associated with locations in different countries or regions;
the need to vary pricing and margins to effectively compete in international markets;
the need to adapt and localize products for specific countries, including obtaining rights to third-party intellectual property and potentially unique music rights or licenses used in each country;
increased competition from local providers of similar products and services;
increased complexity in connection with meeting our tax compliance and reporting responsibilities, and the potential for the incurrence of incremental withholding or other taxes;
the ability to obtain, protect and enforce intellectual property rights abroad;
the need to offer content and customer support in various languages;
difficulties in understanding and complying with local laws, regulations, and customs in other jurisdictions;
complexity and other risks associated with current and future legal and regulatory requirements in other countries, including legal requirements related to advertising, our supplements and nutritional products, consumer protection, consumer product safety and data privacy;

23


varying levels of internet technology adoption and infrastructure, and increased or varying network and hosting service provider costs;
tariffs and other non-tariff barriers, such as quotas and local content rules, as well as tax consequences;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates and the requirements of currency control regulations, which might restrict or prohibit conversion of other currencies into U.S. dollars; and
political or social unrest or economic instability in a specific country or region in which we operate.

We have limited experience with international regulatory environments and market practices and may not be able to penetrate or successfully operate in the markets we choose to enter. In addition, we may incur significant expenses as a result of our international expansion, and we may not be successful. We may face limited brand recognition in parts of the world that could lead to non-acceptance or delayed acceptance of our products and services by consumers in new markets. We may also face challenges to acceptance of our fitness, supplements and nutritional products, and wellness content in new markets. Our failure to successfully manage these risks could harm our international operations and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results. In addition, as we continue to expand our international operations, our exposure to foreign currency risk could become more significant and could have a significant and potentially adverse, effect on our results of operations. We have not entered into hedges against foreign currency risk since the first quarter of 2023.

We may engage in merger and acquisition activities, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our operating results.

As part of our business strategy, we have made or may make investments in other companies, products, or technologies in the future. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates and we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all, in the future. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by customers or investors. Moreover, an acquisition, investment, or business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures, including disrupting our ongoing operations, diverting management from their primary responsibilities, subjecting us to additional liabilities, increasing our expenses, and adversely impacting our business, financial condition, and operating results. Moreover, we may be exposed to unknown liabilities and the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment, or business relationship may not be realized, if, for example, we fail to successfully integrate such acquisitions, or the technologies associated with such acquisitions, into our company.

To pay for any such acquisitions, we would have to use cash, incur debt, or issue equity securities, each of which may affect our financial condition or the value of our capital stock and could result in dilution to our stockholders. Additionally, we may receive indications of interest from other parties interested in acquiring some or all of our business. The time required to evaluate such indications of interest could require significant attention from management, disrupt the ordinary functioning of our business, and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Risks Related to Our Personnel

Increases in labor costs, including wages, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The labor costs associated with our businesses are subject to many external factors, including unemployment levels, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage laws, potential collective bargaining arrangements, health insurance costs and other insurance costs and changes in employment and labor legislation or other workplace regulation. From time to time, legislative proposals are made to increase the federal minimum wage in the U.S., as well as the minimum wage in a number of individual states and municipalities, and to reform entitlement programs, such as health insurance and paid leave programs. As minimum wage rates increase or related laws and regulations change, we may need to increase not only the wage rates of our minimum wage employees, but also the wages paid to our other hourly or salaried employees. Our employees may seek to be represented by labor unions in the future or negotiate additional compensation. Any increase in the cost of our labor could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations or if we fail to pay such higher wages, we could suffer increased employee turnover. Increases in labor costs could force us to increase prices, which could adversely impact our subscriptions, product sales, and revenues. If competitive pressures or other factors prevent us from offsetting increased labor costs by increases in

24


prices, our profitability may decline and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we cannot maintain our culture, we could lose the innovation, teamwork, and passion that we believe contribute to our success and our business may be harmed.

We believe that a critical component of our success has been our corporate culture. We have invested substantial time and resources in building our culture, which is based on our core purpose that we are here to help people achieve their goals and lead healthy, fulfilling lives. As we continue growing and developing the infrastructure associated with being a public company, we will need to maintain our culture among a larger number of employees, dispersed across various geographic regions. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our future success, including our ability to retain and recruit personnel and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives.

We depend on our senior management team and other key employees, and the loss of one or more key personnel or an inability to attract, hire, integrate and retain highly skilled personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our senior management team and other key employees. We rely on our executives in setting our strategic direction, operating our business, identifying, recruiting and training key personnel, identifying growth opportunities, and leading general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. Imperative to our success are also our fitness trainers, instructors and influencers, whom we rely on to develop safe, effective and fun workouts for our customers and to bring new, exciting and innovative fitness content to our platform. If we are unable to attract or retain creative and experienced trainers and nutritionists, we may not be able to generate workout content or dietary supplements on a scale or of a quality sufficient to retain or grow our membership base. The loss of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees, including any of our trainers, could have a serious adverse effect on our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would involve significant time and expense and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives. To continue to execute our growth strategy, we also must identify, hire and retain highly skilled personnel. Failure to identify, hire and retain necessary key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Data and Information Systems

We collect, store, process, and use personal information and other customer data, which subjects us to legal obligations and laws and regulations related to data security and privacy, and any actual or perceived failure to meet those obligations could harm our business.

We collect, process, store, and use a wide variety of data from current and prospective customers, including personal information, such as home addresses, phone numbers and geolocation. Federal, state, and international laws and regulations governing data privacy, data protection, and e-commerce transactions require us to safeguard our customers’ personal information.

In the United States, there are numerous federal and state data privacy and security laws, rules, and regulations governing the collection, use, storage, sharing, transmission, and other processing of personal information, including federal and state data privacy laws, data breach notification laws, and consumer protection laws. Many state legislatures have adopted legislation that regulates how businesses operate online, including measures relating to privacy, data security, and data breaches. Such legislation includes the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which created new consumer rights, and imposes corresponding obligations on covered businesses, relating to the access to, deletion of, and sharing of personal information collected by covered businesses, including California residents’ right to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain sharing and sales of their over-allotment option.personal information, receive detailed information about how their personal information is used and shared, and may restrict the use of cookies and similar technologies for advertising purposes. The CCPA also prohibits discrimination against individuals who exercise their privacy rights. Additionally, the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), was passed in California in November 2020 and became effective in July 2023 and effectively replaces and expands the scope of the CCPA. In particular, the CPRA restricts the use of certain categories of sensitive personal information that we handle; establishes restrictions on the retention of personal information; expands the types of data breaches subject to the private right of action; and establishes the California Privacy Protection Agency to implement and enforce the

25


CPRA, as well as impose administrative fines. The CPRA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for certain data breaches that result in the loss of personal information. This private right of action has increased the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation.

The enactment of the CCPA and CPRA is prompting a wave of similar legislative developments in other states in the United States, which creates the potential for a patchwork of overlapping but different state laws. For example, Virginia, Utah, Colorado, Connecticut, Indiana, Iowa, Montana, Tennessee, Texas, and Oregon have passed similar laws, which started coming into effect in 2023, reflecting a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States. Other states, such as New York and Massachusetts, have passed specific laws mandating reasonable security measures for the handling of personal information. Further, other U.S. states are considering such laws, and there remains increased interest at the federal level.

In the EU, the GDPR came into effect in 2018 and implemented stringent operational requirements for processors and controllers of personal data, including, for example, requiring expanded disclosures about how personal data is to be used, limitations on retention of information, mandatory data breach notifications, and higher standards for data controllers to demonstrate that they have obtained either valid consent or have another legal basis to justify their data processing activities. The GDPR provides that EU member states may make their own additional laws and regulations in relation to certain data processing activities, which could further limit our ability to use and share personal data and could require localized changes to our operating model. Recent legal developments in the EU have created complexity and uncertainty regarding transfers of personal information from the EU to “third countries,” especially the United States. For example, in 2020, the Court of Justice of the EU invalidated the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework (a mechanism for the transfer of personal information from the EU to the U.S.) and made clear that reliance on standard contractual clauses (another mechanism for the transfer of personal information outside of the EU) alone may not be sufficient in all circumstances. In addition, after the United Kingdom (“UK”), left the EU, the UK enacted the UK GDPR, which together with the amended UK Data Protection Act 2018 retains the GDPR in UK national law, but also creates complexity and uncertainty regarding transfers between the UK and the EU, which could further limit our ability to use and share personal data and require localized changes to our operating model. Other jurisdictions besides the United States, EU and UK also have laws governing data privacy and security, such as Brazil’s Lei Geral de Proteção de Dados (“LGPD”), or are considering the adoption of new laws. Furthermore, we may be required to disclose personal data pursuant to demands from individuals, privacy advocates, regulators, government agencies, and law enforcement agencies in various jurisdictions with conflicting privacy and security laws. This disclosure or refusal to disclose personal data may result in a breach of privacy and data protection policies, notices, laws, rules, court orders, and regulations and could result in proceedings or actions against us in the same or other jurisdictions, damage to our reputation and brand, and inability to provide our products and services to consumers in some jurisdictions.

In order for us to maintain or become compliant with applicable laws as they come into effect, it may require substantial expenditures of resources to continually evaluate our policies and processes and adapt to new requirements that are or become applicable to us. Complying with any additional or new regulatory requirements on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis may impose significant burdens and costs on our operations or require us to alter our business practices. While we strive to materially comply with data protection laws and regulations applicable to us, any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with applicable data privacy laws and regulations, including in relation to the collection of necessary end-user consents and providing end-users with sufficient information with respect to our use of their personal data, may result in fines and penalties imposed by regulators. For example, under the GDPR and UK GDPR, fines of up to €20 million (£17.5 million) or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, may be assessed for non-compliance. In addition, we could also face governmental enforcement actions (including enforcement orders requiring us to cease collecting or processing data in a certain way), litigation and/or adverse publicity. Proceedings against us — regulatory, civil or otherwise — could force us to spend money and devote resources in the defense or settlement of, and remediation related to, such proceedings. Additionally, our international business expansion could be adversely affected if existing or future laws and regulations are interpreted or enforced in a manner that is inconsistent with our current business practices or that requires changes to these practices. If these laws and regulations materially limit our ability to collect, transfer, and use user data, our ability to continue our current operations without modification, develop new services or features of the products and expand our user base may be impaired.

26


Any major disruption or failure of our information technology systems or websites, or our failure to successfully implement upgrades and new technology effectively, could adversely affect our business and operations.

Certain of our information technology systems are designed and maintained by us and are critical for the efficient functioning of our business, including the manufacture and distribution of our connected fitness products, online sales of our connected fitness products, and the ability of our customers to access content on our platform. As we grow, we continue to implement modifications and upgrades to our systems, and these activities subject us to inherent costs and risks associated with replacing and upgrading these systems, including, but not limited to, impairment of our ability to fulfill customer orders and other disruptions in our business operations. Further, our system implementations may not result in productivity improvements at a level that outweighs the costs of implementation, or at all. If we fail to successfully implement modifications and upgrades or expand the functionality of our information technology systems, we could experience increased costs associated with diminished productivity and operating inefficiencies related to the flow of goods through our supply chain.

In addition, any unexpected technological interruptions to our systems or websites would disrupt our operations, including our ability to timely ship and track product orders, project inventory requirements, manage our supply chain, sell our connected fitness products online, provide services to our customers, and otherwise adequately serve our customers.

Nearly all of our revenue is generated over the internet via our websites, mobile applications and third-party over-the-top ("OTT") services and websites. The operation of our direct-to-consumer e-commerce business through our mobile applications and websites depends on our ability to maintain the efficient and uninterrupted operation of online order-taking and fulfillment operations. Any system interruptions or delays could prevent potential customers from purchasing our products.

Moreover, the ability of our customers to access the content on our platform could be diminished by a number of factors, including customers’ inability to access the internet, the failure of our network or software systems, security breaches, or variability in subscriber traffic for our platform. Platform failures would be most impactful if they occurred during peak platform use periods, which generally occur before and after standard work hours. During these peak periods, there are a significant number of customers concurrently accessing our platform and if we are unable to provide uninterrupted access, our customers’ perception of our platform’s reliability may be damaged, our revenue could be reduced, our reputation could be harmed, and we may be required to issue credits or refunds, or risk losing customers.

In the event we experience significant disruptions, we may be unable to repair our systems in an efficient and timely manner which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

If we are unable to maintain a good relationship with Apple, our business will suffer.

The Apple App Store is a key primary distribution platform for our BODi app. We expect to generate a significant portion of our revenue through the platform for the foreseeable future. Any deterioration in our relationship with Apple would harm our business and revenue.

We are subject to Apple’s standard terms and conditions for application developers, which govern the promotion, distribution and operation of applications on their platform. Furthermore, in 2021, Apple updated its iOS to more easily allow users to disable tracking by apps, which has negatively affected our ability to understand and monetize our various advertising methods.

Our business would be harmed if:

Apple discontinues or limits access to its platform by us and other app developers;
Apple removes our apps from their store; or
Apple modifies its terms of service or other policies, including fees charged to, or other restrictions on, us or other application developers, or continues to change how the personal information of its users is made available to application developers on their platform or shared by users from Apple’s strong brand recognition and large user base.

If Apple loses its market position or otherwise falls out of favor with Internet users, we would need to identify additional channels for distributing our app, which would consume substantial resources and may not be effective. In addition, Apple has broad discretion to change its terms of service and other policies with respect to us and other developers, and those changes may be unfavorable to us.

27


If we suffer a security breach or otherwise fail to properly maintain the confidentiality and integrity of our data, including customer credit card, debit card and bank account information, our reputation and business could be materially and adversely affected.

In the ordinary course of business, we collect and transmit customer and employee data, including credit and debit card numbers, bank account information, driver’s license numbers, dates of birth and other highly sensitive personally identifiable information. We also use vendors and, as a result, we manage a number of third-party contractors who have access to our confidential information, including third-party vendors of IT and data security systems and services.

In 2023, the SEC issued final rules related to cybersecurity risk management, strategy governance and incident disclosure, which may further increase our regulatory burden and the cost of compliance in such events. Smaller reporting public companies, such as the Company, must comply with the cybersecurity incident reporting obligations by December 18, 2023 and must comply with the other disclosure obligations beginning with annual reports for fiscal years ending on or after December 15, 2023. In addition, many governments have enacted laws requiring companies to provide notice of cyber incidents involving certain types of data, including personal information. These laws may be subject to alterations and revisions, and if we fail to comply with our obligations under such laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, we could be subject to regulatory action and lawsuits. We may also have other obligations, for example, under contracts, to notify customers or other counterparties of a security incident, including a data security breach. Regardless of our contractual protections, if an actual or perceived cybersecurity breach of security measures, unauthorized access to our system or the systems of the third-party vendors that we rely upon, or any other cybersecurity threat occurs, we may incur liability, costs, or damages, contract termination, our reputation may be compromised, our ability to attract new customers could be negatively affected, and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Any compromise of our security could also result in a violation of applicable domestic and foreign security, privacy or data protection, consumer protection, and other laws, regulatory or other governmental investigations, enforcement actions, and legal and financial exposure, including potential contractual liability. In addition, we may be required to incur significant costs to protect against and remediate damage caused by these disruptions or security breaches in the future. While we carry cyber insurance, we cannot be certain that our coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred, that insurance will continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or that any insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim.

We could be subject to a cyber incident or other adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of information resources, including intentional attacks or unintentional events where parties gain unauthorized access to systems to disrupt operations, corrupt data or steal confidential information about customers, vendors and employees. A number of retailers and other companies have recently experienced serious cyber incidents and breaches of their information technology systems and will likely continue to experience security incidents of varying degrees. While we do not believe these incidents have had a material impact to date, as our reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to our systems, both internal and those we have outsourced. Despite our efforts and processes to prevent breaches, our products and services, as well as our servers, computer systems, and those of third parties that we use in our operations are vulnerable to cybersecurity risks, including cyber-attacks such as viruses and worms, phishing attacks, denial-of-service attacks, physical or electronic break-ins, third-party or employee theft or misuse, and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our servers and computer systems or those of third parties that we use in our operations, which could lead to interruptions, delays, loss of critical data, unauthorized access to customer data, and loss of consumer confidence. In addition, we may be the target of email scams that attempt to acquire personal information or company assets.

Some of the data we collect or process is sensitive and could be an attractive target of a criminal attack by malicious third parties with a wide range of motives and expertise, including lone wolves, organized criminal groups, “hacktivists,” disgruntled current or former employees and others. Because we accept electronic forms of payment from customers, our business requires the collection and retention of customer data, including credit and debit card numbers and other personally identifiable information in various information systems that we maintain and in those maintained by third parties with whom we contract to provide credit card processing. We also maintain important internal company data, such as personally identifiable information about our employees and information relating to our operations. The integrity and protection of customer, distributor, and employee data are critical to us.

Despite the security measures we have in place to comply with applicable laws and rules, our facilities and systems, and those of our third-party service providers (as well as their third-party service providers), may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of cyber terrorism or sabotage, vandalism or theft, computer viruses, loss or corruption of data

28


or programming or human errors or other similar events. Furthermore, the size and complexity of our information systems, and those of our third-party vendors (as well as their third-party service providers), make such systems potentially vulnerable to security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions by our employees or vendors, or from attacks by malicious third parties. While we have agreements requiring our third-party service providers to use best practices for data security, we have no operational control over them. Because such attacks are increasing in sophistication and change frequently in nature, we and our third-party service providers may be unable to anticipate these attacks or implement adequate preventative measures, and any compromise of our systems, or those of our third-party vendors (as well as their third-party service providers), may not be discovered and remediated promptly. Changes in consumer behavior following a security breach or perceived security breach, act of cyber terrorism or sabotage, vandalism or theft, computer virus, loss or corruption of data or programming or human error or other similar event affecting a competitor, large retailer or financial institution may materially and adversely affect our business.

There can be no assurance that our cybersecurity risk management program and processes, including our policies, controls or procedures, will be fully implemented, complied with or effective in protecting our systems and information.

If our security and information systems, or those of our vendors, are compromised or if our employees fail to comply with these laws, regulations, or contract terms, and this information is obtained by unauthorized persons or used inappropriately, it could materially and adversely affect our reputation and could disrupt our operations and result in costly litigation, judgments, or penalties arising from violations of federal and state laws and payment card industry regulations, including those promulgated by industry groups, such as the Payment Card Industry Security Standards Council, National Automated Clearing House Association (“NACHA”), Canadian Payments Association and individual credit card issuers. Under laws, regulations and contractual obligations, a cyber incident could also require us to notify customers, employees or other groups of the incident or could result in adverse publicity, loss of sales and profits, or an increase in fees payable to third parties. We could also incur penalties or remediation and other costs that could materially and adversely affect the operation of our business and results of operations. We maintain insurance coverage to address cyber incidents, and have also implemented processes, procedures and controls to help mitigate these risks; however, these measures do not guarantee that our reputation and financial results will not be adversely affected by such an incident.

We rely heavily on information systems, and any material failure, interruption or weakness may prevent us from effectively operating our business and damage our reputation.

We increasingly rely on information systems, including our technology-enabled platform through which we distribute workouts to our consumer base, point-of-sale processing systems and other information systems managed by third parties, to interact with our customers, billing information and other personally identifiable information, collection of cash, legal and regulatory compliance, management of our supply chain, accounting, staffing, payment of obligations, ACH transactions, credit and debit card transactions and other processes and procedures. Our ability to efficiently and effectively manage our business depends significantly on the reliability and capacity of these systems, and any potential failure of third parties to provide quality uninterrupted service is beyond our control.

Our operations depend upon our ability, and the ability of our third-party service providers (as well as their third-party service providers), to protect our computer equipment and systems against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or other catastrophic events, as well as from internal and external security breaches, viruses, denial-of-service attacks and other disruptions. The failure of these systems to operate effectively, stemming from maintenance problems, upgrading or transitioning to new platforms, expanding our systems as we grow, a breach in security or other unanticipated problems could result in interruptions to or delays in our business and customer service and reduce efficiency in our operations. In addition, the implementation of technology changes and upgrades to maintain current and integrate new systems may also cause service interruptions, operational delays due to the learning curve associated with using a new system, transaction processing errors and system conversion delays and may cause us to fail to comply with applicable laws. If our information systems, or those of our third-party service providers (as well as their third-party service providers), fail and our or our providers’ third-party back-up or disaster recovery plans are not adequate to address such failures, our revenues and profits could be reduced, and the reputation of our brand and our business could be materially and adversely affected.

29


Risks Related to Laws and Regulations

We face risks, such as unforeseen costs and potential liability in connection with content we produce, license and distribute through our content delivery platform.

As a producer and distributor of content, we face potential liability for negligence, copyright and trademark infringement, violations for rights of publicity, or other claims based on the nature and content of materials that we produce, license and distribute. We also may face potential liability for content used in promoting workouts and products, including marketing materials. We may decide to remove content from our workouts or to discontinue or alter our production of types of content if we believe such content might not be well received by our customers or could be damaging to our brand and business. Additionally, we may also become subject to privacy litigation based on claims made by plaintiffs, such as regarding possible violations of the Video Privacy Protection Act.

To the extent we do not accurately anticipate costs or mitigate risks, including for content that we obtain but ultimately does not appear in our products, or if we become liable for content we produce, license or distribute, our business may suffer. Litigation to defend these claims could be costly and the expenses and damages arising from any liability could harm our results of operations. We may not be indemnified against claims or costs of these types and we may not have insurance coverage for these types of claims.

Increasing attention to, and evolving expectations regarding ESG matters may impact our business and reputation.

Companies across industries are facing increasing scrutiny from a variety of stakeholders related to their ESG and sustainability practices. Expectations regarding voluntary ESG initiatives and disclosures may result in increased costs (including but not limited to increased costs related to compliance, stakeholder engagement, contracting and insurance), changes in demand for certain products, enhanced compliance or disclosure obligations, or other impacts to our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We expect there will likely be increasing levels of regulation, disclosure-related and otherwise, with respect to ESG matters. For example, various policymakers, such as the SEC and the State of California, have adopted, or are considering adopting rules to require companies to provide significantly expanded climate-related disclosures in their periodic reporting, which may require us to incur significant additional costs to comply, including the implementation of significant additional internal controls processes and procedures regarding matters that have not been subject to such controls in the past, and impose increased oversight obligations on our management and Board. Simultaneously, there are efforts by some stakeholders to reduce companies’ efforts on certain ESG-related matters. Both advocates and opponents to certain ESG matters are increasingly resorting to a range of activism forms, including media campaigns and litigation, to advance their perspectives. To the extent we are subject to such activism, it may require us to incur costs or otherwise adversely impact our business. This and other stakeholder expectations will likely lead to increased costs as well as scrutiny that could heighten all of the risks identified in this risk factor. Additionally, many of our customers and suppliers may be subject to similar expectations, which may augment or create additional risks, including risks that may not be known to us.

Our nutritional products must comply with regulations of the FDA, as well as state, local and applicable international regulations. Any non-compliance with the FDA or other applicable regulations could harm our business.

Our products must comply with various FDA rules and regulations, including those regarding product manufacturing, marketing, food safety, required testing and appropriate labeling of our products. Conflicts between state and federal law regarding definitions of ingredients, as well as labeling requirements, may lead to non-compliance with state and local regulations. For example, states may maintain narrower definitions of ingredients, as well as more stringent labeling requirements, of which we are unaware. Any non-compliance at the state or local level could also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Because we do not manufacture our products directly, we must rely on these manufacturers to maintain compliance with regulatory requirements. Although we require our contract manufacturers to be compliant, we do not have direct control over such facilities. Failure of our contract manufacturers to comply with applicable regulations could have an adverse effect on our business.

30


Changes in the legal and regulatory environment could limit our business activities, increase our operating costs, reduce demand for our products or result in litigation.

Elements of our businesses, including the production, storage, distribution, sale, advertising, marketing, labeling, health and safety practices, transportation and use of many of our products, and sale of automatically renewing subscriptions, are subject to various laws and regulations administered by federal, state and local governmental agencies in the United States, as well as the laws and regulations administered by government entities and agencies outside the United States in markets in which our products or components thereof (such as packaging) may be made, manufactured or sold. These laws and regulations and interpretations thereof may change, sometimes dramatically, as a result of a variety of factors, including political, economic or social events. Such changes may include changes in:

food and drug laws (including FDA and international regulations);
laws related to product labeling;
advertising and marketing laws and practices;
laws and programs restricting the sale and advertising of products;
laws and programs aimed at reducing, restricting or eliminating ingredients present in our supplement products;
laws and programs aimed at discouraging the consumption of products or ingredients or altering the package or portion size of our products;
state consumer protection and disclosure laws;
taxation requirements, including the imposition or proposed imposition of new or increased taxes or other limitations on the sale of our products;
competition laws;
anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or FCPA, and the UK Bribery Act of 2010, or Bribery Act;
economic sanctions and anti-boycott laws, including laws administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control and the European Union;
laws relating to export, re-export, transfer, and import controls, including the Export Administration Regulations, the EU Dual Use Regulation, and the customs and import laws administered by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection;
labor and employment laws;
laws related to automatically renewing subscriptions and cancellation of such subscriptions;
data collection and privacy laws; and
environmental laws.

New laws, regulations or governmental policies and their related interpretations, or changes in any of the foregoing, including taxes or other limitations on the sale of our products, ingredients contained in our products or commodities used in the production of our products, may alter the environment in which we do business and, therefore, may impact our operating results or increase our costs or liabilities. In addition, if we fail to adhere to such laws and regulations, we could be subject to regulatory investigations, civil or criminal sanctions, as well as class action litigation, which has increased in our industry in recent years.

Our Partner network program could be found not to be in compliance with current or newly adopted laws or regulations in one or more markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our Partner network program is subject to a number of federal and state regulations administered by the Federal Trade Commission and various state agencies in the United States as well as regulations on direct selling in foreign markets administered by foreign agencies. We are subject to the risk that, in one or more markets, our Partner network program could be found not to be in compliance with applicable law or regulations. Regulations applicable to network marketing programs generally are directed at preventing fraudulent or deceptive schemes, often referred to as “pyramid” or “chain sales” schemes, by ensuring that product sales ultimately are made to consumers and that advancement within an organization is based on sales of the organization’s products rather than investments in the organization or other non-retail sales-related criteria. The regulatory requirements concerning network marketing programs do not include “bright line” rules and are inherently fact-based, and thus, even in jurisdictions where we

31


believe that our partner network program is in full compliance with applicable laws or regulations governing network marketing programs, we are subject to the risk that these laws or regulations or the enforcement or interpretation of these laws and regulations by governmental agencies or courts can change. The failure of our Partner network program to comply with current or newly adopted regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business in a particular market or in general.

We are also subject to the risk of private party challenges to the legality of our Partner network program. The network marketing programs of other companies have been successfully challenged in the past. An adverse judicial determination with respect to our Partner network program, or in proceedings not involving us directly but which challenge the legality of network marketing systems, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our products or services offered as part of automatically renewing subscriptions or memberships could be found not to be in compliance with laws or regulations in one or more markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Certain of our products and services include subscriptions and memberships that automatically renew unless cancelled by the subscribing consumer. There are a number of consumer-protection regulations at the state and federal level that govern how automatically renewing subscriptions are offered, including the types of notices that must be provided to consumers upon sign-up, and the manner in which consumers are able to cancel such renewals. We are subject to the risk that, in one or more markets, our automatically renewing subscription products could be found not to be in compliance with applicable law or regulations. This could result in regulatory bodies or a private party bringing an action that challenges the legality of our subscription products. These actions, including those without merit, could result in us having to expend significant litigation costs to defend against such claims, incur penalties or pay damages as a result of legal judgments against us, or require us to change elements of our automatically renewing subscription products. Each unit consists of these could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Changes in legislation or requirements related to electronic funds transfer ("EFT"), or our failure to comply with existing or future regulations, may materially and adversely impact our business.

We derive a significant amount of revenue from auto-renewal arrangements incorporated within our programs, which require express consent from our customers to commence. Any changes in the laws, regulations or interpretations of the laws regarding auto-renewal arrangements, or increased enforcement of such laws and/or regulations, could adversely affect our ability to engage or retain customers and harm our financial condition and operating performance. Our business relies heavily on the fact that our subscriptions continue on a recurring basis after the completion of any initial term requirements, and compliance with these laws and regulations and similar requirements may be onerous and expensive. In addition, variances and inconsistencies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction may further increase the cost of compliance and doing business. States that have fitness membership statutes may be applicable to us and could provide harsh penalties for violations, including membership contracts being void or voidable. Our failure to comply fully with these rules or requirements may subject us to fines, higher transaction fees, penalties, damages and civil liability and may result in the loss of our ability to accept EFT payments, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and in turn our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any such costs, which may arise in the future as a result of changes to the legislation and regulations or in their interpretation, could individually or in the aggregate cause us to change or limit our business practice, which may make our business model less attractive to our customers.

We are subject to a number of risks related to automated clearing house ("ACH"), credit card and debit card payments we accept.

We accept payments through ACH, credit card and debit card transactions. For ACH, credit card and debit card payments, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time. An increase in those fees would require us to either increase the prices we charge for our subscriptions, which could cause us to lose customers, or suffer an increase in our operating expenses, either of which could harm our operating results.

If we or any of our processing vendors have problems with our billing software, or the billing software malfunctions, it could have an adverse effect on our customer satisfaction and could cause one shareor more of the major credit card companies to disallow our continued use of their payment products. In addition, if our billing software fails to work properly and, as a result, we do not automatically charge our customers’ credit cards, debit cards or bank accounts on a timely basis or at all, we could lose subscription revenue, which would harm our operating results.

32


If we fail to adequately control fraudulent ACH, credit card and debit card transactions, we may face civil liability, diminished public perception of our security measures and significantly higher ACH, credit card and debit card related costs, each of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The termination of our ability to process payments through ACH transactions or on any major credit or debit card would significantly impair our ability to operate our business.

As consumer behavior shifts to use emerging forms of payment, there may be an increased reluctance to use ACH or credit cards for membership dues and point of sale transactions which could result in decreased revenues as consumers choose to give their business to competition with more convenient forms of payment. We may need to expand our information systems to support newer and emerging forms of payment methods, which may be time-consuming and expensive and may not realize a return on our investment.

We are subject to payment processing risk.

Our customers pay for our products and services using a variety of different payment methods, including credit and debit cards and gift cards. We rely on third parties to process payments. Acceptance and processing of these payment methods are subject to certain rules and regulations and require payment of interchange and other fees. To the extent there are disruptions in our payment processing systems, increases in payment processing fees, material changes in the payment ecosystem, such as large re-issuances of payment cards, delays in receiving payments from payment processors, or changes to rules or regulations concerning payment processing, our revenue, operating expenses and results of operation could be adversely impacted. We leverage our third-party payment processors to bill customers on our behalf. If these third parties become unwilling or unable to continue processing payments on our behalf, we would have to find alternative methods of collecting payments, which could adversely impact customer acquisition and retention. In addition, from time to time, we encounter fraudulent use of payment methods, which could impact our results of operations and if not adequately controlled and managed could create negative consumer perceptions of our service.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls and economic sanctions laws that could subject us to liability and impair our ability to compete in international markets.

The United States and various foreign governments have imposed controls, export license requirements, and restrictions on the import or export of technologies. Our products may be subject to U.S. export controls, which may require submission of a product classification and annual or semi-annual reports. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements regarding the export of our products and services may create delays in the introduction of our products and services in international markets, prevent our international customers from accessing our products and services, and, in some cases, prevent the export of our products and services to some countries altogether.

Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the provision of products and services to countries, governments, and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions. Even though we take precautions to prevent our products from being provided to targets of U.S. sanctions, our products and services could be provided to those targets or provided by our customers. Any such provision could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties, reputational harm. Our failure to obtain required import or export approval for our products could harm our international and domestic sales and adversely affect our revenue.

We could be subject to future enforcement action with respect to compliance with governmental export and import controls and economic sanctions laws that result in penalties, costs, and restrictions on export privileges that could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to comply with anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the FCPA and similar laws associated with our activities outside of the United States, could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We operate a global business and may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities. We are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, and possibly other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities. These laws that prohibit companies and their employees and third-party intermediaries from corruptly promising, authorizing, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything of value to foreign government officials, political parties, and private-sector recipients for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, directing business to any person, or securing any advantage. In addition, U.S. public companies are required

33


to maintain records that accurately and fairly represent their transactions and have an adequate system of internal accounting controls. In many foreign countries, including countries in which we may conduct business, it may be a local custom that businesses engage in practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other applicable laws and regulations. We face significant risks if we or any of our directors, officers, employees, agents or other parties or representatives fail to comply with these laws and governmental authorities in the United States and elsewhere could seek to impose substantial civil and/or criminal fines and penalties which could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition.

We have implemented an anti-corruption compliance program and policies, procedures and training designed to foster compliance with these laws; however, our employees, contractors, and agents, and companies to which we outsource some of our business operations, may take actions in violation of our policies or applicable law. Any such violation could have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results and prospects.

Any violation of the FCPA, other applicable anti-corruption laws, or anti-money laundering laws could result in whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, loss of export privileges, severe criminal or civil sanctions and, in the case of the FCPA, suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracts, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results, and prospects. In addition, responding to any enforcement action may result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees.

Our intellectual property rights are valuable, and any inability to protect them could reduce the value of our products, services, and brand.

Our success depends in large part on our proprietary content and technology and our trademarks, copyrights, patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. We rely on, and expect to continue to rely on, a combination of trademark, trade dress, domain name, copyright, trade secret and patent laws, as well as confidentiality and license agreements with our employees, contractors, consultants, and third parties with whom we have relationships, to establish and protect our brand and other intellectual property rights. However, our efforts to obtain and protect our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient or effective, and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, which could result in them being narrowed in scope or declared invalid or unenforceable. There can be no assurance that our intellectual property rights will be sufficient to protect against others offering products, services, or technologies that are substantially similar to ours and that compete with our business.

Effective protection of patents, trademarks, and domain names is expensive and can be difficult to maintain, both in terms of application and registration costs as well as the costs of defending and enforcing those rights. As we have grown, we have sought to obtain and protect our intellectual property rights in an increasing number of countries, a process that can be expensive and may not always be successful. For example, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural requirements to complete the patent application process and to maintain issued patents, and noncompliance or non-payment could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in a relevant jurisdiction. Further, intellectual property protection may not be available to us in every country in which our products and services are available. For example, some foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit.

In order to protect our brand and intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Enforcement actions and litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming, and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. Our failure to secure, protect, and enforce our intellectual property rights could seriously damage our brand and our business.

We have been, and may in the future be, subject to claims that we infringed certain intellectual property rights of third parties, and such claims could result in costly litigation expenses or the loss of significant rights related to,

34


among other things, our products and marketing activities, including as it relates to our BODi Bikes stationary bike products.

There may be intellectual property rights held by others, including issued or pending patents, trademarks, and copyrights, and applications of the foregoing, that they allege cover significant aspects of our products, services, content, branding, or business methods. We have received in the past, and may receive in the future, communications from third parties, including practicing and non-practicing entities, claiming that we may have infringed, misused, or otherwise misappropriated their intellectual property rights. Moreover, companies in the stationary bicycle space are frequent targets of entities seeking to enforce their rights in their intellectual property, or to otherwise profit from royalties in connection with grants of licenses in their intellectual property. These intellectual property claims include enforcement of a broad variety of patents that cover various elements of stationary bicycle products.

Defending against intellectual property infringement claims may result in costly litigation expenses and diversion of technical and management personnel. It also may result in our inability to use certain technologies, content, branding, or business methods found to be in violation of another party’s rights. As a result of a dispute, we may have to develop non-infringing technology, enter into royalty or licensing agreements, revise our marketing activities, cease the sale of certain products, or take other actions to resolve the claims that would result in additional cost and expense to our business. Any of these results could materially adversely affect our ability to compete and our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our subscriber engagement on mobile devices depends upon effective operation with mobile operating systems, networks, and standards that we do not control.

A growing portion of our customers access our platform through BOD/BODi and there is no guarantee that popular mobile devices will continue to support BOD or that mobile device users will use BOD/BODi rather than competing products. We are dependent on the interoperability of BOD/BODi with popular mobile operating systems that we do not control, such as Android and iOS, and any changes in such systems that degrade the functionality of our digital offering or give preferential treatment to competitors could adversely affect our platform’s usage on mobile devices. Additionally, in order to deliver high-quality mobile content, it is important that our digital offering is designed effectively and works well with a range of mobile technologies, systems, networks, and standards that we do not control. We may not be successful in developing relationships with key participants in the mobile industry or in developing products that operate effectively with these technologies, systems, networks, or standards. In the event that it is more difficult for our customers to access and use our platform on their mobile devices or customers find our mobile offerings do not effectively meet their needs, our competitors develop products and services that are perceived to operate more effectively on mobile devices, or if our customers choose not to access or use our platform on their mobile devices or use mobile products that do not offer access to our platform, our subscriber growth and subscriber engagement could be adversely impacted.

In addition, a portion of our customers access our products through OTT services such as Apple TV and Roku. These OTT services are managed by third parties that we do not control, and any changes in such systems or services that degrade the functionality of our digital offering or give preferential treatment to competitors could adversely affect our platform’s usage through these services.

Our BODi Bikes may be subject to warranty claims that could result in significant direct or indirect costs, or these products could experience greater returns than expected, either of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our BODi Bikes line of products generally provides a minimum 12-month limited warranty on all of our bikes. The occurrence of any material defects in our products could make it liable for damages and warranty claims in excess of our current reserves, which could result in an adverse effect on our business prospects, liquidity, financial condition, and cash flows if warranty claims were to materially exceed anticipated levels. In addition, we could incur significant costs to correct any defects, warranty claims, or other problems, including costs related to product recalls. Any negative publicity related to the perceived quality and safety of its products could affect our brand image, decrease consumer and subscriber confidence and demand, and adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. Also, while its warranty is limited to repairs and returns, warranty claims may result in litigation, the occurrence of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

35


Changes in tax laws and unanticipated tax liabilities could adversely affect our financial results.

We are subject to income, gross margin, franchise and other similar taxes in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. Any significant changes in U.S. or foreign laws and related authoritative interpretations could affect our tax expense and profitability and may also affect the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. We are also impacted by the outcome of income tax audits, which could have a material effect on our results of operations and cash flows in the period or periods for which that determination is made. In addition, our effective income tax rate and our results may be impacted by our ability to realize deferred tax benefits and any increases or decreases of our valuation allowance applied to our deferred tax assets.

We may be subject to obligations to collect and remit sales tax and other taxes, and we may be subject to tax liability for past sales, which could adversely harm our business.

We are also obligated to collect and remit sales, use, value added and other similar taxes in U.S. state and local jurisdictions and foreign jurisdictions. We may be subject to sales tax liability for past sales, which could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows. U.S. and foreign jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales, use, value added and other similar taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. A successful audit assertion that we should be collecting sales, use, value added or other taxes on our products or services at different tax rates, or in jurisdictions where we do not collect such tax, or have not historically done so, could result in substantial tax liabilities and related penalties for past sales, discourage customers from purchasing our products, or services, or otherwise harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

The price of shares of our Class A common stock may experience volatility.

The market price of our Class A common stock could be substantially affected by general market conditions, the extent of the secondary market for our Class A common stock, the extent of institutional investor interest in us, our financial performance, cash flows, financial condition and prospects and general stock and bond market conditions.

The U.S. stock markets, including the NYSE, on which shares of our Class A common stock are listed, historically have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. As a result, the market price of shares of our Class A common stock has similarly been volatile, and investors in our Class A common stock may experience a decrease in the market price of their shares, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. We cannot assure you that the market price of our Class A common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. The market price of our Class A common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to our financial performance, cash flows, financial condition and prospects, government regulatory action or inaction, tax laws, interest rates and general market conditions and other factors such as:

changes in discretionary spending trends, desires and behaviors of consumers or their perception of our brand;
a decline in our ability to deliver quality service at a competitive price;
a failure to introduce new features, products or services that customers find engaging;
the introduction of new products or services, or changes to existing products and services, that are not favorably received;
technical or other problems that affect the customer experience;
an increase in membership fees due to inflation;
direct and indirect competition in our industry;
a decline in the public’s interest in health and fitness;
a general deterioration of economic conditions or a change in consumer spending preferences or buying trends;

36


failure of our suppliers, manufacturers or logistics providers to perform their obligations to use for technical, market or other reasons;
equity issuances by us (or the issuance of securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock), or future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock by our existing or future stockholders, or the perception that such issuances or future sales may occur;
changes in market valuations of similar companies;
fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes from time to time due to a variety of factors, including from sales of shares of our Class A common stock by our stockholders;
our dependence on key personnel whose continued services is not guaranteed;
our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;
actual or anticipated differences in our quarterly or annual operating results from those expected;
changes in expectations of future financial performance or changes in estimates of securities analysts;
publication of research reports about us or our industry by securities analysts;
adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we incur in the future, or our failure to establish debt levels that investors believe are appropriate;
strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestments, spin offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business strategy;
legislative and regulatory changes that could adversely affect our industry;
adverse speculation in the press or investment community;
changes in our earnings;
failure to comply with the rules of the NYSE or maintain the listing of our common shares on the NYSE;
failure to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act;
actions by institutional and retail shareholders;
actual, potential or perceived accounting problems;
litigation related to challenges to our multi‑level marketing business model;
changes in accounting principles; and
general market and local, regional and national economic conditions, including factors unrelated to our operating performance and prospects.

No assurance can be given that the market price of our Class A common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future or that holders of shares of Class A common stock will be able to sell their shares when desired on favorable terms, or at all. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the Company, par value $0.0001price of their common stock. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, our ability to execute on our business strategy, our ability to make distributions to our shareholders and per share and one-thirdmarket price of one redeemable warrantour common shares.

You may experience future dilution as a result of future equity offerings or other equity issuances.

To raise additional capital, we may in the Company, with each whole warrant entitlingfuture offer shares of our Class A common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A common stock. We cannot assure you that we will be able to sell shares or other securities in any offering at a price per share that is equal to or greater than the holder thereofprice per share paid by our existing stockholders. The price per share at which we sell shares of our Class A common stock or other securities

37


convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A common stock in future transactions may be higher or lower than the current price per share. Investors who purchase shares or other securities in the future could have rights superior to purchase one shareexisting stockholders.

The number of shares of our Class A common stock available for future issuance or resale could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that we may issue up to 2,000,000,000 shares, consisting of: (i) 1,600,000,000 shares of Class A common stock; (ii) 200,000,000 shares of Class X common stock; (iii) 100,000,000 shares of Class C common stock, for $11.50$0.0001 par value per share; and (iv) 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The units were sold at a priceAs of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $300,000,000.

Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 5,333,333 warrants to Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC, our “sponsor”, at a purchase price of $1.50 per private placement warrant, generating gross proceeds of $8,000,000.

A total of $300,000,000, comprised of $292,000,000 of the proceeds from the initial public offering (which amount includes $10,500,000 of the underwriters’ deferred discount)December 31, 2023, there are 3,978,356 and $8,000,000 of the proceeds of the sale of the private placement warrants, was placed in a U.S.-based trust account maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee.

Our units began trading on November 25, 2020 on The New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol FRX.U.” On January 13, 2021, we announced that the holders of the Company’s units may elect to separately trade the2,729,003 shares of Class A common stock and warrants included in the units commencing on January 15, 2021. Each unit consists of one share of Class AX common stock and one-thirdoutstanding, respectively. As of one warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock. Any units not separated will continue to trade on NYSE under the symbol “FRX.U”. Any underlyingDecember 31, 2023, there are no shares of Class AC common stock and warrants that are separated will trade on NYSE under the symbols “FRX” and “FRX WS,” respectively.

Our Team

Our officers and directors, Forest Road and strategic advisors consistor preferred stock outstanding. Future issuances of seasoned investors and industry executives with an extensive track record of identifying, investing in, building, operating, and advising leading businesses. In particular, the team possesses a deep understanding of the TMT space, the evolution of these sectors, and market opportunities. Our collective team has experience in:

sourcing, structuring, acquiring, and integrating businesses;

developing and growing companies, both organically and through acquisitions;

identifying, monitoring, and recruiting world-class talent;

accessing the capital markets, including financing businesses;

fostering relationships with sellers, capital providers, and target management teams; and

negotiating and executing transactions favorable to investors in multiple geographies and under varying economic and financial market conditions.

In the event we are unable to consummate the Merger, we believe our team will be able to source superior TMT investment opportunities through an extensive network including private equity, venture capital, growth equity, asset managers, investment banks and leading global corporations. Additionally, we believe they have the operational expertise to drive efficiencies at a target company following a business combination, and given their extensive experience with public market investors, are well positioned to develop a thoughtful investor relations strategy.


Market Opportunity

We believe that many companies operating in the TMT space have characteristics that make them attractive investment opportunities given the disruption, evolution, and unprecedented tailwinds and headwinds facing the broader landscape. These companies are poised for long-term growth and have the potential to unlock unrealized value as public companies, particularly when partnered with our team, which brings strategic, operating, and deal-making expertise as well as public company experience. In the event we are unable to consummate the Merger, we intend to focus on businesses that leverage the following macro themes:

New audience aggregation platforms transforming the TMT landscape.The TMT landscape is rapidly evolving as new forms of consumption and distribution disrupt traditional businesses. Platforms such as over-the-top services, social media applications, and online marketplaces are changing the way content is produced, distributed, and consumed, creating global competition for consumers.

Premium IP driving significant value expansion.    Media and entertainment companies are increasingly focused on creating and acquiring IP with wide appeal and franchise potential. Given the high volume of content produced annually, it has become imperative to own or have advantaged access to premium IP that stands out and resonates with audiences as well as offers monetization opportunities beyond traditional avenues. The quest for a greater share of the consumer wallet and engagement has resulted in large scale strategic activity, such as Disney’s acquisition of 21st Century Fox and AT&T’s acquisition of Time Warner, as well as increased investments in original and licensed content by subscription video on demand services, such as Netflix. The limited supply of premium IP and high consumer demand has led to substantial competition and has driven an increase in the value of content.

Consumer behavior fundamentally changing.Consumption habits have evolved due to advancements in technology as well as increased access to high-speed internet service and connected devices. Engagement has shifted from unidirectional to interactive, mobile, and multi-screen experiences. Today’s consumer has greater control over what they consume, when they consume, and how much they consume. As this shift continues, media consumption is becoming increasingly fragmented, and businesses are working towards innovations for new and better ways to aggregate, engage, and monetize consumers.

Cutting-edge technologies facilitating new offerings.Development of cutting-edge technologies and improvements in existing technologies are unlocking markets and growth opportunities. Increasingly, society has broad access to technological infrastructure that new businesses can build upon and consumers can utilize for entertainment and communication. Innovations in computing power, artificial intelligence, augmented reality and virtual reality, and digital video and audio consumption create new avenues of entertainment, while 5G and the proliferation of high-speed internet is enabling these experiences to flourish.

Evolving ecosystem reshaping traditional business models.Market leaders continue to look for new ways to leverage their premium assets and key brands. Traditionally segregated business models are converging as the ability to monetize across multiple channels becomes imperative.New consumer options span from à la carte purchase to free, ad-supported, subscription, and micro-transaction models, as well as new bundled service offerings. Additionally, businesses are capitalizing on existing IP through 360-degree monetization, expanding the use case into other revenue-generating opportunities, such as consumer products and licensing, interactive entertainment, theme parks, and other experiences.

Companies in need of capital due to idiosyncratic market conditions.Market dislocation and unforeseen economic circumstances caused by COVID-19 have challenged the TMT landscape, adversely impacting the revenues and cash flows of many corporations, large private equity portfolio companies, and private founder-owned companies, requiring them to raise equity capital. Within the media landscape, many segments including content production, live events and sports, as well as the services that support these segments, are in need of additional capital, even while maintaining sound defensible market positions. This dislocation creates potential investment opportunities to support these businesses to survive the current environment and maintain their leading market positions.

Business Strategy

Our strategy is to identify and partner with high growth businesses in the TMT space that can benefit from the investment and operational expertise of our team to deliver value to our shareholders.

We believe that media and entertainment is undergoing rapid and aggressive technology-induced change, resulting in new monetization opportunities and secular growth as opportunities to reach consumers expand, new entrants seek to gain market share, and the “old guard” adapts to the evolving needs of today’s consumers. We believe that our team’s experience in building and executing strategies that combine capabilities and expertise in consumer preferences and technology/product development differentiates our ability to source a successful partner.

Our selection process leverages our officers and directors, Forest Road, and our strategic advisors’ deep relationship network, industry experiences, and deal sourcing capabilities to access a broad spectrum of differentiated opportunities. Specifically, the relationships and reputation we have built in the TMT space allow us to source proprietary deal flow from certain of our clients, their affiliates, and colleagues, as well as provide differentiated sources of intelligence for the team to analyze as we work through business and transaction due diligence to ensure we are partnering with a fundamentally sound long-term company. Since our initial public offering, members of our team have communicated with and, in the event that the Merger is not consummated, we expect them to continue to communicate with their network of relationships to articulate our initial business combination criteria, including the parameters of our search for a target business.


Competitive Advantages

In the event we do not consummate the Merger, we will capitalize on the ability of our team to identify, acquire, and operate a business that will benefit from their involvement by utilizing the following differentiating factors to our advantage:

Expertise in operating businesses.    Our team hasa track record of building industry-leading companies to deliver shareholder value over an extended time period. As a public entity, we believe we can offer a wide range of advantages to stockholders. These include, but are not limited to, utilizing our team’s collective skills and experience to catalyze accelerated and profitable growth, broader access to debt and equity capital providers, liquidity alternatives for employees and investors, public currency for potential acquisitions, and improved branding in the marketplace.

History of transformational acquisitions.    Members of our team have been involved in noteworthy content and IP transactions in the TMT space, including but not limited to, the acquisitions of Capital Cities/ABC, Pixar, Marvel Entertainment, Lucasfilm, 21st Century Fox, and BAMTech by Disney.

Proprietary sourcing network.    Our selection process will leverage our officers and directors, Forest Road, and our strategic advisors’ networks of industry, private equity sponsor, growth equity investor, and lending community relationships as well as relationships with management teams of public and private companies, investment bankers, consultants, advisers, attorneys, and accountants, which provide us with a number of business combination opportunities. Our network within the TMT space is exceptionally deep and our team is well positioned to identify high-growth acquisition opportunities across the evolving and disrupted landscape.

Execution and structuring capabilities.    Our team’s combined expertise and reputation allow us to source and complete transactions possessing structural attributes that create an attractive investment thesis. These types of transactions are typically complex and require creativity, industry knowledge and expertise, rigorous due diligence, and extensive negotiations and documentation. By focusing our investment activities on these types of transactions, we will generate investment opportunities that have attractive risk/reward profiles based on their valuations and structural characteristics.

Our Business Combination Criteria

Consistent with our business strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines to evaluate prospective target businesses, which we would continue to use in the event we are unable to consummate the Merger. We use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating initial business combination opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. In the event we do not consummate the Merger, we will seek to identify and acquire high-quality companies in the TMT space that possess the following characteristics:

Simple, predictable, and free-cash-flow-generative.    We seek companies with a proven track record of growth and profitability and predictable future financial performance that we expect will generate strong, sustainable growth in cash flows over the long term.

Formidable barriers to entry.    We seek companies that have long-term sustainable competitive advantages, significant barriers to entry, including significant upfront investment costs, or “wide moats,” around their business, and low risks of disruption caused by competition, innovation, and new entrants.

Well-positioned in evolving market landscape.    We seek companies that are well-positioned to benefit from new content and distribution dynamics, unlocking new growth opportunities.

Attractive valuation.    We seek companies at an attractive valuation relative to their long-term intrinsic value.

Positioned to benefit from public currency.    We seek companies that demonstrate public market readiness and will use access to public equity markets to pursue accretive acquisitions, high-return capital projects, strengthen the balance sheet, and recruit and retain key employees.

Exceptional management and governance.    We seek companies that have trustworthy, talented, experienced, and highly competent management teams. These companies may be led by entrepreneurs who are looking for a partner with our expertise to execute on the next stage of their growth. For target companies that require new management, we will leverage our team’s experience in identifying and recruiting top talent.

Platform for inorganic growth.    We seek companies that can serve as a platform for future synergistic acquisitions.


These criteria and guidelines are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors, and criteria that our team may deem relevant. In the event that the Merger is not consummated and we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our stockholder communications related to our initial business combination.

Initial Business Combination

In accordance with the rules of the NYSE, the Merger, or an alternative initial business combination, must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the amount of deferred underwriting discounts held in trust and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to satisfaction of such criteria. Our shareholders may not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion. Subject to this requirement, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective businesses, but if the business combination involves more than one target business, as with the Merger, the 80% fair market value test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses together as our initial business combination for purposes of a seeking stockholder approval or conducting a tender offer, as applicable.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the outstanding equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses, such as in connection with the Merger. In the event the Merger is not consummated, we may structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the prior owners of the target business, the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target business or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target business or issue a substantial number of new shares to third- parties in connection with financing our initial business combination. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% fair market value test.

In the event the Merger and the related financing arrangement described in the Form S-4 are not consummated, we may need to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination, either because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our trust account or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of the business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. There are no prohibitions on our ability to issue securities or incur debt in connection with our initial business combination.

5

Sourcing of Potential Initial Business Combination Targets

In the event the Merger is not consummated, our team’s significant operating and transaction experience and relationships will provide us with a substantial number of alternative initial business combination targets. Over the course of their careers, the members of our team have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships around the world, which includes private equity firms, venture capitalists and entrepreneurs. This network has grown through the activities of our team sourcing, acquiring and financing businesses, the reputation of our team for integrity and fair dealing with sellers, financing sources and target management teams and the experience of our team in executing transactions under varying economic and financial market conditions.

This network has provided our team with a flow of referrals, which in the past has resulted in numerous transactions which were proprietary or where a limited group of investors were invited to participate in the sale process. In the event the Merger is not consummated, this network will provide us with multiple investment opportunities. In addition, we anticipate that target business combination candidates will be brought to our attention by various unaffiliated sources, including participants in our targeted markets and their advisors, private equity funds and large business enterprises seeking to divest non-core assets or divisions.

While we do not anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, in the event the Merger is not consummated, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of a finder’s fee is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the trust account. In no event, however, will our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation by the company prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). In addition, we pay Forest Road $10,000 per month for office space, secretarial and administrative services provided to members of our team. Other than the foregoing, there will be no finder’s fees, reimbursement, consulting fee, monies in respect of any payment of a loan or other compensation paid by us to our sponsor, officers or directors, or any affiliate of our sponsor or officers prior to, or in connection with any services rendered in order to effectuate, the consummation of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is).

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or completing the business combination through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, executive officers or directors. In the event the Merger is not consummated and we seek to complete an initial business combination with a target that is affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions stating that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain, and have not obtained, a fairness opinion in connection with the Merger.

Members of our team directly or indirectly own founder shares and/or private placement warrants and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination. For example, it is anticipated that Kevin Mayer, one of our strategic advisors, will be elected as a director of the combined company in connection with the consummation of the Merger.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to another entity pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such other entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our officers, directors and strategic advisors have agreed not to participate in the formation of, or become an officer, director or strategic advisor of, any other special purpose acquisition company with a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act without our prior written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld.


Financial Position

With funds available for a business combination initially in the amount of $290,717,054, we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we are able to complete our initial business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires.

Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Upon consummation of the Merger, the prospects of our success will depend entirely on Beachbody and Myx. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination, and

cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’s management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. The determination as to whether any of the members of our management team will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our initial business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our initial business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business. In the event the Merger is consummated, Mr. Mayer will serve as a director of the combined company following the Merger.

We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination

The Merger requires the approval of our stockholders. However, in the event the Merger is not consummated, in connection with any alternative proposed business combination, we may conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC subject to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. We will, however, seek stockholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons.

Presented in the table below is a graphic explanation of the types of initial business combinations we may consider in the event the Merger is not consummated and whether stockholder approval is currently required under Delaware law for each such transaction.

TYPE OF TRANSACTIONWHETHER STOCKHOLDER
APPROVAL IS
REQUIRED
Purchase of assetsNo
Purchase of stock of target not involving a merger with the company.No
Merger of target into a subsidiary of the company.No
Merger of the company with a targetYes


Under NYSE’s listing rules, stockholder approval is required in connection with the Merger. In the event the Merger is not consummated, in connection with any alternative proposed business combination, stockholder approval would be required under NYSE’s rules for our initial business combination in certain circumstance, for example, if:

we issue shares of Class A common stock equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding;

any of our directors, officers or substantial stockholders (as defined by NYSE rules) has a 5% or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired or otherwise and the present or potential issuance of common stock could result in an increase in outstanding common shares or voting power of 5% or more; or

the issuance or potential issuance of common stock will result in our undergoing a change of control.

Permitted Purchases of Our Securities

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, initial stockholders, directors, executive officers or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. There is no limit on the number of shares our initial stockholders, directors, officers or their affiliates may purchase in such transactions, subject to compliance with applicable law and NYSE rules. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will be restricted from making any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

In the event that our sponsor, initial stockholders, directors, officers or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules.

The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to (i) vote such shares in favor of the Merger or an alternative business combination in the event the Merger is not consummated and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the business combination or (ii) to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A common stock or public warrants may be reduced and the numberother securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on the NYSE.


Our sponsor, initial stockholders, officers, directors and/or their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the stockholders with whom our initial stockholders, officers, directors or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the stockholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by stockholders (in the case of Class A common stock) following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with the Merger or an alternative initial business combination in the event the Merger is not consummated. To the extent that our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling stockholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the trust account or vote against our initial business combination, whether or not such stockholder has already submitted a proxy with respect to our initial business combination but only if such shares have not already been voted at the stockholder meeting related to our initial business combination. Our sponsor, executive officers, directors or any of their affiliates will select which stockholders to purchase shares from based on a negotiated price and number of shares and any other factors that they may deem relevant, and will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws. Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates will be restricted from making purchases of shares if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. We expect any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchases are subject to such reporting requirements.

Redemption Rights for Public Stockholders upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock uponcould dilute stockholders and could have an adverse effect on the completionmarket price per share of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated asClass A common stock. Holders of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations and on the conditions described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. The per share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions paid to the representative of the underwriters. Our initial stockholders, sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and public shares they may hold in connection with the completion of our initial business combination.

Limitations on Redemptions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. In addition, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Beachbody’s obligation to consummate the Merger is subject to the amount of available cash in (i) the trust account, after deducting the amount required to satisfy obligations to public stockholders that exercise their redemption rights, and (ii) the financing described in the Form S-4 is at least $350,000,000. In the event the Merger is not consummated, an alternative proposed initial business combination may impose a minimum cash requirement for: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners; (ii) cash for working capital or other general corporate purposes; or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plusnot entitled to preemptive rights or other protections against dilution.

The vesting of any amount requiredrestricted stock or other equity awards granted to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed initial business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the initial business combinationcertain directors, executive officers and other employees under our equity incentive plan, or redeem any shares in connection with such initial business combination, and all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof. We may, however, raise funds through the issuance of equity-linked securities or through loans, advances or other indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination, including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop arrangements we may enter into, in order to, among other reasons, to satisfy such net tangible assets or minimum cash requirements.

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

In connection with the Merger, we will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of the Merger in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Merger. In the event the Merger is not consummated, in connection with an alternative proposed initial business combination, we will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the initial business combination or (ii) without a stockholder vote by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed initial business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements. Asset acquisitions and stock purchases would not typically require stockholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding common stock or seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require stockholder approval. So long as we obtain and maintain a listing for our securities on NYSE, we will be required to comply with NYSE’s stockholder approval rules.


The requirement that we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares by one of the two methods listed above will be contained in provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and will apply whether or not we maintain our registration under the Exchange Act or our listing on NYSE. Such provisions may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon. If we amend such provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares in connection with a stockholder meeting.

If we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares in connection with a stockholder meeting, we will

conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and

file proxy materials with the SEC.

We will complete the Merger, or, if the Merger is not consummated and we seek stockholder approval in connection with a proposed alternative initial business combination, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the initial business combination. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of shares of outstanding capital stock of the Company representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting. Our initial stockholders will count towards this quorum and, pursuant to the letter agreement, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote any founder shares they hold and any public shares purchased during or after our initial public offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions) in favor of our initial business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our outstanding shares of common stock voted, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders’ founder shares, we would need only 11,250,001, or 37.5%, of the 30,000,000 public shares sold in our initial public offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming all outstanding shares are voted). These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial stockholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination. Each public stockholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction or whether they were a stockholder on the record date for the stockholder meeting held to approve the proposed transaction.

If the Merger is not consummated and if a stockholder vote is not required in connection with a proposed alternative initial business combination and we do not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will

conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and

file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination, which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public stockholders not tendering more than a specified number of public shares, which number will be based on the requirement that we may not redeem public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. If public stockholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the initial business combination.

In the Merger is not consummated and upon the public announcement of a proposed alternative initial business combination, if we elect to conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, we or our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase shares of our Class A common stock in connection with future business acquisitions, could have an adverse effect on the open market in orderprice per share of our Class A common stock. In addition, the existence of options or shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance as restricted Class A common stock may adversely affect the terms upon which we may be able to comply with Rule 14e-5 underobtain additional capital through the Exchange Act.sale of equity securities.

We intend to requireIssuances of substantial amounts of our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold theirClass A common stock (including issuances of shares in “street name,” to, at the holder’s option, either deliver theirof Class A common stock certificates to our transfer agent or deliver their shares to our transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) system, priorpursuant to the date set forthexercise of convertible or exchangeable securities or options) or the resale of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock, or the perception that such issuances or resales might occur, could adversely affect the market price per share of our Class A common stock.

Because we do not expect to declare cash dividends on our Class A common stock in the proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable. In the case of proxy materials, this date may be up to two business days prior to the voteforeseeable future, shareholders must rely on the proposal to approve the initial business combination. In addition, if we conduct redemptions in connection with a stockholder vote, we intend to require a public stockholder seeking redemption of its public shares to also submit a written request for redemption to our transfer agent two business days prior to the vote in which the nameappreciation of the beneficial ownervalue of such shares is included. The proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable,our Class A common stock for any return on their investment.

We currently anticipate that we will furnish to holdersretain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not expect to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, only appreciation of the price of our Class A common stock, if any, will provide a return to investors in this offering.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public shares in connectioncompany.

Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly-traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our initial business combinationtransition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will indicate whether we are requiring public stockholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. We believe that this will allowrequire significant attention from our transfer agent to efficiently process any redemptions without the need for further communication or actionsenior management and could divert their attention away from the redeeming public stockholders,day-to-day management of our business, which could delay redemptionsadversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Declines in our financial performance have resulted in and could result in additional administrative cost. Iffuture impairment charges.

United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) require annual (or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances warrant) impairment tests of goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets. Generally speaking, if the proposed initial business combinationcarrying value of the asset is not approved andin excess of the estimated fair value of the asset, the carrying value will be adjusted to fair value through an impairment charge. Significant deviation from forecasted results or changes in the discount rate assumption could reduce the estimated fair value of these assets below the carrying value, requiring non-cash impairment charges to reduce the carrying value of the asset. In 2023, we continue to search for a target company, we will promptly return any certificates or shares delivered by public stockholders who elected to redeem their shares.


Limitation on Redemption Upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination If We Seek Stockholder Approval

The Merger requires the approvalrecognized an impairment of our stockholders.goodwill and various intangible assets of $40.0 million and $3.1 million, respectively. In connection with2022, we recognized an impairment of various intangible assets of $19.9 million. Any significant impairment write-down of goodwill or

38


long-lived assets in the stockholder approval offuture and the Merger or, if the Merger is not consummated and we seek stockholder approval of a proposed alternative initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliatenegative perception of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more thanimpairment could have an aggregate of 15% of the shares of commonadverse effect on our stock sold in our initial public offering, which we refer to as the Excess Shares, without our prior consent. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offeringprice and could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us, our sponsor or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering without our prior consent, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to blockimpair our ability to completeobtain new financing on commercially reasonable terms.

Our business and operations could be negatively affected if we become subject to any securities litigation or stockholder activism, which could cause us to incur significant expense, hinder execution of business and growth strategy, and impact our initial business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amountstock price.

In the past, following periods of cash. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination.

Delivering Stock Certificates in Connection with the Exercise of Redemption Rights

As described above, we intend to require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to, at the holder’s option, either deliver their stock certificates to our transfer agent or deliver their shares to our transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) system, prior to the date set forthvolatility in the proxy materialsmarket price of a company’s securities, particularly for companies who have recently “gone public” through a DeSPAC transaction, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Stockholder activism, which could take many forms or tender offer documents, as applicable. Inarise in a variety of situations, has been increasing recently. Volatility in the case of proxy materials, this date may be up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the initial business combination. In addition, if we conduct redemptions in connection with a stockholder vote, we intend to require a public stockholder seeking redemption of its public shares to also submit a written request for redemption to our transfer agent two business days prior to the vote in which the name of the beneficial owner of such shares is included. The proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, that we will furnish to holdersstock price of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate whether we are requiring public stockholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a public stockholder would have up to two business days prior to the vote on the initial business combination if we distribute proxy materials,common stock or from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, as applicable, to submit or tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures disclosedreasons may in the future cause us to become the target of securities litigation or stockholder activism. Securities litigation and stockholder activism, including potential proxy or tender offer materials, as applicable, its shares may not be redeemed. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for stockholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced processcontests, could result in substantial costs and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC system. The transfer agent will typically charge the broker submitting or tendering shares a fee of approximately $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to submit or tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date set forth in the proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our initial business combination.

If the Merger or an alternative proposed initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public stockholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

If the Merger is not completed, we may continue to try to complete an alternative proposed initial business combination with a different target until November 30, 2022.


Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if No Initial Business Combination

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will have until November 30, 2022 to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination by November 30, 2022, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholdersdivert management’s and our board of directors, liquidatedirectors’ attention and dissolve, subject in each caseresources from our business. Additionally, such securities litigation and stockholder activism could give rise to perceived uncertainties as to our obligations under Delaware lawfuture, adversely affect our relationships with service providers and make it more difficult to provide for claims of creditorsattract and the requirements ofretain qualified personnel. Also, we may be required to incur significant legal fees and other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination by November 30, 2022.

Our initial stockholders, sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respectexpenses related to any founder shares they hold if we failsecurities litigation and activist stockholder matters. Further, our stock price could be subject to complete our initial business combinationsignificant fluctuation or otherwise be adversely affected by November 30, 2022 or any extended period of time that we may have to consummate an initial business combination as a result of an amendment to our amendedthe events, risks and restated certificate of incorporation. However, if our initial stockholders, sponsor or management team acquire public shares in or after our initial public offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination by November 30, 2022.

Our initial stockholders, sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a letter agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by November 30, 2022 or with respect to any other material provisions relating to stockholders’ rights (including redemption rights) or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares upon approvaluncertainties of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, wesecurities litigation and stockholder activism.

Our internal controls over financial reporting may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement, we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time.

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the approximately $1,183,830 of proceeds held outside the trust account as of December 31, 2020, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the trust account not required to pay taxes, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account and any tax payments or expenses for the dissolution of the trust, the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by stockholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. Under Section 281(b) of the DGCL, our plan of dissolution must provide for all claims against us to be paid in full or make provision for payments to be made in full, as applicable, if there are sufficient assets. These claims must be paid or provided for before we make any distribution of our remaining assets to our stockholders. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.


Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will consider whether competitive alternatives are reasonably available to us and will only enter into an agreement with such third party if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be in the best interests of the company under the circumstances. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. The underwriters of our initial public offeringeffective and our independent registered public accounting firm will not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. In order to protect the amounts held in the trust account, our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.00 per public share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We have not, however, asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation.

We are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of controls over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm may be required to audit the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 in future Form 10-K filings. Our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event that it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.

Further, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing additional internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff. Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 or assert that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting which, if not remediated appropriately or timely, could result in the loss of investor confidence and adversely impact our business operations and our stock price.

We identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that existed as of December 31, 2022. For the Company's information technology general controls (ITGCs) over information systems and applications that are relevant to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. The Company did not maintain (i) sufficient user access controls to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and to restrict access to financial applications, programs and data to only authorized users, and (ii) program change management controls to ensure that information technology program and data changes affecting financial information technology applications and underlying accounting records are appropriately authorized and implemented. Business process controls that are dependent on the ineffective ITGCs, or that rely on data produced from systems impacted by the ineffective ITGCs were also deemed ineffective. Additionally, the Company did not maintain effective controls over its impairment analyses for goodwill and long-lived assets as it did not retain sufficient contemporaneous documentation to demonstrate the operation of review controls over the forecasts used in developing estimates of fair value. Accordingly, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2022.

39


In the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company implemented new and enhanced procedures and controls which resulted in the remediation of the material weaknesses. However, if we were to identify any new material weaknesses, or if we are otherwise unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, then our ability to record, process and report financial information accurately, and to prepare financial statements within required time periods, could be adversely affected. If our financial statements are not accurate, investors may not have a complete understanding of our initialoperations. Likewise, if our financial statements are not filed on a timely basis, we could be in violation of covenants contained in the agreements governing our debt. We could also be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our shares are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could result in a material adverse effect on our business. These outcomes could subject us to litigation, civil or criminal investigations or enforcement actions requiring the expenditure of financial resources and diversion of management time, could negatively affect investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial statements and could also adversely impact our stock price and our access to the capital markets.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, combination,if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our shares or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price and youtrading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. In the event securities or industry analysts initiated coverage, and one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price could decline.

As a public company, we are subject to laws, regulations and stock exchange listing standards, which impose additional costs on us and may strain our resources and divert our management’s attention.

As a company with publicly-traded securities, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the listing requirements of the NYSE and other applicable securities laws and regulations. These rules and regulations require the adoption of additional controls and procedures and disclosure, corporate governance and other practices thereby significantly increasing our legal, financial and other compliance costs. These obligations also make other aspects of our business more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our personnel, systems and other resources. Furthermore, as a public company our business and financial condition is more visible, which we believe may give some of our competitors who may not be similarly required to disclose this type of information a competitive advantage. In addition to these added costs and burdens, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions, other regulatory actions and civil litigation, any of which could negatively affect the price of our common stock.

Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our Proposed Charter or Bylaws, or (5) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or federal court located within the State of Delaware if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, in all cases subject to the court’s having jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants. A complaint asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be brought in state or federal court. With respect to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, only claims brought derivatively under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, would receive such lesser amount per sharebe subject to the forum selection clause described above. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation and bylaws has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any redemptionaction, a court could find the choice of your public shares. Noneforum provisions contained in our

40


Second Amended and Restated Certificate of our officersIncorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws to be inapplicable or directors will indemnifyunenforceable in such action. Although we believe these provisions benefit us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceedsproviding increased consistency in the trust account are reduced belowapplication of Delaware law for the lesserspecified types of (i) $10.00 per public shareactions and (ii)proceedings, the actual amount per public share heldprovisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in the trust account asour Amended and Restated Certificate of the dateIncorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our shares of the liquidationcapital stock shall be deemed to have notice of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share dueand consented to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption pricethis exclusive forum provision but will not be lessdeemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited.

Our business and operations have consumed and may continue to consume resources faster than $10.00 per share.

Wewe anticipate. These expenditures and our expectations of future cash flows have increased our needs for liquidity to operate our business. As a result, we expect to need to raise additional funds through the issuance of new equity securities, debt or a combination of both or the sale of assets. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our capital requirements. In addition, any sale or perception of a possible sale by our stockholders, and any related decline in the market price of our common stock, could impair our ability to raise equity capital. If we incur or issue debt, the debt holders would have rights senior to common stockholders to make claims on our assets, and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. If we issue additional equity securities, existing stockholders will seekexperience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Any sale of our assets to generate cash proceeds may limit our operational capacity and could limit or eliminate any revenue streams or business plans that are dependent on the sold assets. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering or sell assets will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings or the terms of any future asset sales. Thus, our stockholders bear the risk of our future financings to finance our business, which could reduce the possibility thatmarket price of our sponsor will have to indemnifycommon stock and dilute their interest.

We completed a reverse stock split of our shares of common stock, which may reduce and may limit the trust accountmarket trading liquidity of the shares due to claimsthe reduced number of creditorsshares outstanding and may potentially have an anti-takeover effect.

We completed a reverse stock split (the "Reverse Stock Split") of our common stock by endeavoringa ratio of 1-for-50 effective November 21, 2023. The liquidity of our common stock may be adversely affected by the Reverse Stock Split as a result of the reduced number of shares outstanding following the Reverse Stock Split. In addition, the Reverse Stock Split may increase the number of stockholders who own odd lots of our common stock, creating the potential for such stockholders to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businessesexperience an increase in the cost of selling their shares and greater difficulty affecting such sales. Reducing the number of outstanding shares of our common stock through the Reverse Stock Split is intended, absent other factors, to increase the per share market price of our common stock. However, other factors, such as our financial results, market conditions and the market perception of our business may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. As a result, there can be no assurance that the Reverse Stock Split will result in the intended benefits, that the market price of our common stock will remain higher following the Reverse Stock Split or that the market price of our common stock will not decrease in the future.

Failure to meet investor and stakeholder expectations regarding ESG matters may damage our reputation.

There is an increasing focus from certain investors, customers, employees, and other stakeholders concerning ESG matters. Additionally, public interest and legislative pressure related to public companies’ ESG practices continue to grow. If our ESG practices fail to meet investor, customer, employee, or other entities withstakeholders’ evolving expectations and standards for responsible corporate citizenship in areas including environmental stewardship, board of directors and employee diversity, human capital management, corporate governance, and transparency, our reputation, brand, appeal to investors, and employee retention may be negative affected, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

41


General Risk Factors

Our quarterly operating results and other operating metrics may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which makes these metrics difficult to predict.

Our quarterly operating results and other operating metrics have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter. As a result, you should not rely on our past quarterly operating results as indicators of future performance. You should take into account the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in rapidly evolving markets. Our financial condition and operating results in any given quarter can be influenced by numerous factors, many of which we do business execute agreements withare unable to predict or are outside of our control, including:

the continued market acceptance of, and the growth of the connected fitness and wellness market;
our ability to maintain and attract new customers;
our development and improvement of the quality of the subscriber experience, including, enhancing existing and creating new content, services, nutritional supplements, technology, and features;
the continued development and upgrading of our technology platform;
the timing and success of new product, service, feature, and content introductions by us waivingor our competitors or any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies heldother change in the trust account. Our sponsor will also not be liablecompetitive landscape of our market;
pricing pressure as to any claims undera result of competition or otherwise;
delays or disruptions in our indemnitysupply chain;
errors in our forecasting of the underwritersdemand for our products and services, which could lead to lower revenue or increased costs, or both;
increases in marketing, sales, and other operating expenses that we may incur to grow and expand our operations and to remain competitive;
the continued maintenance and expansion of last mile delivery and maintenance services for our fitness products;
successful expansion into international markets;
seasonal fluctuations in subscriptions and usage of fitness products by our customers, each of which may change as our products and services evolve or as our business grows;
the diversification and growth of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities underrevenue sources;
our ability to maintain gross margins and operating margins;
constraints on the Securities Act.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporationavailability of consumer financing or increased down payment requirements to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portionfinance purchases of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemptionintegrated fitness products;

system failures or breaches of our public sharessecurity or privacy;
adverse litigation judgments, settlements, or other litigation-related costs, including content costs for past use;
changes in the event we do not complete our initial business combination by November 30, 2022 may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it,legislative or regulatory environment, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to privacy, consumer product safety, and advertising, or enforcement by government regulators, including fines, orders, or consent decrees;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates and changes in the proportion of our revenue and expenses denominated in foreign currencies;
changes in our effective tax rate;
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations, or principles; and
changes in business or macroeconomic conditions, including lower consumer confidence, recessionary conditions, increased unemployment rates, or stagnant or declining wages.

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of some of the factors above may result in significant fluctuations in our operating results.

The variability and unpredictability of our quarterly operating results or other operating metrics could result in our failure to meet our expectations or those of analysts that cover us or investors with respect to revenue or other operating results for a liquidating distributionparticular period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations, the market price of our common stock could fall substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

42


Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) to offset future taxable net income may be subject to limitations.

As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $339.9 million in federal and $384.7 million in state NOLs. Of this amount, our state NOLs and $2.3 million of our federal NOLs will begin to expire in 2025 and 2037, respectively, and the remainder of our federal NOLs is not subject to expiration but generally may only be used to offset 80% of our taxable income.

If an ownership change, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"), occurs or has occurred with respect to our Class A common stock, our ability to use NOLs to offset taxable income would be subject to certain limitations. Generally, an ownership change occurs under Section 382 of the Code if certain persons or groups increase their aggregate ownership by more than 50 percentage points of our stock over a rolling three-year period. If an ownership change occurs, our ability to use NOLs to reduce taxable net income would generally be limited (the determination of such a limitation is complicated, but as a general manner relevant rules impose a limitation determined by multiplying the fair market value of our stock immediately prior to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata shareownership change by the long-term tax-exempt interest rate). We have not completed a study to determine whether an ownership change under Section 382 of the claim orCode has occurred with respect to us, and future changes in our Class A common stock ownership may result in an ownership change, potentially limiting our ability to use our NOLs.

We are affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations, administrative determinations, court decisions and similar constraints both domestically and abroad.

In both domestic and foreign markets, the amount distributed to the stockholder,formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, importation, exportation, licensing, sale and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution.


Furthermore, if the pro rata portionstorage of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders uponproducts are affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations, administrative determinations, court decisions and similar constraints. Such laws, regulations and other constraints may exist at the redemption of our public sharesfederal, state or local levels in the eventUnited States and at all levels of government in foreign jurisdictions.

There can be no assurance that we do not completeor our initial business combination by November 30, 2022, is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemeddistributors are in compliance with all of these regulations. Our failure or our distributors’ failure to be unlawful (potentially duecomply with these regulations or new regulations could lead to the imposition of legal proceedings thatsignificant penalties or claims and could have a party may bringmaterial adverse effect on our business. In addition, the adoption of new regulations or due to other circumstances that are currently unknown), then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, aschanges in the caseinterpretations of existing regulations may result in significant compliance costs or discontinuation of product sales and may adversely affect the marketing of our products, resulting in significant loss of sales revenues.

The requirements of being a liquidating distribution. If wepublic company, including maintaining adequate internal control over our financial and management systems, may strain our resources, divert management’s attention, and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

We are unable to complete our initial business combination by November 30, 2022, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and thereporting requirements of other applicable law. Accordingly, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible after November 30, 2022 and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent 10 years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (e.g., lawyers, investment bankers) or prospective target businesses. As described above, pursuant to the obligation contained in our underwriting agreement, we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account. As a result of this obligation, the claims that could be made against us are significantly limited and the likelihood that any claim that would result in any liability extending to the trust account is remote. Further, our sponsor may be liable only to the extent necessary to ensure that the amounts in the trust account are not reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest withdrawn to pay taxes and will not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.

If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our public stockholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only (i) in the event of the redemption of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by November 30, 2022, (ii) in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by November 30, 2022 or with respect to any other material provisions relating to stockholders’ rights (including redemption rights) or pre-initial business combination activity or (iii) if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of our initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a stockholder’s voting in connection with the business combination alone will not result in a stockholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, like all provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, may be amended with a stockholder vote.


Competition

In the event the Merger is not consummated, in identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for an alternative proposed initial business combination, we may encounter competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other special purpose acquisition companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than we. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public stockholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Facilities

We currently utilize office space at 1177 Avenue of the Americas, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10036 from Forest Road. We pay Forest Road a total of $10,000 per month for office space, secretarial and administrative services provided to members of our management team. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We currently have four executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the stage of the business combination process we are in. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

Our units, Class A common stock and warrants are registered under the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, the rules and we have reporting obligations, includingregulations of the requirementlisting standards of the NYSE, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations over time will likely strain our financial and management systems, internal controls, and employees.

The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. Moreover, the SEC.Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control, over financial reporting. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act,order to maintain and, if required, improve our annual reports will containdisclosure controls and procedures, and internal control over, financial statements auditedreporting to meet this standard, significant resources and reportedmanagement oversight may be required. If we have material weaknesses or deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on bya timely basis and our independent registered public accounting firm.

We provide stockholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents sent to stockholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, these financial statements will need to be prepared in accordance with, or reconciled to, GAAP, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historicalconsolidated financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may conduct an initial business combination with because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in timematerially misstated. Effective internal control is necessary for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rulesproduce reliable financial reports and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential business combination candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with the requirements outlined above, or that the potential target business will be ableis important to prepare its financial statements in accordance with the requirements outlined above. To the extent that these requirements cannot be met,prevent fraud.

In addition, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential business combination candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to have our internal control procedures audited. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such business combination.


Prior to the date of our initial public offering, we filed a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our initial business combination.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensationAct. We expect that at such time we will incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As a result of the complexity involved in complying with the rules and regulations applicable to public companies, our management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. Although we have already engaged additional resources to assist us in complying with

43


these requirements, our finance team is small and we may need to hire more employees in the future, or engage outside consultants, which will increase our operating expenses.

The forecasts of market growth and other projections we provide in our periodic reports10-K may prove to be inaccurate, and proxy statements,even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, we cannot assure you that our business will grow at a similar rate, if at all.

Growth forecasts and exemptionsprojections are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The forecasts in this 10-K relating to industry trends, including estimates based on our own internal survey data, as well as any corresponding projections related to our potential performance, may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the markets experience the forecasted growth described in this Report, we may not grow our business at a similar rate, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this Report should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 1C. Cybersecurity

Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy

We have developed and implemented a cybersecurity risk management program intended to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our critical systems and information. Our cybersecurity risk management program includes a cybersecurity incident response plan.

We design and assess our program based on the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework (NIST CSF). This does not imply that we meet any particular technical standards, specifications, or requirements, only that we use the NIST CSF as a guide to help us identify, assess, and manage cybersecurity risks relevant to our business.

Our cybersecurity risk management program is integrated into our overall risk management program, and shares common methodologies, reporting channels and governance processes that apply across the enterprise risk management program to other legal, compliance, strategic, operational, and financial risk areas.

Our cybersecurity risk management program includes:

risk assessments designed to help identify material cybersecurity risks to our critical systems, information, products, services, and our broader enterprise IT environment;
a security team principally responsible for managing (1) our cybersecurity risk assessment processes, (2) our security controls, and (3) our response to cybersecurity incidents;
The use of external service providers, where appropriate, to assess, test or otherwise assist with aspects of our security methods and controls;
cybersecurity awareness training of our employees, incident response personnel, and senior management;
a cybersecurity incident response plan that includes procedures for responding to cybersecurity incidents; and
a third-party risk management process for service providers, suppliers, and vendors.

There can be no assurances that our cybersecurity risk management program and processes, including our policies, controls, or procedures, will be fully implemented, complied with or are effective in protecting our systems and information.

44


We have not identified risks from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractiveknown cybersecurity threats, including as a result there may be a less active trading marketof any prior cybersecurity incidents, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our operations, business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition.

Cybersecurity Governance

Our Board considers cybersecurity risk as part of its risk oversight function and has delegated to the Audit Committee oversight of cybersecurity and other information technology risks. The Audit Committee oversees management’s implementation of our cybersecurity risk management program.

The Audit Committee receives quarterly reports from management on our cybersecurity risks. In addition, management updates the Audit Committee, as necessary, regarding any material cybersecurity incidents, as well as any notable incidents with lesser impact potential.

The Audit Committee reports to the full Board regarding its activities, including those related to cybersecurity. The full Board also receives briefings from management on our cyber risk management program. Board members receive presentations on cybersecurity topics from our Chief Security Officer (CSO), as part of the Board’s continuing education on topics that impact public companies.


Our management team, including our CSO, Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Chief Operating Officer (COO) and Chief Legal Officer (CLO), are responsible for assessing and managing our material risks from cybersecurity threats. The team has primary responsibility
for our securitiesoverall cybersecurity risk management program. Our management team works closely with our CSO who has over 20 years experience in information technology and operational technology security, and specialized training, including graduating from the pricesFederal Bureau of our securitiesInvestigation Chief Information Security Officer Academy.

Our management team supervises efforts to help prevent, detect, mitigate, and remediate cybersecurity risks and incidents through various means, which may be more volatile.include briefings from internal security personnel; threat intelligence and other information obtained from governmental, public or private sources, including external consultants engaged by us; and alerts and reports produced by security tools deployed in the technical environment.

Item 2. Properties.

Our corporate headquarters are located in El Segundo, California, where we occupy facilities totaling approximately 42,000 square feet under a lease that expires in 2024. In addition Section 107to our corporate headquarters, we owned and operated as of December 31, 2023 a production facility of approximately 19,400 square feet in Van Nuys, California where we produce our content.

On February 29, 2024, we sold the Van Nuys production facility and entered into a five year lease of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantagefacility. See Note 23, Subsequent Events, for more information on the sale and leaseback of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. Van Nuys production facility.

We intend to take advantageminimize our need to procure additional space as we add employees and expand geographically due to our emphasis on remote-first capabilities for our corporate workforce. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future and that suitable additional space will be available to accommodate any expansion of our operations as needed.

On April 7, 2022, the Company received a letter addressed to its Board of Directors (the “Board”) from a law firm on behalf of two purported stockholders. Among other matters, the stockholder letter addressed the approval of the benefitsCompany’s Amended & Restated Certificate of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company untilIncorporation at the earlierspecial meeting of (1)stockholders held on June 24, 2021 (the “Company Charter”), which included (i) a 1.3 billion share increase in the last daynumber of the fiscal year (a) November 30, 2025, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of ourauthorized shares of Class A common stock that are held(the “2021 Class A Increase Amendment”), and was approved by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million asa majority of the prior June 30th

45


then-outstanding shares of both the Company’s Class A and Class B common stock, voting as a single class. The stockholder letter alleged that the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment required a separate vote in favor by at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Class A common stock under Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), and (2)that the date1.3 billion share increase was never properly approved in accordance with the DGCL.

The Company continues to believe that a separate vote of Class A common stock was not required to approve the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment. However, in December 2022, a decision of the Delaware Court of Chancery (“Court of Chancery”) created uncertainty regarding this issue, and on which we have issued more than $1.0 billionDecember 29, 2022, the Company received a second letter on behalf of the two purported stockholders reiterating the Court of Chancery’s recent decision. As previously reported on its Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 17, 2023, the Company filed a petition under Section 205 of the DGCL (the “Section 205 Petition”) on February 16, 2023, in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1)Court of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations,Chancery seeking to validate the Company Charter including, among other things, providing only two yearsthe 2021 Class A Increase Amendment.

On March 14, 2023 the Court of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company untilChancery granted the last daySection 205 Petition validating each of the fiscal year in whichfollowing and eliminating the uncertainty with respect thereto: (1) the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 millionCompany Charter and the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment as of the prior June 30th,time of filing with the Delaware Secretary of State and (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal yearall shares of capital stock that the Company issued in reliance on the effectiveness of the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment and the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 millionCompany Charter as of the prior June 30th.date such shares were issued.


Item 1A.  Risk Factors

AsOn May 22, 2023, Jessica Lyons, an individual, and a smaller reporting company, we are not required to include risk factorsgroup of other plaintiffs filed a class action complaint with the Los Angeles County Superior Court alleging that the Company misclassified its Partners as contractors rather than as employees and committed other violations of the California Labor Code. The Company understands that the plaintiffs in this matter intend on filing additional claims under the Private Attorney General Act of 2004. The Company and certain executive officers are listed as defendants in the complaint. The plaintiffs are seeking monetary damages. This matter is pending as of the date of this annual report. However, below

On September 6, 2023 Dish Technologies LLC and SLING TV LLC (the "DISH Entities") filed a complaint with the United States District Court for the District of Delaware alleging that the Company infringed on the DISH Entities' patents and used technology belonging to the DISH Entities without their permission. The plaintiffs are seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief. This matter is a partial listpending as of material risks, uncertaintiesthe date of this annual report.

From time to time, the Company may become involved in actions, claims, suits and other factors that couldlegal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of its business, including assertions by third parties relating to personal injuries sustained using the Company’s products and services, intellectual property infringement, breaches of contract or warranties or employment-related matters. Other than as set forth above, the Company is not currently a party to any actions, claims, suits or other legal proceedings the outcome of which, if determined adversely to the Company, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the Companyits business, financial condition and itsresults of operations. Risks associated with the Merger, Beachbody and Myx are more fully discussed in the Proxy Statement

we are an early stage Company with no revenue or basis to evaluate our ability to select a suitable business target;

if the Merger is not consummated, we may not be able to select an appropriate alternative target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination in the prescribed time frame;

our expectations around the performance of a prospective target business or businesses may not be realized;

we may not be successful in retaining or recruiting required officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

our officers and directors may have difficulties allocating their time between the Company and other businesses and may potentially have conflicts of interest with our business following the Merger or in approving our initial business combination if the Merger is not consummated and we pursue an alternative proposed initial business combination;

if the Merger is not consummated, we may not obtain additional financing to complete an alternative initial business combination or reduce number of shareholders requesting redemption;

if the Merger is not consummated, you may not be given the opportunity to vote on an alternative proposed initial business combination;

trust account funds may not be protected against third party claims or bankruptcy;

an active market for our public securities' may not develop and you will have limited liquidity and trading;

the availability to us of funds from interest income on the trust account balance may be insufficient to operate our business prior to the business combination; and

our financial performance following the Merger or an alternative proposed initial business combination with an entity may be negatively affected by their lack an established record of revenue, cash flows and experienced management.

For the complete list of risks relating to our operations, see the section titled “Risk Factors” contained in our prospectus dated November 24, 2020 and in our Form S-4, initially filed on February 16, 2021.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Our executive offices are located at 1177 Avenue of the Americas, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10036 and our telephone number is (917) 310-3722. Our executive offices are provided to us by our sponsor, Forest Road. We have agreed to pay our sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

To the knowledge of our management team, there is no litigation currently pending or contemplated against us, any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such or against any of our property.

Item 4. Mine Safety DisclosuresDisclosures.

Not applicable.


PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity SecuritiesSecurities.

(a)Market Information

Market Information for Common Stock

Our units, Class A common stock and warrants are eachbegan trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “BODY” on June 28, 2021. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our Class A common stock. On March 4, 2024 we changed the symbol to "BODI".

Our Class X common stock is not listed or traded on NYSE under the symbols “FRX.U,” “FRX” and “FRXWS”, respectively. any stock exchange.

Our units commenced public tradingClass C common stock is not listed or traded on November 25, 2020, andany stock exchange.

46


Holders of Record

As of February 26, 2024, there were 42 registered holders of our Class A common stock, and warrants commenced public trading separately on January 15, 2021.

(b)Holders

On March 22, 2021, there was one holder of recordthree registered holders of our units, one holderClass X common stock, and no registered holders of recordour Class C common stock. Because many of our shares of Class A common stock are held by brokers and three holdersother institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record of our warrants.holders.

(c)Dividends

Dividend Policy

We have notnever declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date andcapital stock. We do not intendexpect to pay cash dividends prior toon our capital stock for the completionforeseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends inearnings for the foreseeable future will be dependent upon our revenuesused for the operation and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completiongrowth of our initial business combination. The payment of anybusiness. Any future determination to declare cash dividends subsequentwould be subject to our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our Board of Directors at such time. In addition,and would depend upon various factors, including our Board of Directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

(d)Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans.

None.

(e)Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

(f)Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

(g)Use of Proceeds from the Initial Public Offering

On November 30, 2020, we consummated our initial public offering of 30,000,000 units, which included 3,900,000 units issued pursuant to the partial exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option. Each unit consists of one share of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and one-third of one redeemable warrant, with each whole Warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one share of Class A common stock for $11.50 per share. The units were sold at a price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds to us of $300,000,000.

A total of $300,000,000, comprised of $292,000,000 of the proceeds from our initial public offering (which amount includes $10,500,000 of the underwriters’ deferred discount) and $8,000,000 of the proceeds of the sale of the private placement warrants, was placed in a U.S.-based trust account maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee. The proceeds held in the trust account are invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations.

Item 6. Reserved


Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

References to the “Company,” “us,” “our” or “we” refer Forest Road Acquisition Corp. The following discussion and analysis of ouroperating results, financial condition, and results of operations shouldcapital requirements, restrictions that may be read in conjunction withimposed by applicable law, and other factors deemed relevant by our audited financial statements and related notes included herein.Board.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

All statements other than statements of historical factThe information required by this item will be included in this Form 10-K including, without limitation, statements under “Management’sour Proxy Statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Repurchases of Our Common Stock

There were no repurchases of common stock during the fourth quarter of 2023.

Item 6.

Reserved.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding the Company’s financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward- looking statements. When used in this Form 10-K, words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend” and similar expressions, as they relate to us or the Company’s management, identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, the Company’s management. Actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward- looking statements as a result of certain factors detailed in our filings with the SEC. All subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on the Company’s behalf are qualified in their entirety by this paragraph.Operations.

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with theour financial statements and therelated notes thereto containedincluded elsewhere in this report. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.

Results of Operations and Known Trends or Future Events

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities since inception have been organizational activities, those necessary to prepare for our initial public offering and identifying a target company for our initial business combination. We do not expect to generate any operating revenues until after completion of our initial business combination. We generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents held in the trust account. We incur expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, ac Results of Operations and Known Trends or Future Events

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities since inception have been organizational activities, those necessary to prepare for our initial public offering and identifying a target company for our initial business combination. We do not expect to generate any operating revenues until after completion of our initial business combination. We generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents held in the trust account. We incur expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as expenses as we conduct due diligence on prospective business combination candidates.

For the period from September 24, 2020 (Inception) through December 31, 2020, we had a net loss of $531,394. We incurred $531,404 of formation and operating costs (not charged against shareholders’ equity), consisting mostly of general and administrative expenses. We had interest income of $10 of interest on the bank account.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2020, we had cash outside the trust account of $1,183,830 available for working capital needs. All remaining cash held in the trust account are generally unavailable for the Company’s use, prior to an initial business combination, and is restricted for use either in a business combination or to redeem common stock. As of December 31, 2020, none of the amount in the trust account was available to be withdrawn as described above.

Through December 31, 2020, the Company’s liquidity needs were satisfied through receipt of $25,000 from the sale of the founder shares, advances from the sponsor in an aggregate amount of $141,881 and the remaining net proceeds from the initial public offering and the sale of private placement units.

The Company anticipates that the $1,183,830 outside of the trust account as of December 31, 2020, will be sufficient to allow the Company to operate for at least the next 12 months, assuming that a business combination is not consummated during that time. Until consummation of our business combination, the Company will be using the funds not held in the trust account, and any additional Working Capital Loans (as defined in Note 5 to our financial statements) from the initial stockholders, the Company’s officers and directors, or their respective affiliates (which is described in Note 5 to our financial statements), for identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing business due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, selecting the target business to acquire and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination.


The Company does not believe it will need to raise additional funds in order to meet the expenditures required for operating its business. However, if the Company’s estimates of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, the Company may have insufficient funds available to operate its business prior to the business combination. Moreover, the Company will need to raise additional capital through loans from its sponsor, officers, directors, or third parties. None of the sponsor, officers or directors are under any obligation to advance funds to, or to invest in, the Company. If the Company is unable to raise additional capital, it may be required to take additional measures to conserve liquidity, which could include, but not necessarily be limited to, curtailing operations, suspending the pursuit of its business plan, and reducing overhead expenses. The Company cannot provide any assurance that new financing will be available to it on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Through December 31, 2020, our efforts were limited to organizational activities, activities relating to our initial public offering and since the initial public offering, the search for a target business with which to consummate an initial business combination, including the consummation of the Merger. We have engaged in limited operations and have not generated any revenues. We have not engaged in any hedging activities since our inception on September 24, 2020. We do not expect to engage in any hedging activities with respect to the market risk to which we are exposed.

As of December 31, 2020, we were not subject to any market or interest rate risk. The net proceeds of the initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants held in the trust account have been invested in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Reference is made to pages F-1 through F-19 comprising a portion of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer (together, the “Certifying Officers”), we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on the foregoing, our Certifying Officers concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Certifying Officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

This report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by the rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.Other Information

None.


PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors and Executive Officers

As of the date of this report, our directors and officers are as follows:

NameAgePosition
Keith L. Horn62Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and Director
Zachary Tarica34Chairperson of the Board of Directors and Chief Investment Officer
Idan Shani39Chief Operating Officer
Salil Mehta57Chief Financial Officer
Thomas Staggs60Director, Chairperson of the Strategic Advisory Committee
Peter Schlessel59Director
Martin Luther King III63Director
Teresa Miles Walsh57Director
Sheila A. Stamps63Director

Keith L. Horn has served as our Chief Executive Officer, Secretary, and director since inception. Mr. Horn is the founder and managing member of Loring Capital Advisors, LLC, a firm providing investment advisory and consulting services to hedge fund managers, asset management firms, and early-stage and start-up businesses, which Mr. Horn founded in 2016. From 2003 to 2015, Mr. Horn served as Chief Operating Officer and a member of the Management Committee and Valuation Committee of Elliott Management Corporation, a global multi-strategy firm, where he was responsible for global management and oversight of operational, support, and control functions of the firm’s investment advisory business. Prior to that, beginning in 1987, Mr. Horn spent 16 years at Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, serving in various capacities, including Global Head of Leveraged Finance, Head of Latin America Debt, and Chief of Staff to the Chairman and President of Merrill Lynch & Co.. Mr. Horn began his career in private practice as a corporate and securities attorney. Since March 2021, Mr. Horn has served as a director, the chair of the audit committee and a member of the compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees of Forest Road Acquisition Corp. II (NYSE: FRXB.U), a special purpose acquisition company. In July 2019, Mr. Horn was appointed to the Strategic Advisory Board of Investcorp Strategic Capital Partners, a fund established to assemble a diverse portfolio of general partnership stakes in alternative asset managers. Since January 2019, Mr. Horn has served as a director of Caliper Holdings, a company engaged in the consumer and commercial ingredients food and beverage business. Since March 2018, Mr. Horn has served as a director of ShopOne Centers REIT, Inc., an owner and operator of shopping malls. From April 2016 to November 2019, Mr. Horn served on the board of directors of Empire Resorts, Inc. (NasdaqGM: NYNY), which operates in the gaming and hospitality industries (“Empire”). Mr. Horn served as Chairperson of Empire’s audit committee and as Chairperson of Empire’s special committee in its review and approval of an acquisition transaction pursuant to which Empire became a privately-held entity. Mr. Horn also serves on the board of directors for the Binghamton University Foundation and is a member of the Foundation investment committee. He is also a member of the board of directors of PeacePlayers International, a non-profit organization that uses the game of basketball to educate and unite children in areas of conflict around the world. Mr. Horn is an investor in and serves on the strategic advisory board of Forest Road. Mr. Horn received his J.D. (cum laude) from Georgetown University Law Center and holds B.A. degrees in Economics and Political Science from Binghamton University, where he graduated Phi Beta Kappa with highest honors. Mr. Horn is well-qualified to serve on our Board due to his extensive operating, investment and corporate finance experience, along with his board experience.

Zachary Tarica has served as our Chairperson of the Board of Directors and Chief Investment Officer since inception. Since December 2020, Mr. Tarica has served as the Chief Operating Officer of Forest Road Acquisition Corp. II (NYSE: FRX), a special purpose acquisition company. Mr. Tarica is the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Forest Road, a specialty finance company formed in May 2017 focused on tax credit lending across the entertainment, renewable energy, and real estate sectors, as well as film tax credit administration and tax credit brokerage. Prior to establishing Forest Road, Mr. Tarica served as a Credit Analyst at Brookfield Asset Management from June 2014 to May 2018. From 2008 to 2014, Mr. Tarica worked for Deutsche Bank as a distressed desk analyst focused on investing in special situations in the energy and infrastructure sectors. Mr. Tarica holds a B.S. degree in Business with a minor in Organizational Communications from Northeastern University. Mr. Tarica is well-qualified to serve on our Board due to his experience in the finance and media industries.


Idan Shani has served as our Chief Operating Officer since inception. Mr. Shani has served as the Chief Financial Officer since December 2020 and the Secretary since March 2021 of Forest Road Acquisition Corp. II (NYSE: FRX), a special purpose acquisition company. Since October 2018, Mr. Shani has served as the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of Forest Road. Prior to that, Mr. Shani was President and Head of Research of Antarctica Asset Management (U.S.), Inc. (“Antarctica”) and its predecessor Antarctica Asset Management LLC, a global hedge fund solutions firm, from June 2008 to September 2020. He remains involved at Antarctica as a senior independent member of the investment and allocation committee with reporting duties to the board of directors. Mr. Shani was a research analyst at Ivy Asset Management, a firm owned by BNY Mellon, from 2005 to 2008, focusing on credit strategies. Mr. Shani holds a B.A. degree in Economics with a Division of Studies in Management (summa cum laude) from The Open University of Israel.

Salil Mehta has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 2020. Prior to joining us, Mr. Mehta served as Disney’s General Manager, Digital Media and President of FoxNext Games from March 2019 to April 2020. Prior to Disney’s acquisition of 21st Century Fox, Mr. Mehta served as President of FoxNext from 2016 to 209 and President, Content Management for 20th Century Studios from 2013 to 2016. He was Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of NBCUniversal’s entertainment, digital networks, and integrated media division from 2011 to 2013. During his tenure at NBCUniversal, Mr. Mehta also served as President of Business Operations, Strategy and Development from 2008 to 2011. From 2005 to 2008, Mr. Mehta served as an Executive Vice President of ESPN Enterprises, where he managed the general responsibilities for all of ESPN’s non-broadcasting businesses including new media, broadband, mobile, publishing, and consumer product businesses. Prior to ESPN, Mr. Mehta held various positions at Disney from 1994 to 2005, including Manager of Corporate Strategic Planning and Executive Vice President of Corporate Business Development. Since March 2021, Mr. Mehta has served as a director, the chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee and members of the audit and compensation committees of Forest Road Acquisition Corp. II (NYSE: FRX), a special purpose acquisition company. Mr. Mehta received his B.A. in International Relations from Brown University and holds an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. He was awarded a Fulbright Scholarship to study Political Economy at the Delhi School of Economics in Delhi, India.

Thomas Staggs has been a director since inception and serves as the Chairperson of the Strategic Advisory Committee. Mr. Staggs has served as the Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chairperson of the Board of Forest Road Acquisition Corp II. (NYSE: FRXB.U), a special purpose acquisition company, since December 2020. Mr. Staggs has been the Executive Chairman of Bertsch Industries, GmbH, a company engaged in the development, manufacturing, and marketing of eco-friendly water-soluble substitutes for plastic across a range of applications since August 2020. Since March 2017, Mr. Staggs has served as the Executive Chairman of Vejo, Inc., a nutrition company that manufactures and sells pod-based nutritional beverage blends and associated devices. Since June 2017, Mr. Staggs has been a member of the board of directors and the Chairperson of the audit committee of Spotify Technology S.A. (NYSE: SPOT). From 1990 to October 2016, Mr. Staggs held various positions at The Walt Disney Company, including as Chief Financial Officer, Chairman of Disney Parks and Resorts Worldwide, Chief Operating Officer, and Senior Advisor to the Chief Executive Officer. Since November 2018, Mr. Staggs has served as a director of PureForm Global Inc., a company engaged in development and sale of synthetically produced cannabidiol and other cannabinoids. Mr. Staggs has served as a member to the board of directors of Weta Digital, a digital visual effects company and the parent company of Weta Animated, since December 2020. Since August 2020, Mr. Staggs has served as a director of REQPay, a company engaged in development and management of a cloud-based construction management platform. In addition, Mr. Staggs serves on the boards of trustees of the University of Minnesota Carlson School of Management and the Center for Early Education. He also was previously a member of the board of directors at Euro Disney SCA from 2002 to February 2015. Mr. Staggs is an investor in and serves on the strategic advisory board of Forest Road. Mr. Staggs holds a B.S. in Business from the University of Minnesota and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Staggs is well-qualified to serve on our Board due to his extensive experience in the entertainment industry, expertise in corporate finance and operations, as well as his publicly company experience.

Peter Schlessel has served as one of our directors since the consummation of our initial public offering. Mr. Schlessel has been a member of the board of directors of Village Roadshow Entertainment Group, an American co-producer and co-financier of major Hollywood motion pictures, since June 2018. Mr. Schlessel is a director of Redbox, an American and Canadian video rental company. From 2014 to February 2016, Mr. Schlessel served as the Chief Executive Officer of Focus Features of Universal Pictures, an American film production and distribution company. Prior to that, he co-founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of FilmDistrict, an independent movie distribution company, from 2010 to 2014. From 1989 to 2010, Mr. Schlessel served at various positions at Sony Pictures Entertainment and its Columbia Pictures division, including President of Worldwide Affairs and President of Worldwide Acquisitions of Sony Pictures Entertainment, President of Columbia Pictures, and President of Production of Columbia Pictures. Mr. Schlessel began his career in entertainment in 1989 as Director of Legal Affairs for RCA/Columbia Home Video. He received his B.S. degree in Psychology from Union College and his J.D. degree from University of Pennsylvania Law School. Mr. Schlessel is well-qualified to serve on our Board due to his extensive experience in the entertainment and media industries.


Martin Luther King III has served as one of our directors since the consummation of our initial public offering. The oldest son of Martin Luther King Jr. and Coretta Scott King, Mr. King is a celebrated human rights advocate who has devoted his life to promoting civil and global human rights. Since 2006, Mr. King has served as the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Realizing the Dream, a non-profit organization that continues the humanitarian and liberating work of his parents, through which he has spearheaded nonviolence training in Bosnia Herzegovina, India, Israel and Palestine, Kenya, Sri Lanka, and the United States. In 2011, Mr. King co-founded Bounce TV, an African American broadcast network. Mr. King served as the fourth President of the Southern Christian Leadership Conference from 1997 to 2004. Since March 2021, Mr. King has served as a director, the chair of the compensation committee and members of the audit and nominating and corporate governance committees of Forest Road Acquisition Corp. II, a special purpose acquisition company. Since 1997, Mr. King has been Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board of MetWest, a mutual fund complex. Mr. King served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of The King Center, based in Atlanta, and remains a member of its board of directors. In 1986, he was elected to the Fulton County Board of Commissioners to represent more than 700,000 Georgia residents. He received a B.A. degree in Political Science from Morehouse College. Mr. King is well-qualified to serve on our Board due to his extensive experience in the broadcast network industry and dedication to human rights advocacy.

Teresa Miles Walsh has served as one of our directors since the consummation of our initial public offering. In 2003, Ms. Walsh founded Access Media Advisory, a boutique corporate advisory firm with offices in London and New York focused on media sector clients, and currently serves as its Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director. Since 2009, Ms. Walsh has served as the Partner and the Senior Banker of Media Investment Banking at Pickwick Capital Partners, LLC, an investment bank and fund placement advisory firm. From 1989 until 2002, Ms. Walsh held various investment banking positions at Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, including Group Head and Managing Director of the European Media Investment Banking Group in London from 1997 until 2002. She has been a member of the board of directors of Upland Software, Inc. (Nasdaq: UPLD), a provider of cloud-based enterprise work management software, since March 2020. Ms. Walsh received her M.B.A. with distinction from the Fuqua School of Business at Duke University and has her Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics, Magna Cum Laude, also from Duke University. Ms. Walsh is well-qualified to serve on our Board due to her extensive experience in the media industry and corporate finance, as well as her publicly company experience.

Sheila A. Stamps has served as one of our directors since the consummation of our initial public offering. Since September 2020, Ms. Stamps has been a member of the board of directors, the audit committee, and the executive compensation committee of Pitney Bowes Inc. (NYSE: PBI), a technology company providing solutions and analytics to businesses. Since May 2018, Ms. Stamps has served as a member of the board of directors and the Chairperson of the audit committee of Atlas Air Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (Nasdaq: AAWW), an airfreight company. Since February 2014, Ms. Stamps has served as a member of the board of directors of CIT Group, Inc. (NYSE: CIT), a financial services company, and its banking subsidiary, CIT Bank, N.A. From July 2014 to July 2018, Ms. Stamps served as the Commissioner of the New York State Insurance Fund, a governmental insurance carrier. During her time at the New York State Insurance Fund, Ms. Stamps also served on the business operations committee and served as Chairperson of the audit committee. Ms. Stamps was the Executive Vice President of DBI, LLC, a private mortgage investment company, from 2011 to 2012. From 2008 to 2011, Ms. Stamps served as the Head of Fixed Income and Cash Management, a senior management member of the Investment Advisory Committee and the Real Estate Advisory Committee of New York State Common Retirement Fund. From 2005 to 2016, Ms. Stamps served as the Managing Director of Golden Seeds, Inc., an investment company. From 2003 to 2004, Ms. Stamps served as a Managing Director and Financial Institutions Group Head at Bank of America (formerly, FleetBoston Financial). From 1997 to 2003, Ms. Stamps held a number of executive positions in Bank One Corporation (now JPMorgan Chase), including Managing Director and Head of European Asset-Backed Securitization and a member of the Operating Management Committee. Ms. Stamps received her B.S. in Management Sciences from Duke University and her M.B.A. from University of Chicago. She was a fellow of Weatherhead Center for International Affairs at Harvard University and received her CERT Certificate in Cybersecurity Oversight from Carnegie Mellon University. Ms. Stamps is well-qualified to serve on our Board due to her extensive experience in the finance and investment sectors as well as her roles on public company boards.


Strategic Advisory Committee

Our Strategic Advisory Committee, comprised of Mr. Staggs, Chairperson, and our strategic advisors, assists our management team in its search of suitable acquisition targets. Mr. Staggs acts as liaison to our management and serves to coordinate and lead the strategic advisors’ efforts to assist the management team in their search for a business combination target. In addition to Mr. Staggs, the members of the Strategic Advisory Committee are as follows:

Kevin Mayer has served as a strategic advisor since the consummation of our initial public offering. Mr. Mayer has served as the Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chairperson of the Board of Forest Road Acquisition Corp II. (NYSE: FRXB.U), a special purpose acquisition company, since December 2020. Mr. Mayer has been the chairman of the board of directors of DAZN, a sports steaming service provider, from March 2021. In November 2020, Mr. Mayer agreed to advise Access Industries with the title of Senior Advisor. From May 2020 to August 2020, Mr. Mayer served as Chief Executive Officer of TikTok Inc. and Chief Operating Officer of ByteDance Ltd., TikTok’s parent company. Prior to joining TikTok, Mr. Mayer oversaw the launch of Disney+ while serving as Chairman of Direct-to-Consumer & International division at Disney. After joining Disney in 1993, Mr. Mayer led strategy and business development for Disney’s interactive and television businesses worldwide. He later became Executive Vice President of the internet group, responsible for the operations, business plans, creative direction, and distribution of Disney’s popular websites, including ESPN.com and ABCNews.com. Mr. Mayer departed Disney in 2000 but returned in 2005, eventually rising to the role of Chief Strategy Officer before accepting the position of Chairman of Direct-to-Consumer & International until his departure in May 2020. Prior to rejoining Disney in 2005, Mr. Mayer served as a partner and head at L.E.K. Consulting’s Global Media and Entertainment practice. Prior to L.E.K., he held leading positions at interactive and internet businesses, including Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Clear Channel Interactive, where he managed all aspects of new media business, including content, sales, business and technology development, and distribution. Mr. Mayer is an investor in and serves on the strategic advisory board of Forest Road. Mr. Mayer received his B.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering from Massachusetts Institute of Technology, a M.Sc. degree in Electrical Engineering from San Diego State University and an M.B.A. degree from Harvard University.

Shaquille “Shaq” O’Neal has served as a strategic advisor since the consummation of our initial public offering. Mr. O’Neal is an American athlete, investor, and entrepreneur, and is regarded as one of the greatest players in NBA history. Mr. O’Neal was elected to both the Naismith Memorial Basketball Hall of Fame and FIBA Hall of Fame. Beyond basketball, Mr. O’Neal has made investments in Google prior to its initial public offering and Ring prior to its sale to Amazon. Mr. O’Neal currently owns multiple franchises, including Auntie Anne’s and Papa John’s Pizza, as well as several restaurants in Las Vegas. Mr. O’Neal moved into e-sports by assuming the role of General Manager of the Kings Guard (NBA 2K League), an e-sports team associated with the Sacramento Kings, in which he owns a minority stake. Mr. O’Neal serves on the board of directors of Papa John’s Pizza, as a national spokesperson for the non-profit Boys & Girls Clubs of America, and as a global spokesperson for Krispy Kreme. Mr. O’Neal received his B.A. degree in General Studies from Louisiana State University, an M.B.A. degree from University of Phoenix and an Ed.D degree in Human Resource Development from Barry University.

Mark Burg has served as a strategic advisor since the consummation of our initial public offering. Mr. Burg is an entrepreneur, business executive and American film producer, best known for his work on the Saw film series and on the CBS sitcom Two and a Half Men. From November 2014 to December 2017, Mr. Burg served as Vice Chairman of Management and Production at Primary Wave Entertainment, a private music publishing and talent management company. In 2004, Mr. Burg founded the production company Twisted Pictures, which primarily focuses on the development and production of horror films. Mr. Burg personally financed the first production of the Saw films. He has received a ShoWest Award, a People’s Choice Award, has been recognized in the Guinness Book of World Records for the Most Successful Horror Movie Franchise, has been nominated for three Emmy Awards, and has received multiple awards for previous films. Mr. Burg is an investor in, and serves on the strategic advisory board of, Forest Road. Mr. Burg received his B.A. degree in Communications and Management from Ithaca College.

Our Strategic Advisory Committee and the strategic advisors (i) assist us in sourcing and negotiating with potential business combination targets, (ii) provide business insights when we assess potential business combination targets and (iii) upon our request, provide business insights as we work to create additional value in the businesses that we acquire. In this regard, our strategic advisors fulfill some of the same functions as our board members. However, our strategic advisors are not executive officers of our company and have no written advisory agreement with us, nor do they have any other employment arrangements with us. Moreover, our strategic advisors will not be under any fiduciary obligation to us nor will they perform board or committee functions, nor will they have any voting or decision-making capacity on our behalf. Our strategic advisors will not be required to devote any specific amount of time to our efforts or be subject to the fiduciary requirements to which our board members are subject. Accordingly, if our strategic advisors become aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for any of the entities to which they have fiduciary or contractual obligations, they will honor their fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. We may modify or expand our roster of strategic advisors as we source potential business combination targets or create value in businesses that we may acquire.


Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

Our board of directors consists of seven members and is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year, and with each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a three-year term. In accordance with NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on NYSE. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Peter Schlessel and Teresa Miles Walsh, will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Martin Luther King III and Sheila A. Stamps, will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Keith L. Horn, Zachary Tarica and Thomas Staggs, will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint officers as it deems appropriate pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of the NYSE and Rule 10A of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of the NYSE require that the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Each committee operates under a charter that has been approved by our board and has the composition and responsibilities described below. The charter of each committee is available on our website.

Audit Committee

Teresa Miles Walsh, Martin Luther King III and Peter Schlessel serve as members of our audit committee, and Teresa Miles Walsh chairs the audit committee. All members of our audit committee are independent of and unaffiliated with our sponsor and our underwriters.

Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Teresa Miles Walsh qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules and has accounting or related financial management expertise.

We have adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

assisting board oversight of (1) the integrity of our financial statements, (2) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (3) our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence, and (4) the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm; the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures; reviewing and discussing with the independent registered public accounting firm all relationships the auditors have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations; obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent registered public accounting firm describing (1) the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality-control procedures and (2) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

meeting to review and discuss our annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, including reviewing our specific disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”; reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

reviewing with management, the independent, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.


Compensation Committee

We have established a compensation committee of the board of directors. Martin Luther King III, Peter Schlessel and Teresa Miles Walsh serve as members of our compensation committee, and Martin Luther King III chairs the compensation committee.

We have adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the compensation, and any incentive compensation and equity based plans that are subject to board approval of all of our other officers;

reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees;

producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as indicated above, other than the payment to Forest Road of $10,000 per month, for up to 24 months, for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support and reimbursement of expenses, no compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our existing stockholders, officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate the consummation of an initial business combination. Accordingly, it is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, independent legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

We have established a nominating and corporate governance committee the members of which are Peter Schlessel, Martin Luther King III and Teresa Miles Walsh. Peter Schlessel serves as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee.


The primary purposes of our nominating and corporate governance committee is to assist the board in:

identifying, screening and reviewing individuals qualified to serve as directors and recommending to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of stockholders or to fill vacancies on the board of directors;

developing, recommending to the board of directors and overseeing implementation of our corporate governance guidelines;

coordinating and overseeing the annual self-evaluation of the board of directors, its committees, individual directors and management in the governance of the company; and

reviewing on a regular basis our overall corporate governance and recommending improvements as and when necessary.

The nominating and corporate governance committee is governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE.

Director Nominations

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will recommend to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of the stockholders. Prior to our initial business combination, the board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by holders of our founder shares during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at an annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Prior to our initial business combination, holders of our public shares will not have the right to recommend director candidates for nomination to our board of directors.

In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. We filed our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and our audit committee and compensation committee charters as exhibits to the registration statement for our initial public offering. You can review this document by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and the charters of the committees will be provided without charge upon request from us. If we make any amendments to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics other than technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendments, or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions requiring disclosure under applicable SEC or NYSE rules, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website. The information included on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report or any other document we file with the SEC, and any references to our website are intended to be inactive textual references only.


Item 11.Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Other than the monthly payment of $10,000 to Forest Road for office space, administrative and support services, none of our executive officers or directors has received any cash (or non-cash) compensation for services rendered to us. Our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our independent directors review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined by our compensation committee.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after the initial business combination. For example, it is anticipated that Mr. Mayer, one of our strategic advisors, will be elected as a director of the combined company in connection with the consummation of the Merger. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis with management and, based upon its review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the board of directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”) and the section entitled “Risk Factors.” Unless otherwise indicated, the terms “Beachbody,” "BODi," “we,” “us,” “our,” or the Company refer to The Beachbody Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

Forward-Looking Statements

This Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), including statements about and the financial condition, results of operations, earnings outlook and prospects of the Company. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “plan,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “outlook,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “project,” “continue,” “could,” “may,” “might,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “should,” “would” and other similar words and expressions, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

The forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations as applicable and are inherently subject to uncertainties and changes in circumstances and their potential effects and speak only as of the date of such statement. There can be no assurance that future developments will be those that have been anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to the following:

our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit, operating expenses including changes in selling and marketing, general and administrative and enterprise technology and development expenses (including any components of the foregoing), Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below) and our ability to achieve and maintain future profitability;
our anticipated growth rate and market opportunity;

47


our liquidity and ability to raise financing;
our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, officers, key employees or directors;
other than the pre-funded warrants, our warrants are accounted for as liabilities and changes in the value of such warrants could have a material effect on our financial results;
our ability to effectively compete in the fitness and nutrition industries;
our ability to successfully acquire and integrate new operations;
our reliance on a few key products;
market conditions and global and economic factors beyond our control;
intense competition and competitive pressures from other companies worldwide in the industries in which we will operate;
litigation and the ability to adequately protect our intellectual property rights; and
other risks and uncertainties set forth in this Report under the heading “Risk Factors.

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize or should any of the assumptions made by management prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements.

You should not place undue reliance upon our forward-looking statements.

Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, we undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

Overview

BODi is a leading subscription health and wellness company. We focus primarily on digital content, supplements, connected fitness, and consumer health and wellness. Our goal is to continue to provide holistic health and wellness content and subscription-based solutions. We are the creator of some of the world’s most popular fitness programs, including P90X®, Insanity® and 21 Day Fix®, which transformed the at-home fitness market and disrupted the global fitness industry by making it accessible for people to get results—anytime, anywhere. Our comprehensive nutrition-first programs, Portion Fix® and 2B Mindset®, teach healthy eating habits and promote healthy, sustainable weight loss. These fitness and nutrition programs are available through our Beachbody on Demand and Beachbody on Demand Interactive streaming services.

We offer nutritional products such as Shakeology® nutrition shakes, Beachbody Performance supplements and BEACHBAR® snack bars as well as a professional-grade stationary cycle with or without a 360-degree touch screen tablet and connected fitness software.

In the health, wellness and fitness industry, we focus primarily on digital content, supplements, connected fitness, and consumer health and wellness. Our goal is to continue to provide holistic health and wellness content and subscription-based solutions. Leveraging our history of fitness content creation, nutrition innovation, and our network of micro-influencers, whom we call "Partners", we plan to continue market penetration into the health and wellness markets to reach a wider health, wellness and fitness audience.

Our revenue is generated primarily through our network of Partners, social media marketing channels, and direct response advertising. Components of revenue include recurring digital subscription revenue, revenue from the sale of nutritional and other products and connected fitness revenue. In addition to selling individual products on a one-time basis, we bundle digital and nutritional products together at discounted prices.

48


For the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022:

Total revenue was $527.1 million, a 24% decrease;
Digital revenue was $258.4 million, a 14% decrease;
Nutrition and other revenue was $249.5 million, a 29% decrease;
Connected fitness revenue was $19.2 million, a 50% decrease;
Operating expenses were $464.1 million, compared to $572.7 million;
Net loss was $152.6 million, compared to a net loss of $194.2 million; and
Adjusted EBITDA loss was $8.7 million, compared to Adjusted EBITDA loss of $23.3 million.

See “Non-GAAP Information” below for information regarding our use of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA.

Recent Developments

2023 Equity Offering

On December 10, 2023, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement for the issuance and sale of 420,769 shares of Class A common stock at a purchase price of $9.75 per share and pre-funded warrants to purchase up to 122,821 shares of Class A common stock at a pre-funded purchase price of $9.7499 per share and an exercise price of $0.0001 per share with certain institutional investors in a registered direct offering. The Company received proceeds of $4.9 million, net of placement agent fees. The Company also issued 543,590 warrants (the "Common Stock Warrants") to purchase 543,590 shares of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.24 per share in a concurrent private placement. On January 12, 2024, the investor exercised all of the pre-funded warrants and converted them into 122,821 shares of the Company's Class A common stock. See Note 15, Stockholders' Equity, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information regarding the Equity Offering (defined later).

Reverse Stock Split

On November 21, 2023, we effected a 1-for-50 reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock. The reverse stock split did not change the authorized number of shares or the par value of our common stock or preferred stock, but did effect a proportional adjustment to the number of shares of common stock outstanding, per share exercise price and the number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock awards ("RSU's"), the number of shares of common stock under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP"), the conversion rate of our outstanding warrants into common stock and the number of shares of common stock eligible for issuance under our 2021 Stock Plan (the "2021 Plan"). See Note 15, Stockholders' Equity, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information regarding the reverse stock split.

Goodwill and Intangible Asset Impairment

Our annual goodwill impairment test, which was performed as of December 31, 2023, determined that our goodwill was impaired and we recorded goodwill impairment of $40.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2023. See Note 1, Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 8, Goodwill, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information regarding the goodwill impairment recorded in the year ended December 31, 2023. We also determined as of December 31, 2023 that our intangible assets were impaired and we recorded an intangible asset impairment of $3.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2023. See Note 1, Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 9, Intangible Assets, net, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information regarding the intangible asset impairment recorded in the year ended December 31, 2023.

Impairment and Sale of Investment

In December 2023, the Company recorded a $4.0 million impairment on its $5.0 million investment in equity securities of a privately-held company based on an observable price change. The Company sold this investment on January 9, 2024 for $1.0 million and made a partial prepayment on the Term Loan of $1.0 million. The Company also entered

49


into the Third Amendment (defined later) which amended the minimum liquidity financial covenant. See Note 23, Subsequent Events, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information on the sale of this investment and the Third Amendment.

Sale/Leaseback of Property

On February 29, 2024, we sold our Van Nuys production facility which had a net carrying value of $4.8 million at December 31, 2023, for $6.2 million. Simultaneous with the sale we entered into a five year lease of the facility at an annual base rate of $0.3 million per year. The Company used the proceeds received from the sale to make a partial prepayment of $5.5 million on the Term Loan. The Company also entered into the Fourth Amendment (defined later) which amended the minimum liquidity financial covenant. See Note 23, Subsequent Events, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information on the sale and leaseback of this facility and the Fourth Amendment.

2024 Restructuring

In January 2024, the Company executed cost-reduction initiatives intended to streamline the business. These actions are expected to result in approximately $1.7 million in costs consisting primarily of termination benefits during the first quarter of 2024.

Key Operational and Business Metrics

We use the following key operational and business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, develop financial forecasts, and make strategic decisions:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital subscriptions

 

 

1.31

 

 

 

1.95

 

Nutritional subscriptions

 

 

0.16

 

 

 

0.22

 

Please see "Non-GAAP Information" below for a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and an explanation for why we consider Adjusted EBITDA to be a helpful metric for investors.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

(in millions, except for percentages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average digital retention

 

 

96.0

%

 

 

95.9

%

Total streams

 

 

98.2

 

 

 

120.5

 

DAU/MAU

 

 

31.3

%

 

 

30.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

527.1

 

 

$

692.2

 

Gross profit

 

$

323.1

 

 

$

369.6

 

Gross margin

 

 

61.3

%

 

 

53.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(152.6

)

 

$

(194.2

)

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

 

$

(8.7

)

 

$

(23.3

)

(1) See “Non-GAAP Information” below for a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and an explanation for why we consider Adjusted EBITDA to be a helpful metric for investors.

Digital Subscriptions

Our ability to expand the number of digital subscriptions is an indicator of our market penetration and growth. Digital subscriptions include BOD (through March 2023), BODi, and prior to July 2022, Openfit subscriptions. Digital subscriptions include paid and free-to-pay subscriptions with free-to-pay subscriptions representing approximately

50


1% of total digital subscriptions on average. Digital subscriptions are inclusive of all billing plans, currently for annual, quarterly and monthly billing intervals.

Nutritional Subscriptions

Nutritional subscriptions include monthly subscriptions for nutritional products such as Shakeology, Beachbody Performance, BEACHBAR, Bevvy, and Ladder Supplements. We also package and bundle the content experience of digital subscriptions with nutritional subscriptions to optimize customer results.

Average Digital Retention

We use month-over-month digital subscription retention, which is defined as the average rate at which the total subscriber file is retained for the next period, to measure customer retention. For example, a 95% average digital retention rate would correspond with retaining each month an average of 95% of digital subscribers existing at the beginning of that month. A 95% average digital retention rate would translate into a loss at the end of a quarter of approximately 15% of the subscribers existing at the beginning of the quarter. This calculation excludes new customer acquisitions or subscribers added in a specific month, so this calculation can never exceed 100%.

Total Streams

We use total streams to quantify the number of fitness, nutrition and mindset programs viewed, which is an indicator of customer engagement and retention. While the measure of a digital stream may vary across companies, to qualify as a stream on any of our digital platforms, a program must be viewed for a minimum of 25% of the total running time.

Daily Active Users to Monthly Active Users (DAU/MAU)

We use the ratio of daily active users to monthly active users to measure how frequently digital subscribers are utilizing our service in a given month. We define a daily active user as a unique user streaming content on our platform in a given day. We define a monthly active user as a unique user streaming content on our platform in that same month.

Non-GAAP Information

We use Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP performance measure, to supplement our results presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful in evaluating our operating performance, as it is similar to measures reported by our public competitors and is regularly used by security analysts, institutional investors, and other interested parties in analyzing operating performance and prospects. Adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be a substitute for any GAAP financial measure and, as calculated, may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of performance of other companies in other industries or within the same industry.

We define and calculate Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) adjusted for impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, depreciation and amortization, amortization of capitalized cloud computing implementation costs, amortization of content assets, interest expense, income tax provision (benefit), equity-based compensation and other items that are not normal, recurring, operating expenses necessary to operate the Company’s business as described in the reconciliation below.

We include this non-GAAP financial measure because it is used by management to evaluate BODi’s core operating performance and trends and to make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital and new investments. Adjusted EBITDA excludes certain expenses that are required in accordance with GAAP because they are non-cash (for example, in the case of depreciation and amortization, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets and equity-based compensation) or are not related to our underlying business performance (for example, in the case of restructuring costs, interest income and expense).

51


The table below presents our Adjusted EBITDA reconciled to our net loss, the closest GAAP measure, for the periods indicated:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Net loss

 

$

(152,641

)

 

$

(194,192

)

Adjusted for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

Impairment of intangible assets

 

 

3,092

 

 

 

19,907

 

Impairment of other investment

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

 

Loss on partial debt extinguishment (1)

 

 

3,168

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

39,573

 

 

 

74,848

 

Amortization of capitalized cloud computing implementation costs

 

 

179

 

 

 

492

 

Amortization of content assets

 

 

23,755

 

 

 

24,276

 

Interest expense

 

 

8,874

 

 

 

3,368

 

Income tax provision (benefit)

 

 

37

 

 

 

(3,053

)

Equity-based compensation

 

 

23,891

 

 

 

17,620

 

Employee incentives, expected to be settled in equity (2)

 

 

(5,466

)

 

 

5,466

 

Inventory net realizable value adjustments (3)

 

 

 

 

 

24,864

 

Restructuring and platform consolidation costs (4)

 

 

7,169

 

 

 

11,718

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

(2,679

)

 

 

(8,322

)

Non-operating (5)

 

 

(1,649

)

 

 

(257

)

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

(8,697

)

 

$

(23,265

)

(1) Represents the loss related to the $15.0 million partial debt prepayment that the Company made on July 24, 2023.

(2) The non-cash charge for employee incentives which were expected to be settled in equity was recorded and included in the Adjusted EBITDA calculation during the year ended December 31, 2022. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we reclassified the non-cash charge from employee incentives expected to be settled in equity to equity-based compensation because we settled certain employee incentives with RSU awards during the period.

(3) Represents a non-cash expense to adjust the carrying value of our connected fitness inventory and related future commitments. This adjustment was included during the year ended December 31, 2022 because of its unusual magnitude due to disruptions in the connected fitness market.

(4) Includes restructuring expense and personnel costs associated with executing our key growth priorities during the year ended December 31, 2023 and with the consolidation of our digital platforms during the year ended December 31, 2022. The cost primarily relates to termination benefits related to headcount reductions.

(5) Primarily includes interest income.

Results of Operations

Prior to the third quarter of 2022, we operated and managed our business in two operating segments, Beachbody and Other, and one reportable segment, Beachbody. During the third quarter of 2022, in connection with the consolidation of our Openfit streaming fitness offering onto the Beachbody digital platform and based on the information used by management to monitor performance and make operating decisions, we changed our segment reporting as it was determined that there is one operating segment. See Note 1, Description of Business and Summary of Significant

52


Accounting Policies, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information regarding our segment reporting.

The following discussion of our results of operations is on a consolidated basis.

(in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

$

258,370

 

 

$

300,673

 

Nutrition and other

 

 

249,510

 

 

 

353,331

 

Connected fitness

 

 

19,229

 

 

 

38,195

 

Total revenue

 

 

527,109

 

 

 

692,199

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

 

64,942

 

 

 

66,419

 

Nutrition and other

 

 

109,170

 

 

 

164,753

 

Connected fitness

 

 

29,910

 

 

 

91,454

 

Total cost of revenue

 

 

204,022

 

 

 

322,626

 

Gross profit

 

 

323,087

 

 

 

369,573

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

282,147

 

 

 

359,987

 

Enterprise technology and development

 

 

74,407

 

 

 

104,363

 

General and administrative

 

 

57,932

 

 

 

78,426

 

Restructuring

 

 

6,497

 

 

 

10,047

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

Impairment of intangible assets

 

 

3,092

 

 

 

19,907

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

464,075

 

 

 

572,730

 

Operating loss

 

 

(140,988

)

 

 

(203,157

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on partial debt extinguishment

 

 

(3,168

)

 

 

 

Impairment of other investment

 

 

(4,000

)

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

2,679

 

 

 

8,322

 

Interest expense

 

 

(8,874

)

 

 

(3,368

)

Other income, net

 

 

1,747

 

 

 

958

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(152,604

)

 

 

(197,245

)

Income tax (provision) benefit

 

 

(37

)

 

 

3,053

 

Net loss

 

$

(152,641

)

 

$

(194,192

)

Revenue

Revenue includes digital subscriptions, nutritional supplement subscriptions, one-time nutritional sales, connected fitness products, access to our online Partner business management platform, preferred customer program memberships and other fitness-related products. We often sell bundled products that combine digital subscriptions, nutritional products, and/or other fitness products. We consider these sales to be revenue arrangements with multiple performance obligations and allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative stand-alone selling price. We defer revenue when we receive payments in advance of delivery of products or the performance of services. Digital subscriptions revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription period of up to 38 months.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

$

258,370

 

 

$

300,673

 

 

$

(42,303

)

 

 

(14

%)

Nutrition and other

 

 

249,510

 

 

 

353,331

 

 

 

(103,821

)

 

 

(29

%)

Connected fitness

 

 

19,229

 

 

 

38,195

 

 

 

(18,966

)

 

 

(50

%)

Total revenue

 

$

527,109

 

 

$

692,199

 

 

$

(165,090

)

 

 

(24

%)

53


The decrease in digital revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Item 12.Security Ownership2023, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, was primarily attributable to a $37.8 million decrease in revenue from our digital streaming services due to 33% fewer subscriptions as a result of Certain Beneficial Ownerslower demand and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth information regardinga decrease of $4.4 million in fees from Partners due to a 28% decrease in the beneficial ownershipnumber of Partners, partially offset by an increase in revenue per subscription due primarily to the conversion from BOD to BODi during the year. As of December 31, 2023, approximately 80% of our common stockdigital subscriptions were BODi subscriptions and the BODi subscription had an increase in price as compared to the BOD subscriptions (e.g. increase in the annual BODi subscription to $179 from $120 for the annual BOD subscription).

The decrease in nutrition and other revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, was primarily attributable to a $85.9 million decrease in revenue from nutritional products due to 25% fewer nutritional subscriptions as a result of March 23, 2021lower demand and a $9.5 million decrease in revenue generated from our preferred customer fees as there was a 36% decrease in preferred customers and a $4.3 million decrease in fitness accessories revenue.‌

The decrease in connected fitness revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, was primarily due to a 34% decrease in the number of bikes delivered (from 31,471 in 2022 to 20,853 in 2023) and a 29% decrease in the average sales price for a bike.‌

Cost of Revenue

Digital Cost of Revenue

Digital cost of revenue includes costs associated with digital content creation including amortization and revision of content assets, depreciation of streaming platforms, digital streaming costs, and amortization of acquired digital platform intangible assets. It also includes customer service costs, payment processing fees, depreciation of production equipment, live trainer costs, facilities, and related personnel expenses.

Nutrition and Other Cost of Revenue

Nutrition and other cost of revenue includes product costs, shipping and handling, fulfillment and warehousing, customer service, and payment processing fees. It also includes depreciation of nutrition-related e-commerce websites and social commerce platforms, amortization of acquired formulae intangible assets, facilities, and related personnel expenses.

Connected Fitness Cost of Revenue

Connected fitness cost of revenue consists of product costs, including bike and tablet hardware costs, duties and other applicable importing costs, shipping costs, warehousing and logistics costs, costs associated with service calls and repairs of products under warranty, payment processing and financing fees, customer service expenses, and personnel-related expenses associated with supply chain and logistics.

54


 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

$

64,942

 

 

$

66,419

 

 

$

(1,477

)

 

 

(2

%)

Nutrition and other

 

 

109,170

 

 

 

164,753

 

 

 

(55,583

)

 

 

(34

%)

Connected fitness

 

 

29,910

 

 

 

91,454

 

 

 

(61,544

)

 

 

(67

%)

Total cost of revenue

 

$

204,022

 

 

$

322,626

 

 

$

(118,604

)

 

 

(37

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

$

193,428

 

 

$

234,254

 

 

$

(40,826

)

 

 

(17

%)

Nutrition and other

 

 

140,340

 

 

 

188,578

 

 

 

(48,238

)

 

 

(26

%)

Connected fitness

 

 

(10,681

)

 

 

(53,259

)

 

 

42,578

 

 

 

80

%

Total gross profit

 

$

323,087

 

 

$

369,573

 

 

$

(46,486

)

 

 

(13

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

 

74.9

%

 

 

77.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nutrition and other

 

 

56.2

%

 

 

53.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Connected fitness

 

 

(55.5

%)

 

 

(139.4

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross margin

 

 

61.3

%

 

 

53.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

The decrease in digital cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, was due to a $3.2 million decrease in depreciation expense as a result of the end of the useful life of certain fixed asset, a $1.5 million decrease in streaming costs due to lower platform usage and a $0.5 million decrease in the amortization of content assets as a result of lower production spend partially offset by a $1.6 million increase in program revisions and a $1.5 million increase in customer service due to an increase in the volume of contacts related to digital revenue due to the migration of customers from BOD to BODi. The decrease in digital gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 was primarily a result of fixed expenses on lower digital revenue.

The decrease in nutrition and other cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, was primarily due to a $17.8 million decrease in product costs and a $14.1 million decrease in fulfillment and shipping expense related to the decrease in nutrition and other revenue, lower inventory adjustments of $8.2 million, a $6.0 million decrease in depreciation expense as a result of the end of the useful life of certain fixed assets and a $4.7 million decrease in customer service expense due to a decrease in the volume of contacts related to nutrition and other revenue. Nutrition and other gross margin increased for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of lower inventory adjustments.

The decrease in connected fitness cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, was driven by a $27.8 million decrease in product costs as a result of the decrease in the number of bikes delivered and inventory adjustments recorded in previous periods, lower inventory adjustments of $21.0 million, a $6.5 million decrease in freight, fulfillment, and shipping expenses as the result of a 34% decrease in the number of bikes delivered and a $3.2 million decrease in amortization expense due to intangible asset impairment recorded in the fourth quarter of 2022. The connected fitness negative gross margin improvement for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 was primarily a result of lower product costs on bikes delivered, due to previous inventory adjustments, and lower inventory adjustments, partially offset by the impact of higher freight costs and fixed warehousing expenses on lower connected fitness revenue.

Operating Expenses

Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing expenses primarily include the cost of Partner compensation, advertising, royalties, promotions and events, and third-party sales commissions as well as the personnel expenses for employees and consultants who support these areas. Selling and marketing expenses also include depreciation of certain software and amortization of

55


contract-based intangible assets. Selling and marketing expense as a percentage of total revenue may fluctuate from period to period based on information obtained fromtotal revenue, timing of new content and nutritional product launches, and the persons named below, with respecttiming of our media investments to build awareness around launch activity.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

$

282,147

 

 

$

359,987

 

 

$

(77,840

)

 

 

(22

%)

As a percentage of total revenue

 

 

53.5

%

 

 

52.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

The decrease in selling and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to the beneficial ownershipyear ended December 31, 2022, was primarily due to a $46.5 million decrease in Partner compensation as a result of common stock, by:lower commissionable revenue, a $14.1 million decrease in personnel-related expenses due to lower headcount primarily related to the restructuring activities that occurred in the current and prior year and a $9.9 million decrease in the amortization of intangible assets due to the impairment of certain assets in the fourth quarter of 2022.

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;

each of our executive officers and directors that beneficially owns our common stock; and

Selling and marketing expense as a percentage of total revenue increased by 150 bps primarily due to the decrease in revenue.‌

all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Enterprise Technology and Development

InEnterprise technology and development expenses includes maintenance and enhancements of the table below,Company’s enterprise resource planning system, which is the core of our accounting, procurement, supply chain, and other business support systems and primarily relate to enterprise systems applications, hardware, and software that serve as the technology infrastructure for the Company and are not directly related to services provided or tangible goods sold. Enterprise technology and development also includes reporting and business analytics tools, security systems such as identity management and payment card industry compliance, office productivity software, research and development tracking tools, and other non-customer facing applications. Enterprise technology and development expenses include personnel-related expenses for employees and consultants to maintain the Company's technology systems and are involved in the research and development of new and existing nutritional products, depreciation of enterprise technology-related assets, software licenses, hosting expenses, and technology equipment leases.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Enterprise technology and development

 

$

74,407

 

 

$

104,363

 

 

$

(29,956

)

 

 

(29

%)

As a percentage of total revenue

 

 

14.1

%

 

 

15.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

The decrease in enterprise technology and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, was primarily due to a $17.3 million decrease in personnel-related expenses due to lower headcount primarily related to the restructuring activities that occurred in the current and prior year and a $12.4 million decrease in depreciation expense as a result of the end of the useful life of certain fixed assets.‌

Enterprise technology and development expense as a percentage ownershipof total revenue decreased by 100 bps due to lower fixed expenses.

56


General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses include personnel-related expenses and facilities-related costs primarily for our executive, finance, accounting, legal, and human resources functions. General and administrative expense also includes fees for professional services principally comprised of legal, audit, tax, and insurance.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

$

57,932

 

 

$

78,426

 

 

$

(20,494

)

 

 

(26

%)

As a percentage of total revenue

 

 

11.0

%

 

 

11.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

The decrease in general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, was primarily due to a $9.5 million decrease in personnel-related expenses as a result of lower headcount primarily related to the restructuring activities that occurred in the current and prior year, a $4.1 million decrease in insurance expense as some of our insurance is based on 37,500,000 sharesthe level of the Company's revenues or the number of employees, which both have declined in the current period compared to the prior period and a $3.4 million decrease in professional fees due to cost reduction measures.

General and administrative expense as a percentage of total revenue decreased by 30 bps primarily due to the reduction in insurance expenses.‌

Restructuring

In 2023, restructuring charges primarily relate to activities focused on aligning our operations with our key growth priorities, including a reduction in headcount. Restructuring charges in 2022 relate to the consolidation of our common stock, consistingstreaming fitness and nutrition offerings into a single Beachbody platform. The charges incurred primarily consist of (i) 30,000,000 sharesemployee termination costs.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring loss

 

$

6,497

 

 

$

10,047

 

 

$

(3,550

)

 

 

(35

%)

Impairment of Goodwill

Impairment of goodwill includes goodwill impairment in 2023.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

$

40,000

 

 

$

 

 

$

40,000

 

 

NM

57


The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2023 and based on the quantitative analysis recognized goodwill impairment of $40.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Impairment of Intangible Assets

Impairment of intangible assets includes intangible asset impairment in 2023 and 2022.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of intangible assets

 

$

3,092

 

 

$

19,907

 

 

$

(16,815

)

 

 

(85

%)

During the year ended December 31, 2023, due to reduced revenue and operating income forecasts, we tested our definite-lived intangible assets for recoverability and recognized a $3.1 million impairment charge which reduced the carrying amount of our Class A common stockintangible assets to zero.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, due to reduced revenue and (ii) 7,500,000 sharesoperating income forecasts, we tested our definite-lived intangible asset for recoverability, and as a result recognized a $18.9 million impairment charge to reduce to reduce the carrying amounts of our Class B common stock, issuedtrade names, customer relationships and outstandingdeveloped technology intangible assets to their fair values.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, we also tested our indefinite-lived intangible asset for impairment by comparing its carrying value to its estimated fair value. Based on this analysis, we recognized a $1.0 million impairment charge as the fair value of the indefinite-lived trade name was determined to be less than its carrying value primarily due to lower revenue in the current year and long-term forecast.

Other Income (Expenses)

The change in fair value of warrant liabilities consists of the fair value changes of the public, private placement, Term Loan and Common Stock warrants. Interest expense primarily consists of interest expense associated with our borrowings and amortization of debt discount and issuance costs for our Term Loan (defined below) in 2023 and 2022. Other income, net, consists of interest income earned on investments and gains (losses) on foreign currency.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on partial debt extinguishment

 

$

(3,168

)

 

$

 

 

$

(3,168

)

 

NM

 

Impairment of other investment

 

 

(4,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,000

)

 

NM

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

2,679

 

 

 

8,322

 

 

 

(5,643

)

 

 

(68

%)

Interest expense

 

 

(8,874

)

 

 

(3,368

)

 

 

(5,506

)

 

NM

 

Other income, net

 

 

1,747

 

 

 

958

 

 

 

789

 

 

 

82

%

The loss on partial debt extinguishment for the year ended December 31, 2023 was due to the partial prepayment of $15.0 million on the Term Loan as of MarchJuly 24, 2023. The Company recorded an impairment of $4.0 million on its other investment during the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease in change in fair value of warrant liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily resulted from a relatively lower decline in our stock price during the current period partially offset by the issuance of the Common Stock Warrants on December 13, 2023 and the change in their value to December 31, 2023. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to borrowings under the Term Loan during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to borrowings outstanding on the Term Loan for only approximately 4.5 months during the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in other income was primarily due to higher interest income as a result of higher interest rates on our cash balances.

58


Income Tax (Provision) Benefit

Income tax (provision) benefit consists of income taxes related to U.S. federal and state jurisdictions as well as those foreign jurisdictions where we have business operations.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax (provision) benefit

 

$

(37

)

 

$

3,053

 

 

$

(3,090

)

 

NM

The income tax provision increase for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, was primarily driven by changes in our valuation allowance and a decrease in the net expense from discrete events.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, our primary sources of liquidity have been sales of our equity, debt financing, and cash generated from our operations. As of December 31, 2023, we had $33.4 million in cash and cash equivalents.

On August 8, 2022, the Company, Beachbody, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned direct subsidiary of the Company (the “Borrower”), and certain subsidiaries of the Company (together with the Company, the “Guarantors”), entered into a financing agreement (as amended, the “Financing Agreement”) with the lenders party thereto and Blue Torch Finance, LLC, ("Blue Torch") as administrative agent and collateral agent for such lenders, providing for a senior secured term loan facility in an initial aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million (the “Term Loan”). Obligations under the Financing Agreement are guaranteed by the Guarantors, and secured by a lien on and security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and the Guarantors (together with the Borrower, the “Loan Parties”), subject to customary exceptions. On July 24, 2023 (the "Second Amendment Effective Date") the Company and Blue Torch entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Financing Agreement (the "Second Amendment"), which amended the Company's existing Financing Agreement. In connection with the Second Amendment, on the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Company made a partial prepayment on the Term Loan of $15.0 million. As of December 31, 2023, the principal balance outstanding (including capitalized paid in kind interest) under the Term Loan was $35.5 million. On January 9, 2024 and February 29, 2024, the Company made partial prepayments of $1.0 million and $5.5 million, respectively, on the Term Loan (which were classified as current obligations at December 31, 2023). During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Term Loan was a secured overnight financing rate ("SOFR") loan, with an effective interest rate of 19.73% and a cash interest rate of 12.29% for the year ended December 31, 2023.‌

The Financing Agreement contains financial covenants, customary representations, warranties, covenants and customary events of default. We were in compliance with the financial covenants as of December 31, 2023. See Note 11, Debt, and Note 23, 2021. Voting power representsSubsequent Events, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information on the combined voting powerTerm Loan.‌

As of December 31, 2023, we have $22.8 million of lease obligations and purchase commitments associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts. See Note 12, Leases, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for discussion of our leases and Note 13, Commitments and Contingencies, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for discussion of our contractual commitments that are primarily due within the next year.‌

For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, our net cash flows were as follows:

59


 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(22,537

)

 

$

(47,173

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(10,826

)

 

 

(26,493

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(13,717

)

 

 

47,561

 

As of December 31, 2023, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $33.4 million.

Net cash used in operating activities was $22.5 million and $47.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The decrease in cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the prior year, was primarily due to a decrease in net loss of $41.6 million, an increase in asset impairment of $27.2 million, a decrease of $19.6 million of cash used related to accounts payable, an increase in cash received attributable to deferred revenue of $11.7 million partially offset by a decrease in depreciation and amortization expense of $35.3 million, a decrease in provision for inventory and inventory purchase commitments of $29.2 million and a $24.0 million decrease in change in inventory.

Net cash used in investing activities was $10.8 million and $26.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The decrease in net cash used in investing activities was due to a decrease in capital expenditures of $19.9 million due to increased focus by management on capital expenditures, in particular related to technology partially offset by $4.3 million of investment in restricted short-term investments. The current decrease of capital expenditures as compared to the prior year is expected to continue in future periods.

Net cash used in financing activities was $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $47.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The change in net cash from financing activities was primarily due to debt repayments on our Term Loan in the current year, including a $15.0 million partial prepayment in July 2023, and taxes associated with the vesting of RSU's partially offset by proceeds received of $4.9 million, net of placement agent fees, related to the sale of 420,769 shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock owned beneficially by such person. On all matterspre-funded warrants to be voted upon, the holders of thepurchase up to 122,821 shares of Class A common stock on December 13, 2023. The year ended December 31, 2022 included Term Loan borrowings, net of debt issuance costs.‌ See Note 11, Debtand sharesNote 15, Stockholders' Equity to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information on the debt financing entered into during 2022 and the partial debt prepayment in 2023 and the Equity Offering in 2023.

Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including our rate of Class B common stock vote together as a single class. Currently, all of the shares of Class B common stock are convertible into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. The table below does not include the Class A common stock underlying the private placement warrants held byrevenue growth and overall economic conditions. We continue to assess and efficiently manage our officers or sponsor because these securities are not exercisable within 60 days of this report.


Unless otherwise indicated, weworking capital, and expect to generate additional liquidity through continued cost control initiatives. We believe that all persons named inexisting cash and cash equivalents and cost control initiatives will provide the table have sole voting and investment powerCompany with respectsufficient liquidity to all common stock beneficially owned by them.meet our anticipated cash needs, including debt service requirements, for the next twelve months as well as for the longer-term (i.e., beyond the next twelve months).

  Class A Common Stock  Class B Common Stock  Approximate 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1) 

Number of

Shares

Beneficially

Owned

  Approximate
Percentage
of Class
  

Number of

Shares

Beneficially

Owned

  Approximate
Percentage
of Class
  Percentage
of Outstanding
Shares of Common
Stock
 
Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC (our sponsor)(2)(3)        7,500,000   100% 20%
Zachary Tarica (3)        7,500,000   100% 20%
Keith L. Horn (4)              
Idan Shani (4)              
Salil Mehta (4)                   
Thomas Staggs (4)              
Peter Schlessel (4)              
Martin Luther King III (4)              
Teresa Miles Walsh (4)              
Sheila A. Stamps (4)              
                    
All directors and executive officers as a group (9 individuals)(2)        7,500,000   100% 20%
                    
Other 5% Stockholders                   
Light Street Capital  Management, LLC (5)  2,155,000   7.18%         5.75%

(1)Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is c/o Forest Road Acquisition Corp., 1177 Avenue of the Americas, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10036.

(2)Interests shown consist solely of founderOn December 13, 2023, the Company issued 420,769 shares classified as shares of Class B common stock. Such shares are convertible into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions contained therein.

(3)Our sponsor is the record holder of such shares. The Forest Road Company, LLC is the managing member of the sponsor. As such, The Forest Road Company has voting and investment discretion with respect to the common stock held of record by our sponsor and may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the common stock held directly by our sponsor. Zachary Tarica is the Chief Executive Officer of The Forest Road Company, LLC. By virtue of these relationships, Mr. Tarica may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the securities held of record by Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC.

(4)Each of these individuals holds a direct or indirect interest in our sponsor. Each such person disclaims any beneficial ownership of the reported shares other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest they may have therein, directly or indirectly.

(5)According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 16, 2021, Light Street Capital Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“LSCM”), serves as investment adviser and general partner to (A) Light Street Mercury Master Fund, L.P. (“Mercury”), on whose account 2,000,000 Class A shares are held by LSCM, and (B) Light Street Tungsten Master Fund, L.P. (“Tungsten”), on whose account 155,000 Class A shares are held by LSCM. Glen Thomas Kacher (“Mr. Kacher”) is the Chief Investment Officer of LSCM. Mr. Kacher and LSCM each has sole power to vote and dispose of all 2,155,000 shares owned by Tungsten and Mercury; Mercury has sole power to vote and dispose of 2,000,000 shares owned for the account of Mercury. The business address for all three reporting persons (i.e., LSCM, Mr. Kacher and Mercury) is 525 University Avenue, Suite 300, Palo Alto, CA 94301.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Table

None.

Changes in Control

None.


Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

In September 2020, our sponsor, Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC purchased 7,187,500 founder shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.0035 per share. In November 2020, we effected a 0.44 for 1 stock dividend for each share of Class B common stock outstanding, resulting in our sponsor holding an aggregate of 7,503,750 founder shares, up to 978,750 shares of which were subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which underwriters’ over-allotment option would be exercised, so that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares after our initial public offering. Based on the extent of the underwriters’ exercise of their over-allotment option, on November 30, 2020, our sponsor forfeited 3,750 founder shares for no consideration. The forfeited shares were canceled.

On November 30, 2020, our sponsor purchased 5,333,333 warrants, at a price of $1.50 per warrant, or $8,000,000 in a private placement that closed simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering. Each private placement warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. The private placement warrants (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination.

Since December 2020, we have paid Forest Road $10,000 per month for office space at 1177 Avenue of the Americas, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10036 and for secretarial and administrative services provided to members of our management team. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.

Other than the foregoing, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid by us to our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination. However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates.

Prior to the closing of our initial public offering, our sponsor loaned us $141,881 under an unsecured promissory note, which funds were used for a portion of the expenses of our initial public offering. These loans were fully repaid upon the closing of our initial public offering.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required on a non-interest bearing basis. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-business combination entity at apurchase price of $1.50$9.75 per warrant at the option of the lender. Theshare and pre-funded warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. Except as set forth above, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

Repayments of loans from our sponsor or repayments of working capital loans prior to our initial business combination will be made using funds held outside the trust account.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our stockholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, furnished to our stockholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will bepurchase up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

We have entered into a registration rights agreement with respect to the founder shares and private placement warrants, the warrants issuable upon conversion of working capital loans (if any) and the122,821 shares of Class A common stock issuable uponat a pre-funded purchase price of $9.7499 per share to certain institutional investors. The Company received proceeds of $4.9 million, net of placement agent fees. The Company also issued 543,590 Common Stock Warrants to purchase 543,590 shares of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.24 per share. On January 12, 2024, the investor exercised all of the foregoingpre-funded warrants and upon conversionconverted them into 122,821 shares of Class A common stock. See Note 15, Stockholders' Equity, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information regarding the founder shares.Equity Offering.

We may explore additional debt or equity financing to supplement our anticipated working capital balances and further strengthen our financial position, but do not at this time know which form it will take or what the terms will be. The incurrence of additional debt financing would result in debt service obligations and the instruments governing such debt could provide for operating and financial covenants that would restrict our operations. The sale of additional


60


Item 14. Principal Accountant Feesequity would result in additional dilution to our shareholders. There can be no assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital in amounts or on terms acceptable to us.

Critical Accounting Policies and Services.Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The following is a summarypreparation of fees paid orconsolidated financial statements requires us to be paid to WithumSmith+Brown, PC or Withum, for services rendered.

Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees for professional services rendered for the audit ofmake estimates and assumptions about future events that affect amounts reported in our year-endconsolidated financial statements and servicesrelated notes, as well as the related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. We evaluate our accounting policies, estimates and judgments on an on-going basis. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Because of the uncertainty inherent in these matters, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

We evaluate the development and selection of our critical accounting policies and estimates and believe that the following items are normally providedcritical accounting estimates, as they (1) involve a higher degree of judgment or complexity and (2) are most significant to reporting our results of operations and financial position. The following critical accounting policies reflect the significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. With respect to the critical accounting polices, even a relatively minor variance between actual and expected experience can potentially have a materially favorable or unfavorable impact on subsequent results of operations. In addition, there are other items within our financial statements that require estimation, but are not deemed critical as defined above. More information on the Company's significant accounting polices can be found in the footnotes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Note 1, Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in Item 8 of this Annual Report. The critical accounting policies that reflect our more difficult and subjective judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements include those noted below.

Inventory

Inventory consists of raw materials, work in process, and finished goods, is accounted for by Withumusing the first-in, first-out method, and is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. To estimate any necessary adjustments against the carrying value of inventory, various assumptions are made in connection with regulatory filings.regard to excess or slow-moving inventories including future demand for our products, anticipated margin, planned product discontinuances, and the physical condition (e.g. age and quality) of the inventory. If future demand and market conditions are less favorable than our assumptions, additional inventory adjustments may be required.

During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, we recorded a $10.6 million and a $39.8 million charge, respectively, to reduce the carrying value of inventory on hand and inventory purchase commitments to net realizable value and to adjust for excess and obsolete inventory. The aggregate feesCompany recorded $3.4 million and $11.6 million of Withum for professional services renderedthese adjustments in nutrition and other costs of revenue for the audityears ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Company also recorded $7.2 million and $28.1 million of these adjustments in connected fitness cost of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Actual future write-offs of inventory may differ from estimates and calculations used to determine inventory adjustments due to changes in customer demand or other market conditions.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Impairment

Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have an indefinite life are not amortized, but instead are assessed for impairment annually and between annual tests if an event or change in circumstances occurs that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit ("RU") below its carrying value or indicate that it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. The Company has historically performed its annual goodwill impairment assessment as of October 1. During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company decided to change the date of its annual impairment assessment from October 1 to December 31. The change was made to more closely align the impairment assessment date with the Company's annual planning and forecasting process. The change in date of the annual impairment test is not deemed material as the new measurement date of December 31 is in relative close proximity to the previous measurement date and the change did not have any impact on goodwill or the impairment of goodwill. The change has been applied prospectively and would not have had an impact on a retrospective basis.

61


We test goodwill for impairment at a level within the Company referred to as the RU. We carry our definite-lived intangible assets at cost less accumulated amortization. If an event or change in circumstances occurs that indicates the carrying value may not be recoverable, we would evaluate our definite-lived intangible assets for impairment at that time.

2023 Interim Goodwill Impairment Test

Due to the sustained decline in the Company’s market capitalization and macro-economic conditions observed in the three months ended June 30, 2023, the Company performed an interim test for impairment of its goodwill as of June 30, 2023. In performing the interim impairment test as of June 30, 2023 for goodwill, we elected to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceeded to performing the quantitative test. We compared the carrying value of the RU to its estimated fair value. Fair value was estimated using a combination of a market approach and an income approach, with significant assumptions related to guideline company financial multiples used in the market approach and significant assumptions about revenue growth, long-term growth rates, and discount rates used in a discounted cash flow model in the income approach. As of June 30, 2023, the RUs fair value exceeded the carrying value by approximately 11%.‌

2023 Goodwill Impairment Test

We completed the required annual impairment test for goodwill as of October 1, 2023, prior to the change of the annual impairment test for goodwill to December 31. We performed a qualitative assessment which leveraged information from the June 30, 2023 quantitative assessment, in which we estimated the fair value of our RU and determined that the fair value of our RU was greater than its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.

Due to the change in our annual impairment assessment from October 1 to December 31, we performed our annual impairment test as of December 31, 2023.

2023 Annual Goodwill Impairment Test

We assessed our long-lived assets for impairment prior to our goodwill impairment test, see discussion below related to the long-lived asset impairment test and the recording of an intangible asset impairment.

In testing for goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2023, we elected to bypass the optional qualitative test and proceeded to perform a quantitative test by comparing the carrying value of our RU to estimated fair value. The determination of the fair value of the Company's RU was estimated using a combination of a market approach that considered benchmark company market multiples, a market approach that considered market multiples derived from the value of recent transactions and an income approach that utilized discounted cash flows for the RU. The Company applied a 50% weighting to the income approach that utilized discounted cash flows with the other two valuation methodologies having a weighting of 25% each, in determining the fair value of the RU. The significant assumptions under each of these approaches include, among others; revenue growth, long-term growth rates, and discount rates used in a discounted cash flow model in the income approach, the control premium and the terminal growth rate. The cash flows used to determine fair value are dependent on a number of significant management assumptions such as the Company's expectations of future performance and the expected future economic environment, which are partly based upon the Company's historical experience.

The Company's estimates are subject to change given the inherent uncertainty in predicting future results. Additionally, the discount rate and the terminal growth rate are based on the Company's judgment of the rates that would be utilized by a hypothetical market participant. The Company also considered its market capitalization in assessing the reasonableness of the combined fair values estimated for its RU. The results of our annual financial statementstest for impairment at December 31, 2023 concluded that the fair value of our RU was less than its carrying value. As a result, we recorded an impairment charge of $40.0 million related to our goodwill, which reduced our goodwill to $85.2 million at December 31, 2023. The impairment at December 31, 2023 was primarily due to the sustained decline in the Company's stock price, which decreased approximately 45% from September 30, 2023 to December 31, 2023, and other required filings with the SECa decline in revenue of 24% for the year ended December 31, 2020 totaled approximately $20,085.2023 as compared to the prior year.

2023 Long-Lived Asset Impairment Test

In assessing our long-lived assets, we tested the related asset group for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of the asset group to its forecasted undiscounted cash flows. Because the carrying value of the asset group exceeded its future undiscounted cash flows, we determined that it may not be recoverable. The fair value of the assets within

62


the asset group was then calculated to determine whether an impairment loss should be recognized. The fair values of the customer-related, technology-based, and formulae intangible assets were estimated and calculated to be lower than the carrying value. As a result, we recorded an aggregate feesimpairment charge of Withum$3.1 million related to audit servicesour intangible assets, which reduced our intangible asset balance to zero at December 31, 2023.

Due to reduced revenue and margin forecasts we tested the related asset group for recoverability as of June 30, 2023. In testing for recoverability, we compared the carrying value of the asset group to its forecasted undiscounted cash flows to determine whether it was recoverable. Because the carrying value of the asset group did not exceed its future undiscounted cash flows, we determined that the carrying value of the asset group was recoverable and thus no impairment was recognized.

2022 Goodwill Impairment Test

We completed the required annual impairment test for goodwill as of October 1, 2022. We performed a quantitative assessment, in which we estimated the fair value of our RU and determined that the fair value of our RU was greater than its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.

Due to the sustained decline in our market capitalization and macro-economic conditions observed in the second quarter of 2022, we performed an interim test for goodwill impairment as of June 30, 2022. We were required to assess our long-lived assets for impairment, which resulted in no impairment, prior to our goodwill impairment test. The results of our interim test for impairment at June 30, 2022 concluded that the fair value of our Beachbody RU exceeded its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.

In connection with our initial public offering totaled approximately $42,488. The above amounts include interim procedures and audit fees, as well as attendance at audit committee meetings.

Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performancethe consolidation of the audit or reviewOpenfit streaming fitness offering onto the Beachbody digital platform, we changed our segment reporting as we determined that there is one operating segment. As a result of this change in segment reporting during the third quarter of 2022, we completed a qualitative test for goodwill impairment by RU both prior to and subsequent to the change. Based on this qualitative assessment, we concluded that no impairment indicators existed for goodwill both prior to and subsequent to the change in segment reporting.

Due to reduced revenue and margin forecasts for certain products, we performed an interim test for impairment of our financial statementsindefinite-lived intangible asset as of September 30, 2022. In testing for impairment of the indefinite-lived trade name, we compared the carrying value of the asset to its estimated fair value. The fair value of the indefinite-lived trade name was determined to be lower than its carrying value, primarily as a result of reduced revenue and aremargin forecasts for certain supplements. As a result, we recorded a $1.0 million non-cash impairment charge for this intangible asset.

Due to reduced revenue and operating income forecasts and sustained decline in our market capitalization during the fourth quarter of 2022, we performed an interim test for goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2022. We assessed our long-lived assets for impairment prior to our goodwill impairment test. In assessing our long-lived assets, we tested the related asset group for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of the asset group to its forecasted undiscounted cash flows. Because the carrying value of the asset group did not reported under “Audit Fees.” These servicesexceed its future undiscounted cash flows, we determined that it may not be recoverable. The fair value of the assets within the asset group was then calculated to determine whether an impairment loss should be recognized. The fair values of the customer-related, technology-based, and trade name intangible assets were estimated primarily using a relief-from-royalty approach and calculated to be lower than the carrying value. As a result, we recorded an aggregate impairment charge of $18.9 million. In testing for goodwill impairment, we elected to bypass the optional qualitative test and proceeded to perform a quantitative test by comparing the carrying value of our RU to estimated fair value. The results of our interim test for impairment at December 31, 2022 concluded that the fair value of our RU exceeded its carrying value, resulting in no impairment. Our RU’s fair value exceeded carrying value by approximately 21%.

Management will continue to monitor its RU for changes in the business environment that could impact its fair value. Examples of events or circumstances that could result in changes to the underlying key assumptions and judgments used in our goodwill impairment tests, and ultimately impact the estimated fair value of our RU may include attest servicesthe demand for at-home fitness solutions, our subscriber growth rates, adverse macroeconomic conditions, and volatility in the equity and debt markets which could result in higher weighted-average cost of capital. Changes in management's expectations of future performance could have a significant impact on the Company's RU fair value. It should be noted that are not required by statute or regulationrevenue and consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. Duringexpectations of revenue have a significant impact on the RU's fair value. For the year ended December 31, 20202023 the Company's revenue decreased by 24% from the prior year. Continual decreases in revenue could have an impact on the future fair value of the Company's RU. The fair value of our RU has been impacted by and will

63


continue to be impacted by the volatility in the market price of our common stock. The Company's stock price declined by 68% in the year ended December 31, 2023. Continued decreases in the Company's stock price may result in a decrease in the fair value of the Company's RU and potential for incremental goodwill impairment. Changes in any of the assumptions used in the valuation of the RU, or changes in the business environment could materially impact the expected cash flows, and such impacts could potentially result in a material non-cash impairment charge.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Foreign Currency Risk

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk related to transactions in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, which is our functional currency. Our foreign subsidiaries, sales, certain inventory purchases and operating expenses expose us to foreign currency exchange risk. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, approximately 10% of our revenue in each year was in foreign currencies. These sales were primarily denominated in Canadian dollars and British pounds.

We may use derivative instruments to manage the effects of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on our net cash flows. We primarily enter into option contracts to hedge forecasted payments, typically for up to 12 months, for cost of revenue, selling and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses and intercompany transactions not denominated in the local currencies of our foreign operations. We designate some of these instruments as cash flow hedges and record them at fair value as either assets or liabilities within the consolidated balance sheets. Some of these instruments are freestanding derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply.

In the year ended December 31, 2023, management made a determination to cease entering into any further foreign exchange options at this time, which resulted in a decrease in the notional amount of the Company's outstanding foreign exchange options to $4.4 million at December 31, 2023. The Company's foreign exchange options that were outstanding at December 31, 2023 will all expire prior to March 31, 2024.

Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. Deferred gains and losses associated with cash flow hedges of third-party payments are recognized in cost of revenue, selling and marketing or general and administrative expenses, as applicable, during the period when the hedged underlying transaction affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of certain derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply are immediately recognized directly in earnings to cost of revenue.

A hypothetical 10% change in exchange rates, with the U.S. dollar as the functional and reporting currency, would result in an approximate $2.1 million increase or decrease in cost of revenue and operating expenses. The higher exposure to changes in foreign currency from previous periods was due to management's decision to cease entering into foreign exchange options at this time in the year ended December 31, 2023.

The aggregate notional amount of foreign exchange derivative instruments at December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $4.4 million and $17.6 million, respectively.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk is primarily associated with our Term Loan borrowings, which were SOFR loans during the year ended December 31, 2023 and subject to variability in the SOFR rate. If the interest rate on our Term Loan were to increase or decrease by 1% for the year and our indebtedness remained constant throughout the period, our annual interest expense would not change materially. Further, our exposure to interest rate volatility is partially mitigated by interest income on our highly liquid investments. At this point, we diddo not pay Withum any audit-related fees.believe that our liquidity has been materially affected by the debt market uncertainties noted in the last few years, and we do not believe that our liquidity will be significantly impacted in the near future.

64


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Tax Fees.

65


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of The Beachbody Company, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We did not pay Withum for tax services, planning or advicehave audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of The Beachbody Company, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for the year ended December 31, 2020.

All Other Fees. We did not pay Withum for any other services for2023, and the year ended December 31, 2020.

Pre-Approval Policy

Our audit committee was formed uponrelated notes and the consummation of our initial public offering. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our board of directors. Since the formation of our audit committee, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the deminimis exceptions for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).


PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

(1)Financial Statements

Balance Sheet F-2
Statement of Operations F-3
Statement of Changes In Stockholders’ Equity F-4
Statement of Cash Flows F-5
Notes to Financial Statements F-6

(2) Financial Statements Schedule

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the amounts are immaterial and not required, or the required information is presented in the financial statements and notes thereto in this Item 15 of Part IV below.

(3) Exhibits

We hereby file as part of this report the exhibitsschedule listed in the attached Exhibit Index. Exhibits which are incorporated herein by reference can be inspected and copiedIndex at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or on the SEC website at www.sec.gov. 

Item 16.Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of

Forest Road Acquisition Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Forest Road Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2020, the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from September 24, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, and the related notes15(a)2 (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”"financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020,2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from September 24, 2020 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2020,2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’sCompany's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)(PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company'sCompany’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Goodwill Impairment Assessment – Refer to Notes 1 and 8 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company’s recorded goodwill balance was $85.2 million as of December 31, 2023. The Company assesses goodwill for impairment annually or more frequently if an event or change in circumstances occurs that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. The Company performed an interim quantitative test for impairment of its goodwill as of June 30, 2023. The results of the Company’s interim test for impairment at June 30, 2023 concluded that the fair value of its reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, resulting in no impairment. In performing the annual impairment test for goodwill as of October 1, 2023, the Company performed a qualitative assessment based on the interim quantitative test and determined that the fair value of its reporting unit was greater than its carrying value, resulting in no impairment. During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company decided to change the date of its annual impairment assessment from October 1 to December 31. The change was made to more closely align the impairment assessment date with the Company’s annual planning and forecasting process. The results of the Company's annual test for impairment at

66


December 31, 2023 concluded that the fair value of its reporting unit was less than its carrying value. As a result, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $40.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.

The Company’s evaluation of goodwill for impairment involves the comparison of the carrying value of its reporting unit to its estimated fair value. The determination of the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit was based on a combination of a market approach that considered benchmark company market multiples, a market approach that considered market multiples derived from the value of recent transactions, and an income approach that utilized discounted cash flows for its reporting unit.

We identified goodwill impairment as a critical audit matter because the determination of fair value of the reporting unit involves significant assumptions made by management, including the revenue growth rates used in cash flow projections, guideline company market multiples, control premium, and weighted average cost of capital rate. This required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve our fair value specialists.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the goodwill impairment assessment included the following, among others:

We evaluated the reasonableness of the revenue growth rate assumptions in management’s cash flow projections by comparing the forecasts to: (1) historical results, (2) internal communications to management and the Board of Directors, (3) current economic factors and analyst reports of the Company and companies in its peer group, and (4) forecasted information included in Company’s press releases.
We evaluated management’s ability to accurately forecast future revenues by comparing actual results to management’s historical forecasts.
We inquired of appropriate individuals, both within and outside of finance, to determine whether the judgments and assumptions used in the future revenue projections were consistent with the strategy and long-range plans of the Company.
With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the reasonableness of (1) the weighted average cost of capital rate; and (2) revenue growth rates used in cash flow projections, by:
o
Testing the source information underlying the determination of the weighted average cost of capital rate and the mathematical accuracy of the calculation.
o
Developing a range of independent estimates and comparing those to the weighted average cost of capital rate selected by management.
o
Performing an analysis comparing applicable industry revenue growth rates used in cash flow projections to management’s revenue growth rates used in cash flow projections.
With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the market approaches that (1) considered benchmark company market multiples and the control premium and (2) considered market multiples derived from the value of recent transactions by:
o
Evaluating the reasonableness of the selected guideline public companies and guideline transactions.
o
Assessing the acceptability of the selected market multiples and control premium.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PCDeloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California
March 11, 2024

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2020.2023.

67


New York, New YorkReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

March 25, 2021


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of The Beachbody Company, Inc.

BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 2020Opinion on the Financial Statements

Assets   
Cash $1,183,830 
Prepaid assets  294,383 
Total current assets  1,478,213 
Marketable Securities held in Trust Account  300,000,000 
Total Assets $301,478,213 
     
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity    
Accounts payable $409,896 
Franchise tax payable  54,149 
Total current liabilities  464,045 
Deferred underwriters’ discount payable  10,500,000 
Total liabilities  10,964,045 
     
Commitments    
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption, 28,551,416 shares at redemption value  285,514,160 
     
Stockholders’ Equity:    
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding   
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized; 1,448,584 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 28,551,416 shares subject to possible redemption)  145 
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 7,500,000 shares issued and outstanding  750 
Additional paid-in capital  5,530,507 
Accumulated deficit  (531,394)
Total stockholders’ equity  5,000,008 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $301,478,213 

SeeWe have audited the accompanying notes to the financial statements.


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 24, 2020 (INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2020

    
Formation and operating costs $531,404 
Loss from operations  (531,404)
     
Other Income    
Interest income  10 
Total other income  10 
     
Net loss $(531,394)
     
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A common stock  30,000,000 
Basic and diluted net income per share, Class A common stock $(0.00)
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class B common stock  

6,856,915

 
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B common stock  

(0.08

)

(1)Excludes an aggregate of 28,551,416 shares subject to possible redemption at December 31, 2020.

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 24, 2020 (INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2020

  Common Stock  Additional     Total 
  Class A  Class B  Paid-In  Accumulated  Stockholders’ 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  Equity 
Balance as of September 24, 2020 (inception)    $     $  $  $  $ 
Class B common stock issued to Sponsor        7,503,750   750   24,250      25,000 
Sale of Units in Initial Public Offering net of underwriter discount and offering cost  

30,000,000

   

3,000

   

   

   

283,017,562

   

   

283,020,562

 
Sale of Units in Initial Public Offering  30,000,000   3,000         299,997,000      300,000,000 
Sale of Private Placement Warrants              8,000,000      8,000,000 
Forfeiture of 3,750 shares by initial stockholders        (3,750)            
Change in Class A common stock subject to possible redemption  (28,551,416)  (2,855)        (285,511,305)     (285,514,160)
Net loss                 (531,394)  (531,394)
Balance as of December 31, 2020  1,448,584  $145   7,500,000  $750  $5,530,507  $(531,394) $5,000,008 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 24, 2020 (INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2020

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:   
Net loss $(531,394)
Changes in current assets and current liabilities:    
Prepaid assets  (294,383)
Franchise tax payable  54,149 
Accounts payable  409,896 
Net cash used in operating activities  (361,732)
     
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:    
Investment of cash into trust account  (300,000,000)
Net cash used in investing activities  (300,000,000)
     
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:    
Proceeds from Initial Public Offering, net of underwriters’ discount  294,000,000 
Proceeds from private placement  8,000,000 
Proceeds from Promissory note  141,881 
Repayment of Promissory note  (141,881)
Proceeds from issuance of founder shares  25,000 
Payments of offering costs  (479,438)
Net cash provided by financing activities  301,545,562 
     
Net Change in Cash  1,183,830 
Cash – Beginning of period  - 
Cash – Ending of period $1,183,830 
     
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-cash Financing Activities:    
Initial value of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption $286,016,268 
Change in value of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption $(502,108)
Deferred underwriters’ discount payable charged to additional paid-in capital $10,500,000 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Organization and Business Operations

Organization and General

Forest Road Acquisition Corp.consolidated balance sheet of The Beachbody Company, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on September 24, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of entering into a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”). The Company is not limited to a specific industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, however, the Company intends to concentrate its efforts identifying businesses in the technology, media and telecommunications industry. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and,Company) as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2020,2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022, the related notes and the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)2 (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company had not yet commenced any operations. All activity throughat December 31, 2020, relates2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company’s formationCompany in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until afterapplicable rules and regulations of the completion of its initial business combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents from the proceeds derived from the IPO.

Financing

The Company’s sponsor is Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”). The registration statement for the Company’s IPO was declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on November 24, 2020 (the “Effective Date”). On November 30, 2020,and the Company consummatedPCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the IPO of 30,000,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), including the issuance of 3,900,000 Units as a resultstandards of the underwriters’ partial exercise of their over-allotment option. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value,PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and one-third of one redeemable warrant entitling its holderperform the audit to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. The Units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000 (Note 3).

Simultaneously with the closing of the IPO, the Company consummated the private placement (“Private Placement”) with the Sponsor of an aggregate of 5,333,333 warrants (“Private Placement Warrants”) to purchase Class A common stock, each at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, generating total proceeds of $8,000,000 (Note 4).

Transaction costs amounted to $16,979,438, consisting of $6,000,000 of underwriting discount, $10,500,000 of deferred underwriters’ fee and $479,438 of other offering costs.

Trust Account

Following the closing of the IPO on November 30, 2020, an amount of $300,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the IPO and the sale of the Private Placement was placed in a trust account (“Trust Account”) which will be invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act, which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, until the earlier of (a) the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination, (b) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s certificate of incorporation, or (c) the redemption of the Company’s public shares if the Company is unable to complete the initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, or November 30, 2020 (the “Combination Period”).


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Initial Business Combination

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. There is noobtain reasonable assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. The Company must complete a Business Combination with one or more operating businesses or assets that together have an aggregate fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes, if permitted, and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting commissions) at the time of the Company’s signing a definitive agreement in connection with its initial Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires an interest in the target business or assets sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”).

The Company will provide its holders of the outstanding Public Shares (the “public stockholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as toabout whether the Company will seek stockholder approvalfinancial statements are free of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company. The public stockholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (initially anticipated to be $10.00 per Public Share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants.

The Company will only proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 either prior to or upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks stockholder approval, a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a stockholder vote is not required by applicable law or stock exchange rules and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination.

If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange rules, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or other reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor has agreed to vote its Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5), and any Public Shares purchased during or after the IPO in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective ofmaterial misstatement, whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction or do not vote at all.


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notwithstanding the above, if the Company seeks stockholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% or more of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company. The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to its Founder Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights (including redemption rights) or pre-initial business combination activity, unless the Company provides the public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company’s warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The Sponsor has agreed to waive its liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Sponsor acquires Public Shares in or after the IPO, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (1) $10.00 per Public Share and (2) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions inerror or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the valuerisks of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (except the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

F-8

FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Liquidity

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had cash outside the Trust Account of $1,183,830 available for working capital needs. All remaining cash held in the Trust Account is generally unavailable for the Company’s use, prior to an initial Business Combination, and is restricted for use either in a Business Combination or to redeem common stock. As of December 31, 2020, none of the amount in the Trust Account was available to be withdrawn as described above.

Through December 31, 2020, the Company’s liquidity needs were satisfied through receipt of $25,000 from the sale of the founder shares, advances from the Sponsor in an aggregate amount of $141,881 and the remaining net proceeds from the IPO and the sale of Private Placement Units.

The Company anticipates that the $1,183,830 outside of the Trust Account as of December 31, 2020, will be sufficient to allow the Company to operate for at least the next 12 months from the issuancematerial misstatement of the financial statements, assumingwhether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We served as the Company’s auditor from 2011 to 2023.

Los Angeles, California

March 16, 2023, except for the effects of the reverse stock split discussed in Note 1 and Note 15, as to which the date is January 24, 2024

68


The Beachbody Company, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except par value and share data)

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents (restricted cash of $0.1 million and $0.0 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively)

 

$

33,409

 

 

$

80,091

 

Restricted short-term investments

 

 

4,250

 

 

 

 

Inventory

 

 

24,976

 

 

 

54,060

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

10,715

 

 

 

13,055

 

Other current assets

 

 

45,923

 

 

 

39,248

 

Total current assets

 

 

119,273

 

 

 

186,454

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

45,055

 

 

 

74,147

 

Content assets, net

 

 

21,359

 

 

 

34,888

 

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

 

 

85,166

 

 

 

133,370

 

Right-of-use assets, net

 

 

3,063

 

 

 

5,030

 

Other assets

 

 

2,923

 

 

 

9,506

 

Total assets

 

$

276,839

 

 

$

443,395

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

10,659

 

 

$

17,940

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

42,147

 

 

 

64,430

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

97,169

 

 

 

95,587

 

Current portion of lease liabilities

 

 

1,835

 

 

 

2,150

 

Current portion of Term Loan

 

 

8,068

 

 

 

1,250

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

5,325

 

 

 

3,283

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

165,203

 

 

 

184,640

 

Term Loan

 

 

21,491

 

 

 

39,735

 

Long-term lease liabilities, net

 

 

1,425

 

 

 

3,318

 

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

 

10

 

 

 

181

 

Other liabilities

 

 

5,950

 

 

 

3,979

 

Total liabilities

 

 

194,079

 

 

 

231,853

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares
   authorized,
none issued and outstanding as of December 31,
   2023 and 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 1,900,000,000 shares
   authorized (
1,600,000,000 Class A, 200,000,000 Class X and
   
100,000,000 Class C);

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A: 3,978,356 and 3,418,237 shares issued and
    outstanding at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively;

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Class X: 2,729,003 and 2,825,006 shares issued and
    outstanding at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively;

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Class C: no shares issued and outstanding at
   December 31, 2023 and 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

654,657

 

 

 

630,738

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(571,876

)

 

 

(419,235

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

37

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

82,760

 

 

 

211,542

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

276,839

 

 

$

443,395

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

69


The Beachbody Company, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

$

258,370

 

 

$

300,673

 

Nutrition and other

 

 

249,510

 

 

 

353,331

 

Connected fitness

 

 

19,229

 

 

 

38,195

 

Total revenue

 

 

527,109

 

 

 

692,199

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

 

64,942

 

 

 

66,419

 

Nutrition and other

 

 

109,170

 

 

 

164,753

 

Connected fitness

 

 

29,910

 

 

 

91,454

 

Total cost of revenue

 

 

204,022

 

 

 

322,626

 

Gross profit

 

 

323,087

 

 

 

369,573

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

282,147

 

 

 

359,987

 

Enterprise technology and development

 

 

74,407

 

 

 

104,363

 

General and administrative

 

 

57,932

 

 

 

78,426

 

Restructuring

 

 

6,497

 

 

 

10,047

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

Impairment of intangible assets

 

 

3,092

 

 

 

19,907

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

464,075

 

 

 

572,730

 

Operating loss

 

 

(140,988

)

 

 

(203,157

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on partial debt extinguishment

 

 

(3,168

)

 

 

 

Impairment of other investment

 

 

(4,000

)

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

2,679

 

 

 

8,322

 

Interest expense

 

 

(8,874

)

 

 

(3,368

)

Other income, net

 

 

1,747

 

 

 

958

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(152,604

)

 

 

(197,245

)

Income tax (provision) benefit

 

 

(37

)

 

 

3,053

 

Net loss

 

$

(152,641

)

 

$

(194,192

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

 

$

(24.47

)

 

$

(31.58

)

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

6,239

 

 

 

6,150

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

70


The Beachbody Company, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Net loss

 

$

(152,641

)

 

$

(194,192

)

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments, net of tax

 

 

(360

)

 

 

55

 

Reclassification of losses on derivative financial instruments
  included in net loss

 

 

222

 

 

 

108

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

78

 

 

 

(105

)

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

(60

)

 

 

58

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

$

(152,701

)

 

$

(194,134

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

71


The Beachbody Company, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Class A and Class X Common Stock

 

 

Paid-In

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Stockholders’

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

Equity

 

Balances at December 31, 2021

 

 

 

6,192

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

610,447

 

 

$

(225,043

)

 

$

(21

)

 

$

385,385

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(194,192

)

 

 

 

 

 

(194,192

)

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

58

 

Equity-based compensation

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,620

 

Options exercised, net of tax withholdings

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,854

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,854

 

Shares withheld for tax withholdings on vesting of restricted stock

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(183

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(183

)

Balances at December 31, 2022

 

 

 

6,243

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

630,738

 

 

 

(419,235

)

 

 

37

 

 

 

211,542

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(152,641

)

 

 

 

 

 

(152,641

)

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(60

)

 

 

(60

)

Equity-based compensation

 

 

 

230

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,891

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,891

 

Forfeitures of shares per the Forfeiture Agreement

 

 

 

(160

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of shares due to Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

553

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

553

 

Issuance of Equity Offering, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

421

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,653

 

Tax withholdings on vesting of restricted stock

 

 

 

(74

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,178

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,178

)

Balances at December 31, 2023

 

 

 

6,707

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

654,657

 

 

$

(571,876

)

 

$

(23

)

 

$

82,760

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

72


The Beachbody Company, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(152,641

)

 

$

(194,192

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

Impairment of intangible assets

 

 

3,092

 

 

 

19,907

 

Impairment of other investments

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

39,573

 

 

 

74,848

 

Amortization of content assets

 

 

23,755

 

 

 

24,276

 

Provision for inventory and inventory purchase commitments

 

 

10,561

 

 

 

39,757

 

Realized losses on hedging derivative financial instruments

 

 

222

 

 

 

108

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

(2,679

)

 

 

(8,322

)

Equity-based compensation

 

 

23,891

 

 

 

17,620

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(191

)

 

 

(2,961

)

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

1,899

 

 

 

733

 

Paid-in-kind interest expense

 

 

1,310

 

 

 

598

 

Loss on partial debt extinguishment

 

 

3,168

 

 

 

 

Change in lease assets

 

 

1,967

 

 

 

 

Other non-cash items

 

 

 

 

 

1,219

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory

 

 

17,508

 

 

 

41,510

 

Content assets

 

 

(10,226

)

 

 

(19,787

)

Prepaid expenses

 

 

2,340

 

 

 

2,806

 

Other assets

 

 

(4,438

)

 

 

4,241

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(7,103

)

 

 

(26,705

)

Accrued expenses

 

 

(20,293

)

 

 

(8,673

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

2,163

 

 

 

(9,563

)

Other liabilities

 

 

(415

)

 

 

(4,593

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(22,537

)

 

 

(47,173

)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(6,576

)

 

 

(26,493

)

Investment in restricted short-term investments

 

 

(4,250

)

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(10,826

)

 

 

(26,493

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

3,162

 

Remittance of taxes withheld from employee stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

(308

)

Debt borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

50,000

 

Debt repayments

 

 

(17,000

)

 

 

(625

)

Proceeds from issuance of common shares in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

553

 

 

 

 

Tax withholdings payments for vesting of restricted stock

 

 

(2,178

)

 

 

(183

)

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

(4,485

)

Proceeds from issuance of Equity Offering, net of issuance costs

 

 

4,908

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(13,717

)

 

 

47,561

 

Effect of exchange rates on cash

 

 

398

 

 

 

(858

)

Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

(46,682

)

 

 

(26,963

)

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of year

 

 

80,091

 

 

 

107,054

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of year

 

$

33,409

 

 

$

80,091

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for interest

 

$

5,389

 

 

$

2,082

 

Cash paid during the year for income taxes, net

 

 

11

 

 

 

389

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment acquired but not yet paid for

 

$

817

 

 

$

2,025

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued in relation to Term Loan

 

$

 

 

$

5,236

 

Change in fair value of Term Loan warrants due to amended exercise price

 

 

802

 

 

 

 

Paid-in-kind fee recorded as incremental debt issuance cost

 

 

488

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

73


The Beachbody Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Description of Business Combinationand Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

The Beachbody Company, Inc. (“BODi” or the “Company”) is not consummated during that time. Until consummationa leading subscription health and wellness company and the creator of its Business Combination,some of the world’s most popular fitness programs. The Company’s fitness programs are available for streaming through subscription to Beachbody On Demand (“BOD”) and, together with the Company’s live fitness and comprehensive nutrition programs, through subscription to Beachbody On Demand Interactive (“BODi”). During the three months ended March 31, 2023, the Company will be using the funds not held in the Trust Account,launched an improved BODi experience and any additional Working Capital Loans (as defined in Note 5) from the initial stockholders, the Company’s officersbegan migrating all BOD-only members to BODi on their renewal dates. BODi offers nutritional products such as Shakeology nutrition shakes, Beachbody Performance supplements and directors, orBEACHBAR snack bars, which have been designed and clinically tested to help customers achieve their respective affiliates (which is described in Note 5), for identifyinggoals. BODi also offers a commercial-grade stationary cycle which can include a 360-degree touch screen tablet and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing business due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, selecting the target business to acquire and structuring, negotiating and consummating the Business Combination.

The Company does not believe it will need to raise additional funds in order to meet the expenditures required for operating its business. However, if the Company’s estimates of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, the Company may have insufficient funds available to operate its business prior to the business combination. Moreover, the Company will need to raise additional capital through loans from its Sponsor, officers, directors, or third parties. None of the Sponsor, officers or directors are under any obligation to advance funds to, or to invest in, the Company. If the Company is unable to raise additional capital, it may be required to take additional measures to conserve liquidity, which could include, but not necessarily be limited to, curtailing operations, suspending the pursuit of its business plan, and reducing overhead expenses. The Company cannot provide any assurance that new financing will be available to it on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Risks and Uncertainties

On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) announced a global health emergency because of a new strain of coronavirus (the “COVID-19 outbreak”). In March 2020, the WHO classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic, based on the rapid increase in exposure globally. The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak continues to evolve. The impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on the Company’s financial position will depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak and related advisories and restrictions. These developments and the impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on the financial markets and the overall economy are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. If the financial markets and/or the overall economy are impacted for an extended period, the Company’s financial position may be materially adversely affected. Additionally, the Company’s ability to complete an initial business combination may be materially adversely affected due to significant governmental measures being implemented to contain the COVID-19 outbreak or treat its impact, including travel restrictions, the shutdown of businesses and quarantines, among others, which may limit the Company’s ability to have meetings with potential investors or affect the ability of a potential target company’s personnel, vendors and service providers to negotiate and consummate an initial business combination in a timely manner.connected fitness software. The Company’s ability to consummate an initial business combination may also be dependent on the ability to raise additional equityrevenue has historically been generated primarily through a network of micro-influencers (“Partners”), social media marketing channels, and debt financing, which may be impacted by the COVID-19 outbreak and the resulting market downturn.direct response advertising.

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanyingCompany prepares its consolidated financial statements of the Company is presented in U.S. dollars in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) as determined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”("SEC"). In

The consolidated financial statements include the opinionaccounts of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments)the Company and its controlled subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances with or among our consolidated subsidiaries have been made that are necessary to present fairly the financial position, and the resultseliminated in consolidation.

Use of its operations and its cash flows.Estimates

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a)preparation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Use of Estimates

The preparation ofconsolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affectmay impact the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates in our consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, the useful life and recoverability of long-lived assets, the valuation of warrant liabilities, the recognition and measurement of income tax assets and liabilities, the valuation of intangible assets, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, and the net realizable value of inventory. The Company bases these estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actualliabilities. Our actual results could differ from thoseour estimates. We periodically review estimates and assumptions and we reflect the effects of changes, if any, in the consolidated financial statements in the period that they are determined.

Segments

The Company has one operating and reporting segment. In reaching this conclusion, management considered the definition of the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”); how the business is defined by the CODM; the nature of the information provided to the CODM and how that information is used to make operating decisions; and how resources and performance are accessed. The Company's CODM is the chief executive officer ("CEO"). The results of the operations are provided to and analyzed by the CODM at the Company level and accordingly, key resource decisions and assessment of performance are performed at the Company level based on the Company’s consolidated net revenues and operating income.

Prior to the third quarter of 2022, the Company concluded it had two operating segments, Beachbody and Other, and one reportable segment, Beachbody. During the third quarter of 2022, in connection with the consolidation of its Openfit streaming fitness offering onto a single Beachbody digital platform, the Company determined that it had one operating and reportable segment and changed its segment reporting accordingly.

74


Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Reverse Stock Split

On November 21, 2023, we effected a 1-for-50 reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock. Each stockholder's percentage ownership and proportional voting power generally remained unchanged as a result of the reverse stock split. All applicable share data, per share amounts and related information in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been adjusted retroactively to give effect to the 1-for-50 reverse stock split. See Note 15 Stockholders' Equity for additional information regarding the reverse stock split.

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

For assets and liabilities that are measured using quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, the total fair value is the published market price per unit multiplied by the number of units held without consideration of transaction costs (Level 1). Assets and liabilities that are measured using significant other observable inputs are valued by reference to similar assets or liabilities, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data (Level 2). For all remaining assets and liabilities for which there are no significant observable inputs, fair value is derived using an assessment of various discount rates, default risk, credit quality, and the overall capital market liquidity (Level 3). These valuations require significant judgment.

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only in certain circumstances. These assets can include long-lived assets that have been reduced to fair value when they are held for sale, equity securities without readily determinable fair value that are written down to fair value when they are impaired and long-lived assets (including intangible assets and goodwill) that are written down to fair value when they are impaired. Assets that are written down to fair value when impaired are not subsequently adjusted to fair value unless further impairment occurs.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all cash and short-term investments purchased with an original maturitymaturities of three months or less when purchasedacquired to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include:

Marketable Securities Held in Trust Account

At December 31, 2020, the assets

cash held in the Trust Account werechecking and money market funds. Duringfunds;
amounts in transit from payment processors for customer credit and debit card transactions; and
highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the period September 24, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020,time of purchase.

Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates market value. The Company maintains its cash at financial institutions, and the Company did not withdraw any of interest income from the Trust Account to pay its tax obligations.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution, which,balances, at times, may exceed the Federal DepositoryDeposit Insurance Corporation limitinsurance limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company mitigates its risk by placing funds in high-credit quality financial institutions and utilizing nightly sweeps into U.S. Treasury funds for certain cash accounts. We regularly monitor the financial stability of $250,000. At December 31, 2020,the financial institutions and believe that we are not exposed to any significant credit risk in cash and cash equivalents. Restricted cash primarily consists of cash held related to an irrevocable letter of credit, see Note 11, Debt, for additional information on the letter of credit.

Inventory

Inventory consists of raw materials, work in process, and finished goods. Inventory is accounted for using the first-in, first-out method and is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company records adjustments to the carrying value of inventory based on assumptions regarding future demand for the Company’s products, anticipated margin, planned product discontinuances, and the physical condition (e.g. age and quality) of the inventory.

Accounts Receivable, Net (included in Other Current Assets)

The Company's accounts receivable primarily represents amounts due from third party sales. The allowance for credit losses is based on several factors, including the length of time accounts receivable are past due, the Company's

75


previous loss history, the specific customer's ability to pay its obligations and any other forward looking data regarding customers' ability to pay which may be available.

Content Assets, Net

The Company capitalizes costs associated with the development and production of programs on its streaming platforms. The Company capitalizes production costs as customer usage and retention data supports that future revenue will be earned. These costs are classified as non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Content assets are predominantly monetized as a film group and are amortized over the estimated useful life based on projected usage, which has been derived from historical viewing patterns, resulting in an accelerated amortization pattern. Amortization begins when the program is first available for streaming by customers and is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of digital cost of revenue. When an event or change in circumstances indicates a change in projected usage, content assets are reviewed for potential impairment in aggregate at a group level. To date, the Company has not experienced lossesidentified any such event or changes in circumstances.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, which includes computer software and web development costs, are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded on this accounta straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which primarily range from two to seven years and management believesup to 39 years for buildings. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the life of the assets or the remaining life of the related lease. Costs of maintenance, repairs, and minor replacements are expensed when incurred, while expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful life of an asset or provide additional utility are capitalized.

Software and web development projects in-process consist primarily of costs associated with internally developed software that has not yet been placed into service. The Company capitalizes eligible costs to acquire, develop, or modify internal-use software that are incurred subsequent to the preliminary project stage. Depreciation of these assets begins upon the initial usage of the software.

When property is sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in net income (loss).

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of an acquired company is assigned to the tangible and identifiable assets purchased and the liabilities assumed on the basis of their fair values at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired is assigned to goodwill. The transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as they are incurred.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of the underlying identifiable assets and liabilities acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have an indefinite life are not amortized. Instead, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are assessed for impairment annually or more frequently if an event or change in circumstances occurs that, with respect to goodwill, would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit ("RU") below its carrying value or, for indefinite-lived intangible assets, indicate that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired. The Company has historically performed its annual goodwill impairment assessment as of October 1. During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company decided to change the date of its annual impairment assessment from October 1 to December 31. The Company completed the required annual impairment test for goodwill as of October 1, 2023, prior to the change of the annual impairment test for goodwill to December 31. The change was made to more closely align the impairment assessment date with the Company's annual planning and forecasting process. The change in date of the annual impairment test is not exposeddeemed material as the new measurement date of December 31 is in relative close proximity to significant riskthe previous measurement date and the change did not have any impact on such accounts.goodwill or the impairment of goodwill. The change has been applied prospectively and would not have had an impact on a retrospective basis.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had no indefinite-lived intangible assets.


76


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

Long-Lived Assets

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTSManagement reviews long-lived assets (including property and equipment, content assets, and definite-lived intangible assets) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets is determined by first grouping the long-lived assets at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows, and then comparing the carrying value of each asset group to its forecasted undiscounted cash flows. If the forecasted undiscounted cash flows indicates that the carrying value of the assets is not recoverable, an impairment test of the asset group is performed. Impairment is recognized if the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its fair value.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company’s long-lived assets were located in the U.S.

Leases

Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its leases of administrative offices and production studios under ASC 842, Leases; the Company does not have any leases where it acts as a lessor as of December 31, 2023. Under this guidance, arrangements meeting the definition of a lease are classified as operating or finance leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase of the leased asset by the lessee and are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as both a right-of-use ("ROU") asset and lease liability, calculated by discounting fixed lease payments over the lease term at the discount rate implicit in the lease or the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. Lease liabilities are increased by interest and reduced by payments each period, and the ROU asset is amortized over the lease term. For operating leases, interest on the lease liability and the amortization of the ROU asset results in straight-lined rent expense over the lease term. For finance leases, interest on the lease liability and the amortization of the ROU asset results in front-loaded expense over the lease term. Variable lease expenses are recorded when incurred.

In calculating the ROU asset and lease liability, the Company elected the practical expedient to combine lease and non-lease components. Rental income on subleases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated lease term. The Company excludes short-term leases having initial terms of 12 months or less as an accounting policy election and instead recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term for such leases.

Warrant Liabilities

The Company has issued warrants on several occasions including during its initial public offering process, the execution of its Term Loan (defined later) and in the Equity Offering (defined later), which have not met the criteria to be classified in stockholders equity.

Public and Private Placement Warrants

The Company has outstanding warrants for the purchase of 200,000 shares of the Company's Class A common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance withat an exercise price of $575.00 per share (the “Public Warrants”) and outstanding warrants for the guidance in ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.”purchase of 106,667 shares of the Company's Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption (if any) are classified as a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that feature redemption rights that are either within the controlan exercise price of $575.00 per share (the “Private Placement Warrants”). All of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s controlPublic and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly,Private Placement Warrants remained outstanding as of December 31, 2020, 28,551,4162023 and 2022. The Public Warrants were publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") but were delisted by the NYSE on November 24, 2023 due to their abnormally low price levels. If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a cashless basis, as described in the warrant agreement. In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle any warrant. The Private Placement Warrants are transferable, assignable or salable in certain limited exceptions. The Private Placement Warrants are exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and are non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will cease to be Private Placement Warrants and will become Public Warrants, and will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the other Public Warrants.

Term Loan Warrants

In connection with the Term Loan (defined later), the Company issued warrants for the purchase of 94,335 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock at an exercise price of $92.50 per share to certain holders affiliated with Blue Torch Finance, LLC (the “Term Loan Warrants”). In connection with the Second Amendment (defined later), the Company also amended and restated the Term Loan Warrants. The amendment of the Term Loan Warrants amended

77


the exercise price from $92.50 per share to $20.50 per share. The Term Loan warrants vest on a monthly basis over four years and have a seven-year term. In connection with the Equity Offering (defined later), the Term Loan Warrants conversion ratio was amended resulting in an increase in the number of shares purchased upon the exercise of the Term Loan Warrants to 97,482 shares of the Company's Class A common stock.

Common Stock Warrants

In connection with the Equity Offering (defined later), the Company issued warrants (the "Common Stock Warrants") to certain institutional investors to purchase 543,590 shares of Class A common stock subjectat an exercise price of $11.24 per share. The Common Stock Warrants may be exercised at any time beginning June 13, 2024 and will expire on June 13, 2029. See Note 15, Stockholders' Equity, for additional information on the Equity Offering and the Common Stock Warrants.

The Company evaluated the Public, Private Placement, Term Loan and Common Stock Warrants (collectively, the "Warrants") under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity, and concluded they do not meet the criteria to possible redemptionbe classified in stockholders’ equity. Since the Warrants meet the definition of a derivative under ASC 815, the Company recorded these warrants as other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value, with subsequent changes in their respective fair values recognized in the change in fair value of warrant liabilities within the consolidated statements of operations at each reporting date. The Public Warrants were publicly traded until November 24, 2023, when they were delisted by the NYSE due to the NYSE's determination that the Public Warrants were no longer suitable for listing, and thus had an observable market price to estimate fair value until the date that they were delisted. The Private Placement, Term Loan and Common Stock Warrants, as well as the Public Warrants after the date they were delisted, are presented at redemption valuevalued using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model as temporary equity, outsidedescribed in Note 3, Fair Value Measurements to the consolidated financial statements.

The change in the fair values of the stockholders’Warrants for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, resulted in a $2.7 million and $8.3 million non-cash change in fair value gain in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Other Investment

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company has an investment in equity sectionsecurities of a privately-held company of $1.0 million and $5.0 million, with no readily determinable fair value. This equity investment is reported within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company uses the measurement alternative for this investment, and its carrying value is reported at cost, adjusted for impairments or any observable price changes in ordinary transactions with identical or similar instruments. As of December 31, 2023 the Company recorded a $4.0 million impairment on this investment based on an observable price change. As of December 31, 2022, no adjustments to the carrying value of this investment were made.

On January 9, 2024 the Company sold this investment for $1.0 million. See Note 23, Subsequent Events to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on the sale of this investment.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s primary sources of revenue are from sales of digital subscriptions, nutritional products, and connected fitness equipment. The Company determines revenue recognition through the five-step model which requires us to:

(i) identify our contracts with a customer;

(ii) identify our performance obligations in the contract;

(iii) determine the transaction price in the contract;

(iv) allocate the transaction price to our performance obligation in the contract; and

(v) recognize revenue when each performance obligation under the contract is satisfied.

The Company records revenue when it fulfills its performance obligation to transfer control of the goods or services to its customer and defers revenue when it receives payments in advance of fulfilling its performance obligations. Revenue that is deferred is included in deferred revenue (for the remaining deferral period that is less than one year) and in other liabilities (for the remaining deferral period that is more than one year) in the consolidated balance sheets. Control of shipped items is generally transferred when the product is delivered to the customer. Control of services,

78


which are primarily digital subscriptions, transfers over time, and as such, revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription period (up to 38 months). Shipping and handling charges billed to customers are included in revenue. The Company markets and sells its products primarily in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, and France.

The amount of revenue recognized is the consideration that the Company expects it will be entitled to receive in exchange for transferring goods or services to its customers. Revenue is recorded net of expected returns, discounts, and credit card chargebacks, which are estimated using the Company’s historical experience. If actual costs differ from previous estimates, the amount of the liability and corresponding revenue are adjusted in the period in which such costs occur. The Company sells a variety of bundled products that combine digital subscriptions, nutritional products, and/or other fitness products. The Company considers these sales to be revenue arrangements with multiple performance obligations. For customer contracts that include multiple performance obligations, the Company accounts for individual performance obligations if they are distinct. The transaction price is then allocated to each performance obligation based on its stand-alone selling price. The Company generally determines the standalone selling price based on the prices charged to customers. Revenue is presented net of sales taxes and value added taxes ("VAT") and GST/HST (Goods and Services Tax/Harmonized Sales Tax) which are collected from customers and remitted to applicable government agencies. The Company records fees paid to its third party financing partners as a reduction of revenue.

A description of our principal revenue generating activities is as follows:

Digital Subscriptions – Our digital subscription services provide access to BODi, which provides a vast library of workout content. Digital subscriptions represent a single, stand-ready obligation and are paid for either at the time of or in advance of service delivery. Revenue from these arrangements is recognized over the subscription period.

Nutritional Products – We offer a comprehensive line of nutritional products including nutritional supplement subscriptions and one-time nutritional sales. We often sell bundled products that combine digital subscriptions, nutritional products and/or fitness products. Revenue is recognized when control of the goods is transferred to the customer, which typically occurs upon delivery. See below for discussion of bundled products.

Connected Fitness – We offer a connected fitness system that includes in-home fitness equipment and associated digital content subscriptions. Some of our in-home fitness contracts have multiple performance obligations, which include both hardware and a subscription service commitment. Revenue is recognized when control of the equipment is transferred to the customer, usually upon delivery. See below for discussion of bundled products.

In cases where a customer contract contains multiple performance obligations, which the Company refers to as bundled products, we account for each obligation individually if they are distinct. We allocate the transaction price, net of discounts, to each performance obligation based on its standalone selling price. Revenue from such arrangements is recognized when control of the product is transferred to the customer, usually upon delivery. For digital subscription service commitments, revenue is recognized over the subscription period.

The Company operates primarily as the principal in its relationships where third parties sell or distribute the Company’s goods or services, payments made to the third parties are recorded in selling and marketing expenses within the consolidated statements of operations. The Company in certain instances serves as the agent in relationships with third parties, the activity in these relationships are immaterial.

Cost of Revenue

Digital Cost of Revenue

Digital cost of revenue includes costs associated with digital content creation including amortization and revisions of content assets, depreciation of streaming platforms, digital streaming costs, and amortization of acquired digital platform intangible assets. It also includes customer service costs, payment processing fees, depreciation of production equipment, live trainer costs, facilities, and related personnel expenses.

79


Nutrition and Other Cost of Revenue

Nutrition and other cost of revenue includes product costs, shipping and handling, fulfillment and warehousing, customer service, and payment processing fees. It also includes depreciation of nutrition-related e-commerce websites and social commerce platforms, amortization of formulae intangible assets, facilities, and related personnel expenses.

Connected Fitness Cost of Revenue

Connected fitness cost of revenue consists of product costs, including bike and tablet hardware costs, duties and other applicable importing costs, shipping costs, warehousing and logistics costs, costs associated with service calls and repairs of the products under warranty, payment processing and financing fees, customer service expenses, and personnel-related expenses associated with supply chain and logistics.

The Company utilizes the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-25-18B to account for shipping and handling costs incurred to deliver products to customers as fulfillment activities, rather than a promised service (a revenue element). Shipping and handling costs are included in Nutrition and other cost of revenue and Connected fitness cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations in the period during which the products ship. The costs associated with shipping connected fitness and nutrition and other products to customers were $22.5 million and $35.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing expenses primarily include the costs of Partner compensation, advertising, royalties, promotions and events, and third-party sales commissions as well as the personnel expenses for employees and consultants who support these areas. Selling and marketing expenses also include depreciation of certain software and amortization of contract-based intangible assets.

The Company pays Partner and third-party sales commissions when commissionable sales are made. The third-party sales commissions are not material. In cases where the underlying revenue is deferred, the Company also defers the commissions and expenses these costs in the same period in which the underlying revenue is recognized. Deferred Partner commissions are included in other current assets and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and were $37.1 million and $32.8 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Partners are also eligible for various bonuses, recognition, and complimentary participation in events, including those based on sales volume. The Company expenses these costs in the period in which they are earned. These expenses as well as Partner commissions earned but not paid are included in accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising costs are primarily comprised of social media, television media, and internet advertising expenses and also include print, radio, and infomercial production costs. Generally, the costs to produce television and web advertising are expensed as incurred, while television media costs are expensed at the time the media airs. Total advertising expense, including the costs to produce infomercials, was $31.5 million and $36.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Enterprise Technology and Development

Enterprise technology and development expenses primarily include personnel-related expenses for employees and professional fees paid to consultants to maintain the Company’s enterprise systems applications, hardware, and software. Expenses also include payroll and related costs for employees involved in the research and development of new and existing products and services, enterprise technology hosting expenses, depreciation of enterprise technology-related assets, and equipment leases.

Research and development costs, which are expensed as incurred, were $2.7 million and $4.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 respectively.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all equity-based awards based on their estimated grant date fair values. The Company recognizes the expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, and forfeitures are accounted for as they occur. Equity-based compensation expense is included in cost of revenue,

80


selling and marketing, enterprise technology and development, and general and administrative expense within the consolidated statements of operations.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company may use derivative instruments to manage the effects of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on the Company’s net cash flows. The Company primarily enters into option contracts to hedge forecasted payments, typically for up to 12 months, for cost of revenue, selling and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses, and intercompany transactions not denominated in the local currencies of the Company’s foreign operations. The Company designates certain of these instruments as cash flow hedges and records them at fair value as either assets or liabilities within the consolidated balance sheet.sheets. Certain of these instruments are freestanding derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply.

Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. Deferred gains and losses associated with cash flow hedges of third-party payments are recognized in cost of revenue, selling and marketing, or general and administrative expenses, as applicable, during the period when the hedged underlying transaction affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of certain derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply are immediately recognized directly in earnings to cost of revenue.

Net The Company classifies cash flows related to derivative financial instruments as operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Income Taxes

The Company is subject to income taxes in the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom. The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets ("DTAs") and liabilities ("DTLs") for the expected future tax consequences of events to be included in the financial statements. Under this method, DTAs and DTLs are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on DTAs and DTLs is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

In evaluating the Company’s ability to recover DTAs, all available positive and negative evidence is analyzed, including historical and current operating results, ongoing tax planning, and forecasts of future taxable income on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. Based on the level of losses, the Company has established a valuation allowance ("VA") to reduce its net DTAs to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. To the extent we establish a VA or increase or decrease this allowance in a given period, we would include the related tax expense or tax benefit within the tax provision in the consolidated statement of operations in that period. In the future, if we determine that we would be able to realize our DTAs in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the DTA VA and record an income tax benefit within the tax provision in the consolidated statement of operations in that period.

The Company records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and other income, net, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Foreign Currency

The reporting currency for the consolidated financial statements of the Company is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the local currency of the subsidiaries. The assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the end of each reporting period. Revenues and expenses for these subsidiaries are translated at average exchange rates in effect during the applicable period. Translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a component of

81


stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses related to the recurring measurement and settlement of foreign currency transactions are included as a component of other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations and were a loss of $0.2 million and a gain of $0.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Earnings (loss) per Common Shareshare

Net income (loss)Basic net loss per common share is computedcalculated by dividing net income (loss)loss allocable to common shareholders by the weighed-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The Company has not considered the effect of warrants sold in the Initial Public Offeringbasic and private placement to purchase 10,666,667 of Class A common shares in the calculation of diluted income (loss)earnings per share sinceincludes the weighted average affect of the pre-funded warrants issued in connection with the Equity Offering (defined later) that closed on December 13, 2023, the exercise of which requires nominal consideration for the warrants are contingent upondelivery of the occurrence of future events and the inclusion of such warrants would be anti-dilutive.

The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.”  The Company’s statements of operations include a presentation of income (loss) per sharecommon shares. See note 15, Stockholders' Equity, for common shares subject to possible redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income (loss) per share. Net income per common share, basic and diluted for Class A redeemable common shares is calculated by dividing the interest income earnedinformation on the Trust Account totaling $0 for the period September 24, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 by the weighted average number of Class A redeemable common shares outstanding since original issuance. Netpre-funded warrants. Diluted net loss per common share basicadjusts net loss and net loss per common share for the effect of all potentially dilutive shares of the Company’s common stock. Basic and diluted loss per common share are the same for Class B non-redeemableeach class of common shares is calculated by dividingstock because they are entitled to the net income, adjustedsame liquidation and dividend rights.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncement

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for income attributableContract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers, which requires an acquirer to Class A redeemable common shares, by the weighted average number of Class B non-redeemable common shares outstanding for the period. Class B non-redeemable common shares includes the Founder Shares as these shares do not have any redemption featuresapply ASC 606 to recognize and do not participatemeasure contract assets and liabilities from contracts with customers acquired in the income earneda business combination on the Trust Account.

acquisition date rather than the general guidance in ASC 805. The Company adopted this new accounting guidance on a prospective basis on January 1, 2023, and the adoption did not have any dilutive securitiesa material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In September 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-04, Liabilities-Supplier Finance Programs (Topic 405-50) - Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations, which requires that a buyer in a supplier finance program disclose sufficient information about the program to allow a user of financial statements to understand the program’s nature, activity during the period, changes from period to period, and other contractspotential magnitude. The Company adopted this new accounting guidance on a prospective basis on January 1, 2023, and the adoption did not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, to improve disclosures about a public entity's reportable segments through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses. The guidance in this update will be effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023 and interim periods for years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of adopting this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, to improve disclosures about a companies income taxes paid and the effective rate reconciliation table. The guidance in this update will be effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024 and interim periods for years beginning after December 15, 2025. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of adopting this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Revenue

The Company’s revenue disaggregated by geographic region is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Geographic region:

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

473,465

 

 

$

620,942

 

Rest of world1

 

 

53,644

 

 

 

71,257

 

Total revenue

 

$

527,109

 

 

$

692,199

 

82


1 Consists of Canada, United Kingdom and France. Other than the United Sates, no single country accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenue.

The Company determined that, could, potentially, be exercised or converted into common shares and then sharein addition to the preceding table, the disaggregation of revenue by revenue type as presented in the earningsconsolidated statements of operations achieves the disclosure requirement to disaggregate revenue into categories that depict how the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue is recorded for nonrefundable cash payments received for the Company’s performance obligation to transfer, or stand ready to transfer, goods or services in the future. Deferred revenue consists of subscription fees billed that have not been recognized and physical products sold that have not yet been delivered. The Company expects to recognize approximately 95% of the Company. Asremaining performance obligations as revenue in the next 12 months, and the remainder thereafter. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recognized $95.6 million of revenue that was included in the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2022. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recognized $106.5 million of revenue that was included in the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2021. The balance in deferred revenue as of December 31, 2021 was $107.1 million.

Note 3. Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a result, diluted loss per share isrecurring basis and the samelevel of inputs used for such measurements were as basic loss per share for the period presented.follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2023

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative assets

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Restricted short-term investments

 

 

 

 

 

4,250

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

 

 

$

4,250

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public Warrants

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

17

 

Private Placement Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Term Loan Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

392

 

Common Stock Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,707

 

Total liabilities

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

3,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative assets

 

$

 

 

$

462

 

 

$

 

Total assets

 

$

 

 

$

462

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public Warrants

 

$

415

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Private Placement Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

107

 

Term Loan Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,226

 

Total liabilities

 

$

415

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,333

 

The following table reflects the calculation

Fair values of basiccash and diluted net income (loss) per common share (in dollars, except per share amounts):

  For the period 
  From September 24, 2020 (Inception) 
  through December 31, 2020 
Redeemable Class A common shares    
Numerator: Earnings allocable to Redeemable Class A common shares    
Interest income and realized gain from sale of treasury securities $-   
Net earnings $-   
Denominator: Weighted average redeemable Class A common shares    
Redeemable Class A common shares, basic and diluted  30,000,000 
Earnings/basic and diluted redeemable Class A common shares $0.00 
     
Non-redeemable Class B common shares    
Numerator: Net income minus redeemable net earnings    
Net income (loss) $(531,394)
Redeemable net earnings  -   
Non-redeemable net loss $(531,394)
Denominator: weighted average non-redeemable Class B common shares    
Non-redeemable Class B common shares, basic and diluted  6,856,915 
Loss/ Basic and diluted non-redeemable common shares $(0.08)

Offering Costs associated with the Initial Public Offering

The Company complies with the requirements of the ASC 340-10-S99-1cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A - “Expenses of Offering”. Offering costs consist principally of professional and registration fees incurred through the balance sheet date that are relatedaccrued expenses approximate their recorded values due to the Public Offering and that were chargedshort period of time to stockholders’ equity upon the completionmaturity. Restricted short-term investments of the IPO. Accordingly, on$4.3 million at December 31, 2020, offering costs totaling $16,979,438 have been charged2023 consist of a one-year certificate of deposit (“CD”) that matures on July 26, 2024 with an interest rate of 4.8%, which is restricted due to stockholders’ equity (consisting of $6,000,000 of underwriting fee, $10,500,000 of deferred underwriting fee and $479,438 of other offering costs).


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

a contractual agreement. The fair value of the Public Warrants, which traded in active markets until November 24, 2023, was based on quoted market prices during the period it was traded in

83


active markets. The fair value of derivative instruments is based on Level 2 inputs such as observable forward rates, spot rates, and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company’s assetsPrivate Placement Warrants, Term Loan Warrants and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments underCommon Stock Warrants, and the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximatesCompany's Public Warrants after they ceased trading on an active market, are classified within Level 3 of the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheet.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid for transfer of a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy which prioritizesbecause their fair values are based on significant inputs that are unobservable in the inputsmarket.

Private Placement Warrants

The Company determined the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the quoted price of the Company’s Class A common stock. Volatility was based on the implied volatility derived from the Company's historical volatility. The expected life was based on the remaining contractual term of the Private Placement Warrants, and the risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield available on U.S. treasury securities with a maturity equivalent to the Private Placement Warrants expected life. The significant unobservable input used in measuringthe fair value. The hierarchy givesvalue measurement of the highest priority to unadjusted quoted pricesPrivate Placement Warrants is the implied volatility. Significant changes in active markets for identical assetsthe implied volatility would result in a significantly higher or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:lower fair value measurement, respectively.

Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments in active markets;

Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and

Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

The following table presents information aboutsignificant assumptions utilized in the valuation of the Private Placement Warrants on December 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Risk-free rate

 

 

4.1

%

 

 

4.2

%

Dividend yield rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volatility

 

 

97.6

%

 

 

75.0

%

Contractual term (in years)

 

 

2.48

 

 

 

3.49

 

Exercise price

 

$

575.00

 

 

$

575.00

 

The following table presents changes in the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

107

 

 

$

2,133

 

Change in fair value

 

 

(98

)

 

 

(2,026

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

9

 

 

$

107

 

For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the change in the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants resulted from the change in price of the Company’s Class A common stock, remaining contractual term, and risk-free rate. The changes in fair value are included in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of change in fair value of warrant liabilities and in the consolidated balance sheets as other liabilities.

Public Warrants

The Company determined the fair value of the Public Warrants, which traded in active markets until November 24, 2023, based on quoted market prices during the period it was traded in active markets. The Company determined the fair value of the Public Warrants after November 24, 2023 using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the quoted price of the Company’s Class A common stock. Volatility was based on the implied volatility derived primarily from the Company's historical volatility. The expected life was based on the remaining contractual term of the Public Warrants, and the risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield available on U.S. treasury securities with a maturity equivalent to the Public Warrants expected life. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Public Warrants is the implied volatility. Significant changes in the implied volatility would result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement, respectively.

84


The following table presents significant assumptions utilized in the valuation of the Public Warrants on December 31, 2023:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free rate

 

 

4.1

%

Dividend yield rate

 

 

 

Volatility

 

 

97.6

%

Contractual term (in years)

 

 

2.48

 

Exercise price

 

$

575.00

 

The following table presents changes in the fair value of the Public Warrants for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

415

 

 

$

2,701

 

Change in fair value

 

 

(398

)

 

 

(2,286

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

17

 

 

$

415

 

For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the change in the fair value of the Public Warrants resulted from the change in price of the Public Warrants as traded on an active market and after November 24, 2023 the change in the fair value of the Public Warrants resulted from the change in price of the Company’s Class A common stock, remaining contractual term, and risk-free rate. The changes in fair value are included in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of change in fair value of warrant liabilities and in the consolidated balance sheets as other liabilities.

Common Stock Warrants

The Company determined the fair value of the Common Stock Warrants, which were issued on December 13, 2023, using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the quoted price of the Company’s Class A common stock. Volatility was based on the implied volatility derived from the average of the actual market activity of the Company’s peer group and the Company's historical volatility. The expected life was based on the remaining contractual term of the Common Stock Warrants, and the risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield available on U.S. treasury securities with a maturity equivalent to the Common Stock Warrants expected life. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Common Stock Warrants is the implied volatility. Significant changes in the implied volatility would result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement, respectively.

The following table presents significant assumptions utilized in the valuation of the Common Stock Warrants on December 31, 2023:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free rate

 

 

3.8

%

Dividend yield rate

 

 

 

Volatility

 

 

75.2

%

Contractual term (in years)

 

 

5.44

 

Exercise price

 

$

11.24

 

85


The following table presents changes in the fair value of the Common Stock Warrants for the year ended December 31, 2023 (in thousands):

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

 

Issued in connection with Equity Offering

 

 

3,255

 

Change in fair value

 

 

(548

)

Balance, end of year

 

$

2,707

 

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the change in the fair value of the Common Stock Warrants for the period from December 13, 2023 (the date they were issued) to December 31, 2023 resulted from the change in price of the Company’s Class A common stock, remaining contractual term, and risk-free rate. The changes in fair value are included in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of change in fair value of warrant liabilities and in the consolidated balance sheets as other liabilities.

Term Loan Warrants

The Company determined the fair value of the Term Loan Warrants using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the quoted price of the Company’s Class A common stock. Volatility was based on the implied volatility derived from the average of the actual market activity of the Company’s peer group and the Company's historical volatility. The expected life was based on the remaining contractual term of the Term Loan Warrants, and the risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield available on U.S. treasury securities with a maturity equivalent to the Term Loan Warrants expected life. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Term Loan Warrants is the implied volatility. Significant changes in the implied volatility would result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement, respectively. See Note 11, Debt, for additional information regarding the Term Loan Warrants.

The following table presents significant assumptions utilized in the valuation of the Term Loan Warrants at December 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free rate

 

 

3.8

%

 

 

4.0

%

Dividend yield rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volatility

 

 

74.5

%

 

 

75.0

%

Contractual term (in years)

 

 

5.60

 

 

 

6.61

 

Exercise price

 

$

20.50

 

 

$

92.50

 

The following table presents changes in the fair value of the Term Loan Warrants for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

 

$

1,226

 

 

$

 

Issued in connection with Term Loan

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,236

 

Amended in connection with Second Amendment

 

 

 

802

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value

 

 

 

(1,636

)

 

 

(4,010

)

Balance, end of year

 

 

$

392

 

 

$

1,226

 

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the change in the balance of the Term Loan Warrants was due to the amendment of the Term Loan Warrants, which reduced the exercise price from $92.50 per share to $20.50 per share which resulted in an increase in the fair value of the Term Loan Warrants of $0.8 million as of the Second Amendment Effective Date (defined later) and the change in the fair value of the Term Loan Warrants. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 the changes in fair value of the Term Loan Warrants was due to the change in price of

86


the Company’s Class A common stock, the remaining contractual term and the risk-free rate. The changes in fair value are included in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of change in fair value of warrant liabilities and in the consolidated balance sheets as other liabilities.

Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis

Certain assets that arehave been measured at fair value on a recurringnon-recurring basis, using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The following table presents the non-recurring losses recognized for the year ended December 31, 2023 due to asset impairments, and the fair value and asset classification of the related assets as of the impairment date (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2023

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Total Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

85,166

 

 

$

(40,000

)

Other investments

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

(4,000

)

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

(3,092

)

Total

 

$

86,166

 

 

$

(47,092

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 4. Inventory

Inventory consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Raw materials and work in process

 

$

10,354

 

 

$

13,380

 

Finished goods

 

 

14,622

 

 

 

40,680

 

Total inventory

 

$

24,976

 

 

$

54,060

 

Adjustments to the carrying value of excess inventory and inventory on hand and inventory purchase commitments to net realizable value were $10.6 million and $39.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. These adjustments are included in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of nutrition and other cost of revenue and connected fitness cost of revenue. The Company recorded $3.4 million and $11.6 million of these adjustments in nutrition and other cost of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2023 and, 2022, respectively. The Company also recorded $7.2 million and $28.1 million of these adjustments in connected fitness cost of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Note 5. Other Current Assets

Other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Deferred Partner costs

 

$

36,169

 

 

$

31,270

 

Deposits

 

 

6,788

 

 

 

4,527

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

1,270

 

 

 

866

 

Other

 

 

1,696

 

 

 

2,585

 

Total other current assets

 

$

45,923

 

 

$

39,248

 

87


Note 6. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer software and web development

 

$

229,527

 

 

$

236,533

 

Computer equipment

 

 

23,738

 

 

 

24,240

 

Buildings

 

 

5,158

 

 

 

5,158

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

4,600

 

 

 

4,600

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

 

1,166

 

 

 

1,222

 

Computer software and web development projects in-process

 

 

2,157

 

 

 

5,147

 

Property and equipment, gross

 

 

266,346

 

 

 

276,900

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(221,291

)

 

 

(202,753

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

45,055

 

 

$

74,147

 

During the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the consolidation of the Company’s digital platforms and office lease assignment, the Company disposed of certain property and equipment no longer in use. The Company recognized a net loss related to these disposals of $1.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2022 in the consolidated statements of operations. There were no similar dispositions in the year ended December 31, 2023.

On February 29, 2024, the Company sold its Van Nuys production facility which had a net carrying value of $4.8 at December 31, 20202023, million for $6.2 million. Simultaneous with the sale, the Company entered into a five year lease of the facility at an annual base rate of $0.3 million per year. See Note 23, Subsequent Events, for additional information on the sale and indicatesleaseback of the facility.

The Company recorded depreciation expense related to property and equipment in the following expense categories of its consolidated statements of operations as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

17,994

 

 

$

27,137

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

-

 

 

 

381

 

Enterprise technology and development

 

 

16,463

 

 

 

28,833

 

General and administrative

 

 

3

 

 

 

242

 

Total depreciation

 

$

34,460

 

 

$

56,593

 

Note 7. Content Assets, Net

Content assets, net consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Released, less amortization

 

$

21,134

 

 

$

34,713

 

In production

 

 

225

 

 

 

175

 

Content assets, net

 

$

21,359

 

 

$

34,888

 

The Company expects $14.4 million of content assets to be amortized during the next 12 months and 100% of the balance within three years. The Company recorded amortization expense for content assets of $23.8 million and $24.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. In the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company prospectively modified the amortization of the content assets due to a change in customer streaming behavior. This resulted in an acceleration of the content asset amortization of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.

88


Note 8. Goodwill

Changes in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Goodwill, beginning of year

 

$

125,166

 

 

$

125,166

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

(40,000

)

 

 

 

Goodwill, end of year

 

$

85,166

 

 

$

125,166

 

2023 Interim Goodwill Impairment Test

Due to the sustained decline in the Company’s market capitalization and macro-economic conditions observed in the three months ended June 30, 2023, the Company performed an interim test for impairment of its goodwill as of June 30, 2023. In performing the interim impairment test for goodwill, the Company elected to bypass the optional qualitative test and proceeded to perform a quantitative test by comparing the carrying value of its RU to its estimated fair value. The Company previously tested its RU for impairment as of December 31, 2022. The results of the Company’s interim test for impairment at June 30, 2023 concluded that the fair value hierarchyof its RU exceeded its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.

2023 Goodwill Impairment Test

The Company completed the required annual impairment test for goodwill as of October 1, 2023, prior to the change of the valuation inputsannual impairment test for goodwill to December 31. The Company performed a qualitative assessment which leveraged information from the June 30, 2023 quantitative assessment, in which it estimated the fair value of its RU and determined that the fair value of its RU was greater than its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.

2023 Annual Goodwill Impairment Test

The Company assessed its long-lived assets for impairment prior to its goodwill impairment test. See Note 9, Intangible Assets, Net, for information on the long-lived assets impairment review and the recording of an intangible asset impairment.

In testing for goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2023, the Company utilizedelected to determine suchbypass the optional qualitative test and proceeded to perform a quantitative test by comparing the carrying value of its RU to estimated fair value:

  December 31,  Quoted
Prices In
Active
Markets
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
  Significant
Other
Unobservable
Inputs
 
  2020  (Level 1)  (Level 2)  (Level 3) 
Description            
Assets:            
Money Market Funds held in Trust Account $300,000,000  $300,000,000  $-  $- 
  $300,000,000  $300,000,000  $-  $- 

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levelsvalue. The determination of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances,of the Company’s RU was based on a combination of a market approach that considered benchmark company market multiples, a market approach that considered market multiples derived from the value of recent transactions, and an income approach that utilized discounted cash flows for the RU. The Company applied a 50% weighting to the income approach that utilized discounted cash flows with the other two valuation methodologies having a weighting of 25% each, in determining the fair value measurement is categorizedof the RU. The significant assumptions under each of these approaches include, among others; revenue projections, which are dependent on future customer subscriptions, new product introductions, customer behavior and competitor pricing, long-term growth rates, discount rates used in a discounted cash flow model in the income approach, the control premium and the terminal growth rate. The cash flows used to determine fair value are dependent on a number of significant management assumptions such as the Company’s expectations of future performance and the expected future economic environment, which are partly based upon the Company’s historical experience.

The Company’s estimates are subject to change given the inherent uncertainty in predicting future results. Additionally, the discount rate and the terminal growth rate are based on the Company’s judgment of the rates that would be utilized by a hypothetical market participant. The Company also considered its entiretymarket capitalization in assessing the reasonableness of the combined fair values estimated for its RU. The results of the Company's annual test for impairment at December 31, 2023 concluded that the fair value of the Company's RU was less than its carrying value. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $40.0 million related to its goodwill, which reduced the goodwill to $85.2 million at December 31, 2023. The Company's accumulated goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2023 was $92.6 million. The impairment at December 31, 2023 was primarily due to the sustained decline in the Company's stock price, which decreased approximately 45% from September 30, 2023 to December 31, 2023, and a decline in revenue of 24% for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the prior year.

89


Management will continue to monitor the Company's RU for changes in the business environment that could impact its fair value. Examples of events or circumstances that could result in changes to the underlying key assumptions and judgments used in the Company's goodwill impairment tests, and ultimately impact the estimated fair value of its RU may include the demand for at-home fitness solutions, the Company's subscriber growth rates, adverse macroeconomic conditions, and volatility in the equity and debt markets which could result in higher weighted-average cost of capital. Changes in management's expectations of future performance could have a significant impact on the Company's RU fair value. It should be noted that revenue and expectations of revenue have a significant impact on the RU's fair value. For the year ended December 31, 2023 the Company's revenue decreased by 24% from the prior year. Continual decreases in revenue could have an impact on the future fair value of the Company's RU. The fair value of the Company's RU has been impacted by and will continue to be impacted by the volatility in the market price of the Company's common stock. The Company's stock price declined by 68% in the year ended December 31, 2023. Continued decreases in the Company's stock price may result in a decrease in the fair value hierarchy based onof the lowest level input that is significant toCompany's RU and potential for incremental goodwill impairment. Changes in any of the assumptions used in the valuation of the RU, or changes in the business environment could materially impact the expected cash flows, and such impacts could potentially result in a material non-cash impairment charge.

2022 Annual Goodwill Impairment Test

The Company completed the required annual impairment test for goodwill as of October 1, 2022. The Company performed a quantitative assessment, in which it estimated the fair value measurement.of its RU and determined that the fair value of its RU was greater than its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.

2022 Interim Goodwill Impairment Test

Due to the sustained decline in the Company’s market capitalization and macro-economic conditions observed in the second quarter of 2022, the Company performed an interim test for impairment of its goodwill as of June 30, 2022. In performing the interim impairment test for goodwill, the Company elected to bypass the optional qualitative test and proceeded to perform quantitative tests by comparing the carrying value of the RU to its estimated fair value. The results of the Company’s interim test for impairment at June 30, 2022 concluded that the fair value of its Beachbody RU exceeded its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.

As a result of the change in segment reporting discussed above, the Company completed a qualitative test for impairment of its goodwill by RU both prior to and subsequent to the change. The qualitative assessment is an evaluation of whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a RU is less than its carrying amount. In performing its qualitative assessment, the Company considered the significant margin by which the fair value of its RU exceeded carrying value in its most recent quantitative test in addition to events and changes in circumstances since its most recent quantitative test that could have significantly impacted the assumptions used in the valuation. Based on this qualitative assessment, the Company concluded that no impairment indicators existed for goodwill both prior to and subsequent to the change in segment reporting.

The Company also performed an interim test for impairment of its goodwill as of December 31, 2022 due to the sustained decline in the Company’s market capitalization observed in the fourth quarter of 2022. The Company elected to bypass the optional qualitative test and proceeded to perform a quantitative test by comparing the carrying value of its RU to estimated fair value. The fair value of the RU exceeded its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.

Note 9. Intangible Assets, Net

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 consisted of the following (in thousands):

90


 

 

December 31, 2023

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

 

Intangible
Assets,
Gross

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization and Impairment

 

 

Intangibles
Assets,
Net

 

 

Intangible
Assets,
Gross

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization and Impairment

 

 

Intangibles
Assets,
Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract-based

 

$

300

 

 

$

(300

)

 

$

 

 

$

300

 

 

$

(300

)

 

$

 

Customer-related

 

 

21,100

 

 

 

(21,100

)

 

 

 

 

 

21,100

 

 

 

(14,800

)

 

 

6,300

 

Technology-based

 

 

20,200

 

 

 

(20,200

)

 

 

 

 

 

20,200

 

 

 

(19,400

)

 

 

800

 

Talent and representation contracts

 

 

10,300

 

 

 

(10,300

)

 

 

 

 

 

10,300

 

 

 

(10,300

)

 

 

 

Formulae

 

 

1,950

 

 

 

(1,950

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,950

 

 

 

(1,146

)

 

 

804

 

Trade name

 

 

51,200

 

 

 

(51,200

)

 

 

 

 

 

51,200

 

 

 

(50,900

)

 

 

300

 

 

$

105,050

 

 

$

(105,050

)

 

$

 

 

$

105,050

 

 

$

(96,845

)

 

$

8,204

 

Due to the reduced revenue and operating income forecasts, the Company tested its asset group for recoverability as of December 31, 2023. The Company assessed its long-lived assets for impairment prior to the goodwill impairment test. In assessing its long-lived assets, the Company tested the related asset group for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of the asset group to its forecasted undiscounted cash flows. Because the carrying value of the asset group exceeded its future undiscounted cash flows, the Company determined that it may not be recoverable. The fair value of the assets within the asset group was then calculated to determine whether an impairment loss should be recognized. The fair values of the customer-related, technology-based, and formulae intangible assets were estimated and calculated to be lower than the carrying value. As a result, the Company recorded an aggregate impairment charge of $3.1 million related to its intangible assets, which reduced its intangible asset balance to zero at December 31, 2023.

The Company had performed a test for recoverability at June 30, 2023 and concluded that the carrying value of its long-lived assets was recoverable.

Due to the reduced revenue and operating income forecasts, the Company tested its asset group for recoverability as of December 31, 2022 and determined that the asset group was not recoverable. The fair value of the assets within the asset group was then calculated to determine whether an impairment should be recognized. The fair value of the customer-related, technology-based and trade name intangible assets were estimated primarily using a relief-from-royalty approach and calculated to be lower than carrying value. As a result the Company recorded a $18.9 million non-cash impairment charge for these intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2022.

During the three months ended March 31, 2022, the Company determined that one of its acquired trade names no longer had an indefinite life. The Company tested the trade name for impairment before changing the useful life and determined there was no impairment based on its assessment of fair value. The Company is prospectively amortizing the trade name over its remaining estimated useful life of two years beginning January 1, 2022. The Company recorded $0.3 million and $7.5 million of amortization expense for this trade name as a component of selling and marketing expenses for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The Company performed an interim test for impairment of its indefinite-lived intangible asset as of September 30, 2022 due to reduced revenue and margin forecasts for certain products. The fair value of the indefinite-lived trade name was calculated using a relief-from-royalty approach and was determined to be lower than its carrying value, primarily as a result of reduced revenue and margin forecasts for certain supplements. As a result, the Company recorded a $1.0 million non-cash impairment charge for this intangible asset during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $5.1 million and $18.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

91


Note 10. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the followings (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Partner costs

 

$

13,971

 

 

$

14,535

 

Inventory, shipping and fulfillment

 

 

6,869

 

 

 

11,687

 

Employee compensation and benefits

 

 

4,334

 

 

 

20,584

 

Sales and other taxes

 

 

3,963

 

 

 

4,818

 

Information technology

 

 

3,176

 

 

 

2,207

 

Advertising

 

 

872

 

 

 

1,176

 

Customer service expenses

 

 

437

 

 

 

956

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

8,525

 

 

 

8,467

 

Total accrued expenses

 

$

42,147

 

 

$

64,430

 

Transfers to/

On September 29, 2023, the Company entered into a financing agreement with IPFS Corporation of California ("IPFS") to finance certain of its annual insurance premiums. The Company financed $2.5 million, which will be paid over a ten month period with the first payment due on November 1, 2023. The financing has an interest rate of 8.83% and IPFS has a security interest in the underlying policies that have been financed. The $1.8 million outstanding as of December 31, 2023 is recorded in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the interest expense is recorded in interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

On October 6, 2023, the Company entered into a financing agreement with First Insurance Funding ("FIF") to finance certain of its annual insurance premiums. The Company financed $2.0 million, which will be paid over a nine month period with the first payment due on November 1, 2023. The financing has an interest rate of 8.75% and FIF has a security interest in the underlying policies that have been financed. The $1.4 million outstanding as of December 31, 2023 is recorded in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the interest expense is recorded in interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

Note 11. Debt

On August 8, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), the Company, Beachbody, LLC as borrower (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company), and certain other subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors (the “Guarantors”), the lenders (the “Lenders”), and Blue Torch Finance, LLC, ("Blue Torch") as administrative agent and collateral agent for such lenders (the “Term Loan Agent”) entered into a financing agreement which was subsequently amended (collectively with any amendments thereto, the “Financing Agreement”). The Financing Agreement provides for senior secured term loans on the Effective Date in an aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million (the “Term Loan”) which was drawn on the Effective Date. In addition, the Financing Agreement permits the Company to borrow up to an additional $25.0 million, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Financing Agreement. Borrowings under the Term Loan are unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors, and all present and future material U.S. and Canadian subsidiaries of the Company. Such security interest consists of a first-priority perfected lien on substantially all property and assets of the Company and subsidiaries, including stock pledges on the capital stock of the Company’s material and direct subsidiaries, subject to customary carveouts. In connection with the Financing Agreement, the Company incurred $4.5 million of third-party debt issuance costs which are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as a reduction of long-term debt as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and are being amortized over the term of the Term Loan using the effective-interest method.

The Term Loan borrowings may take the form of base rate (“Reference Rate”) loans or Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR Rate”) loans. Reference Rate loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the sum of an applicable margin of 6.15% per annum, plus the greater of (a) 2.00% per annum, (b) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% per annum, (c) the SOFR Rate (based upon an interest period of one month) plus 1.00% per annum, and (d) the rate last quoted by The Wall Street Journal. SOFR Rate loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the sum of an applicable margin of 7.15% and the SOFR Rate (based upon an interest period of three months). The SOFR Rate is subject to a floor of 1.00%. In addition, the Term Loan borrowings bear additional interest at 3.00% per annum, paid in kind by capitalizing such interest and adding such capitalized interest to the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan

92


on each anniversary of the Effective Date. The Term Loan was a SOFR Rate loan, with a cash effective interest rate of 12.29% for the year ended December 31, 2023. The Company recorded $8.8 million and $3.4 million of interest related to the Term Loan during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

On July 24, 2023 (the "Second Amendment Effective Date"), the Company and Blue Torch entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Financing Agreement (the "Second Amendment"), which amended the Company's existing Financing Agreement. The Second Amendment, among other things, amended certain terms of the Financing Agreement including, but not limited to, (1) amended the minimum revenue financial covenant to test revenue levels for each fiscal quarter on a standalone basis, and to adjust the minimum revenue levels to (a) $100.0 million, commencing with the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023, for each fiscal quarter ending on or prior to March 31, 2024 and (b) $120.0 million for each fiscal quarter thereafter and or prior to December 31, 2025; (2) amended the minimum liquidity financial covenant to adjust the minimum liquidity levels to (a) $20.0 million at all times from Levels the Second Amendment Effective Date through March 31, 2024 and (b) $25.0 million at all times thereafter through the maturity of the Term Loan; (3) modified the maturity date of the Term Loan from August 8, 2026 to February 8, 2026; and (4) amended certain financial definitions, reporting covenants and other covenants thereunder. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2023.‌

In connection with the Second Amendment, on the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Company made a partial prepayment on the Term Loan of $15.0 million along with the related prepayment premium of 5% ($0.8 million) and accrued interest ($0.1 million). The Company also incurred a 1% fee as paid in kind on the outstanding Term Loan balance prior to the prepayment (fee of $0.5 million) which is recorded as incremental third party debt issuance costs and is being amortized over the amended term of the Term Loan using the effective-interest method. The partial prepayment of $15.0 million was accounted for as a partial debt extinguishment and the Company wrote off the proportionate amount of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs as of the Second Amendment Effective Date ($2.4 million) which in addition to the prepayment premium ($0.8 million) was recorded as a loss on partial debt extinguishment of $3.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2023. As of December 31, 2023, the principal balance outstanding (including capitalized paid in kind interest) under the Term Loan was $35.5 million.‌

On January 9, 2024 (the "Consent Effective Date"), the Company and Blue Torch entered into Consent No. 1 and Amendment No. 3 to the Financing Agreement (the "Third Amendment"), which among other things, amended the minimum liquidity financial covenant. On February 29, 2024, the Company and Blue Torch entered into Consent No. 2 and Amendment No. 4 to the Financing Agreement (the "Fourth Amendment"), which among other things, amended the minimum liquidity financial covenant. See Note 23, Subsequent Events, for additional information on the Third and Fourth Amendments, including amendments to the minimum liquidity financial covenant.

If there is an event of default, including not being in compliance with either of the financial covenants, the Term Loan will bear interest from the date of such event of default until the event of default is cured or waived in writing by the Lenders at the Post Default Rate, which is the rate of interest in effect pursuant to the Financing Agreement plus 2.00%. In the event of default, or voluntary prepayment of a portion of the Term Loan by the Company, the Lenders could also require repayment of the outstanding balance of the Term Loan including the prepayment premium of (a) 5.0% if repaid before the 1st anniversary of the Effective Date, (b) 3.0% if repaid before the 2nd anniversary of the Effective Date, (c) 2.0% if repaid before the 3rd anniversary date of the Effective Date, and (d) 0.0% if repaid after the 3rd anniversary date of the Effective Date.

The Financing Agreement also contains customary representations, warranties, and covenants, which include, but are not limited to, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, payment of dividends, restricted payments, asset sales, affiliate transactions, changes in line of business, investments, negative pledges and amendments to organizational documents and material contracts. The Financing Agreement contains customary events of default, which among other things include (subject to certain exceptions and cure periods): (1) failure to pay principal, interest, or any fees or certain other amounts when due; (2) breach of any representation or warranty, covenant, or other agreement in the Financing Agreement and other related loan documents; (3) the occurrence of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding with respect to any Loan Party; (4) any failure by a Loan Party to make a payment with respect to indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount in excess of a specified threshold; and (5) certain other customary events of default.‌

93


In connection with the Term Loan, the Company issued to certain holders affiliated with Blue Torch warrants for the purchase of 94,335 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock at an exercise price of $92.50 per share. The Term Loan Warrants vest on a monthly basis over four years, with 30%, 30%, 20% and 20% vesting in the first, second, third and fourth years, respectively. The Term Loan Warrants have a seven-year term from the Effective Date. See Note 3, Fair Value Measurements, for information on the valuation of the Term Loan Warrants. The Term Loan Warrants were recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as warrant liabilities. The initial fair value of the Term Loan Warrants of $5.2 million, is being amortized as a debt discount over the term of the Term Loan using the effective interest method. In connection with the Second Amendment, the Company also amended and restated the Term Loan Warrants. The amendment of the Term Loan Warrants amended the exercise price from $92.50 per share to $20.50 per share. The amended exercise price increased the fair value of the Term Loan Warrants as of the Second Amendment Effective Date by $0.8 million and was recorded as of the Second Amendment Effective Date as an incremental debt discount, and in addition to the remaining debt discount, is being amortized over the amended term of the Term Loan using the effective-interest method. In connection with the Equity Offering (defined later), the Term Loan Warrants conversion ratio was amended resulting in an increase in the number of shares purchased upon the exercise of the Term Loan Warrants to 97,482 shares of the Company's Class A common stock.


The aggregate amounts of payments due for the periods succeeding December 31, 2023 and reconciliation of the Company’s debt balances, net of debt discount and debt issuance costs, are recognized atas follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31, 2024

$

8,068

Year ending December 31, 2025

2,500

Year ending December 31, 2026

24,527

Total debt

35,095

Less current portion

(8,068

)

Less unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs

(5,960

)

Add capitalized paid-in-kind interest

424

Total long-term debt

$

21,491

The payments in the year ending December 31, 2024 include a partial prepayment of $1.0 million which was paid on January 9, 2024 as part of the Third Amendment and a partial prepayment of $5.5 million which was paid on February 29, 2024 as part of the Fourth Amendment. See Note 23, Subsequent Events, for more information on the amendments to the Term Loan.

Principal payments on the Term Loan are $1.3 million per year from the Effective Date to September 30, 2024, payable on a quarterly basis, and thereafter, are $2.5 million per year, payable on a quarterly basis with the remaining principal amount due on the maturity date of February 8, 2026.

At December 31, 2023 the Company had one irrevocable standby letter of credit outstanding, totaling $0.1 million which is collateralized by $0.1 million of cash. This letter of credit expires on December 6, 2024 and is automatically extended for one-year terms unless notice of non-renewal is provided 60 days prior to the end of the reporting period. There were no transfers between levels for the period from September 24, 2020 (inception) throughapplicable term. At December 31, 2020.2023, the cash collateralizing this letter of credit is classified as current restricted cash in our consolidated balance sheet.


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.Note 12. Leases

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Income Taxes

The Company follows the assetleases facilities under noncancelable operating leases expiring through 2027 and liability method of accounting for income taxescertain equipment under ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable incomea finance lease expiring in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.2024.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties asAs of December 31, 2020. 2023 and 2022, the Company had operating lease liabilities of $3.3 million and $5.3 million respectively, and ROU assets of $3.1 million and $5.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had finance lease liabilities of approximately zero and $0.1 million, respectively, and ROU assets of approximately zero and $0.1 million, respectively.

The Company’s leases do not require any contingent rental payments, impose any financial restrictions, or contain any residual value guarantees. Certain of the Company’s leases include renewal options and escalation clauses; renewal options have not been included in the calculation of lease liabilities and ROU assets as the Company is not

94


reasonably certain to exercise these options. Variable expenses generally represent the Company’s share of the landlord operating expenses.

The following summarizes the Company’s leases (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Finance lease costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of right-of-use asset

 

$

73

 

 

$

192

 

Interest on lease liabilities

 

 

2

 

 

 

8

 

Operating lease costs

 

 

2,097

 

 

 

2,150

 

Short-term lease costs

 

 

18

 

 

 

202

 

Variable lease costs

 

 

301

 

 

 

566

 

Short-term sublease income

 

 

(32

)

 

 

(127

)

Total lease costs

 

$

2,459

 

 

$

2,991

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating cash flows from finance leases

 

$

2

 

 

$

8

 

Operating cash flows from operating leases

 

 

2,319

 

 

 

2,195

 

Financing cash flows from finance leases

 

 

121

 

 

 

153

 

Right-of-use asset obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

420

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average remaining lease term - finance leases

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

1.3

 

Weighted-average remaining lease term - operating leases

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average discount rate - finance leases

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

4.0

%

Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases

 

 

4.1

%

 

 

4.5

%

Maturities of operating and finance lease liabilities, excluding short-term leases, are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Operating Leases

 

 

Finance Leases

 

 

Total

 

Year ended December 31, 2024

 

$

2,079

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

2,081

 

Year ended December 31, 2025

 

 

687

 

 

 

 

 

 

687

 

Year ended December 31, 2026

 

 

712

 

 

 

 

 

 

712

 

Year ended December 31, 2027

 

 

132

 

 

 

 

 

 

132

 

Total

 

 

3,610

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

3,612

 

Less present value discount

 

 

(352

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(352

)

Lease liabilities at December 31, 2023

 

$

3,258

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

3,260

 

As the Company’s lease agreements do not provide an implicit rate, the discount rates used to determine the present value of lease payments are generally based on the Company’s estimated incremental borrowing rate for a secured borrowing of a similar term as the lease.

In November 2021, the Company entered into an agreement effective January 2022, assigning its Santa Monica office lease to a third party with a lease term expiring in 2025. Although the lease assignment requires the Company to remain secondarily liable as a surety with respect to the lease, the Company does not believe it is probable that it will be responsible for the obligations. The value of the associated guarantee liability is insignificant.

On February 29, 2024, the Company sold its Van Nuys production facility and entered into a five year lease of the facility at an annual base rate of $0.3 million. See Note 23, Subsequent Events, for additional information on the lease of this facility.

95


Note 13. Commitments and Contingencies

Inventory Purchase and Service Agreements

The Company is currently not awarehas noncancelable inventory purchase and service agreements with multiple service providers which expire at varying dates through 2028. During the year ended December 31, 2023 there were no losses on inventory purchase commitments. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded $2.7 million for losses on inventory purchase commitments related to connected fitness hardware. These losses were included in accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets and connected fitness cost of any issuesrevenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Service agreement obligations include amounts related to fitness and nutrition trainers, future events, information systems support, and other technology projects.

Future minimum payments under reviewnoncancelable service and inventory purchase agreements for the periods succeeding December 31, 2023 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ended December 31, 2024

 

$

17,452

 

Year ended December 31, 2025

 

 

1,475

 

Year ended December 31, 2026

 

 

100

 

Year ended December 31, 2027

 

 

75

 

Year ended December 31, 2028

 

 

75

 

 

$

19,177

 

The preceding table excludes royalty payments to fitness trainers, talent, and others that could result in significantare based on future sales as such amounts cannot be reasonably estimated. During the year ended December 31, 2023 the Company paid $4.6 million of royalty payments accruals or material deviation from its position. exclusive of guaranteed payments.

Contingencies

The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

Recent Accounting Standards

Managementlitigation from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Such claims typically involve its products, intellectual property, and relationships with suppliers, customers, distributors, employees, and others. Contingent liabilities are recorded when it is both probable that a loss has occurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Although it is not possible to predict how litigation and other claims will be resolved, the Company does not believe that any recently issued, but not effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, wouldidentified claims or litigation matters will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

On April 7, 2022, the Company received a letter addressed to its Board of Directors (the “Board”) from a law firm on behalf of two purported stockholders. Among other matters, the stockholder letter addressed the approval of the Company’s financial statements.

Note 3 — Initial Public Offering

On November 30, 2020,Amended & Restated Certificate of Incorporation at the Company sold 30,000,000 Units atspecial meeting of stockholders held on June 24, 2021, which included (i) a price1.3 billion share increase in the number of $10.00 per Unit, including the issuance of 3,900,000 Units as a result of the underwriters’ partial exercise of their over-allotment option. Each Unit consists of one shareauthorized shares of Class A common stock (the “2021 Class A Increase Amendment”), and was approved by a majority of the then-outstanding shares of both the Company’s Class A and Class B common stock, voting as a single class. The stockholder letter alleged that the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment required a separate vote in favor by at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Class A common stock under Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), and that the 1.3 billion share increase was never properly approved in accordance with the DGCL.

The Company continues to believe that a separate vote of Class A common stock was not required to approve the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment. However, in December 2022, a decision of the Delaware Court of Chancery (“Court of Chancery”) created uncertainty regarding this issue, and on December 29, 2022, the Company received a second letter on behalf of the two purported stockholders reiterating the Court of Chancery’s recent decision. The Company filed a petition under Section 205 of the DGCL (the “Section 205 Petition”) on February 16, 2023, in the Court of Chancery seeking to validate the Company Charter including, among other things, the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment.

On March 14, 2023 the Court of Chancery granted the Section 205 Petition validating each of the following and eliminating the uncertainty with respect thereto: (1) the Company Charter and the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment as of the time of filing with the Delaware Secretary of State and (2) all shares of capital stock that the Company issued in reliance on the effectiveness of the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment and Company Charter as of the date such shares were issued.

96


On May 22, 2023, Jessica Lyons, an individual, and a group of other plaintiffs filed a class action complaint with the Los Angeles County Superior Court alleging that the Company misclassified its Partners as contractors rather than as employees and committed other violations of the California Labor Code. The Company understands that the plaintiffs in this matter intend on filing additional claims under the Private Attorney General Act of 2004. The Company and certain executive officers are listed as defendants in the complaint. The plaintiffs are seeking monetary damages. This matter is pending as of the date of this annual report.

On September 6, 2023 Dish Technologies LLC and SLING TV LLC (the "DISH Entities") filed a complaint with the United States District Court for the District of Delaware alleging that the Company infringed on the DISH Entities' patents and used technology belonging to the DISH Entities without their permission. The plaintiffs are seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief. This matter is pending as of the date of this annual report.

The Company disputes the allegations in the above referenced active matters and intends to defend the matters vigorously. Some of our legal proceedings, such as the above referenced complaints, may be based on complex claims involving substantial uncertainties and unascertainable damages. Accordingly, it is not possible to determine the probability of loss or estimate damages for any of the above matters, and therefore the Company has not established reserves for any of these proceedings. When the Company determines that a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable, the Company records a liability, and, if the liability is material, discloses the amount of the liability reserved. Given that such proceedings are subject to uncertainty, there can be no assurance that such legal proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Note 14. Restructuring

In 2023, restructuring charges primarily relate to activities focused on aligning the Company's operations with its key growth priorities. Restructuring charges in 2022 relate to the consolidation of our streaming fitness and nutrition offerings into a single Beachbody platform. The Company recognized restructuring costs of $6.5 million and $10.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, comprised primarily of termination benefits related to headcount reductions, of which approximately zero and $0.5 million is included in accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. In accordance with GAAP, employee termination benefits were recognized at the date employees were notified and post-employment benefits were accrued as the obligation was probable and estimable. Benefits for employees who provided service greater than 60 days from the date of notification were recognized ratably over the service period.

The following table summarizes activity in the Company’s restructuring-related liability during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):

 

 

Balance at
 December 31, 2022

 

 

Restructuring Charges

 

 

Payments / Utilizations

 

 

Liability at December 31, 2023

 

Employee-related costs

 

$

469

 

 

$

6,497

 

 

$

(6,948

)

 

$

18

 

Total costs

 

$

469

 

 

$

6,497

 

 

$

(6,948

)

 

$

18

 

 

 

Balance at
 December 31, 2021

 

 

Restructuring Charges

 

 

Payments / Utilizations

 

 

Liability at December 31, 2022

 

Employee-related costs

 

$

 

 

$

10,047

 

 

$

(9,578

)

 

$

469

 

Total costs

 

$

 

 

$

10,047

 

 

$

(9,578

)

 

$

469

 

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company determined that the useful life of certain computer software and web development assets, and content assets would end upon the completion of its platform consolidation. The Company accelerated depreciation of these computer software and web development assets and recorded $3.4 million of additional depreciation expense as a component of digital cost of revenue and nutrition and other cost of revenue during the year ended December 31, 2022. The Company also accelerated amortization of these content assets and recorded $2.7 million of additional amortization as a component of digital cost of revenue during the year ended December 31, 2022.

See Note 23, Subsequent Events, for information related to a restructuring in January 2024.

97


Note 15. Stockholders' Equity

As of December 31, 2023, 2,000,000,000 shares, $0.0001par value $0.0001 per share are authorized, of which, 1,600,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock, 200,000,000 shares are designated as Class X common stock, 100,000,000 shares are designated as Class C common stock, and one-third100,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

Common Stock

Holders of each share of each class of common stock are entitled to dividends when, as, and if declared by the Company’s board of directors (the "Board"), subject to the rights and preferences of any holders of preferred stock outstanding at the time. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had not declared any dividends. The holder of each Class A common stock is entitled to one redeemable warrant (each, a “Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitlesvote, the holder of each share of Class X common stock is entitled to ten votes and except as otherwise required by law, the holder of each share of Class C common stock is not entitled to any voting powers.

On June 15, 2023, the Company and Carl Daikeler, the Company’s co-founder and CEO entered into a forfeiture agreement (“the Forfeiture Agreement”), pursuant to which Mr. Daikeler as of June 15, 2023 forfeited 160,000 shares of the Company’s common stock that he owned, comprised of 63,999 shares of Class A common stock and 96,001 shares of Class X common stock, each with a par value of $0.0001. No consideration was provided to Mr. Daikeler for the forfeiture of these shares.

On December 10, 2023, the Company entered into a securities purchase one shareagreement for the issuance and sale of 420,769 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7).


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Private Placement

Simultaneously with the closing of the IPO, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 5,333,333 Private Placement Warrants, at a price of $1.50 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $8,000,000. A portion of the proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants were added to the net proceeds from the IPO held in the Trust Account. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable$9.75 per share and pre-funded warrants to purchase one shareup to 122,821 shares of Class A common stock at $11.50a pre-funded purchase price of $9.7499 per share with certain institutional investors in a registered direct offering. The pre-funded warrants are immediately exercisable and have an exercise price of $0.0001 per share. A portionThe Company received proceeds of $4.9 million, net of placement agent fees. The pre-funded warrants are exercisable at any time after their original issuance at the option of the proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants will be added to the proceeds from the IPO to be heldholder, in the Trust Account. Ifholder's discretion, by (1) payment in full in cash for the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law), and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On September 29, 2020, the Sponsor paid $25,000 to cover certain offering costs of the Company in consideration of 7,187,500 shares of the Company’s Class B common stock (the “Founder Shares”). The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 937,500 shares subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option was not exercised in full. On November 24, 2020, as part of an upsizing of the IPO, the Sponsor was issued an additional 316,250 Founder Shares by the Company, resulting in a increase in the total number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding from 7,187,500 to 7,503,750 (ofpurchased upon such exercise or (2) a cashless exercise, in which 978,750 were subject to surrender for no consideration depending oncase the extent to whichholder would receive upon such exercise the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option). On November 30, 2020, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option and forfeited the remaining over-allotment option; hence, 975,000 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture and 3,750 Founder Shares were forfeited, resulting in an aggregatenet number of 7,500,000 Founder Shares outstanding at December 31, 2020.

Promissory Note — Related Party

The Sponsor had agreed to loan the Company an aggregateshares of up to $300,000 to be used for the payment of costs relatedcommon stock determined accruing to the IPO. The promissory note was non-interest bearing, unsecured and was due onformula set forth in the earlier of June 30, 2021 and the closing of the IPO.pre-funded warrant. The Company had $141,881also issued 543,590 Common Stock Warrants to purchase 543,590 shares of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.24 per share in borrowings outstanding under the promissory note which was repaid in full out of the offering proceeds not held in the Trust Account.


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Administrative Service Fee

a concurrent private placement. The Company has agreed, commencing on the effective date of the IPO through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination or its liquidation, to pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a monthly fee of $10,000 for office space, administrative and support services. Upon completion of the initial Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees. For the period September 24, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the Company has paid $10,000 of administrative fees.

Related Party Loans

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor may, but is not obligated to, loan the Company funds asCommon Stock Warrants may be required (“Working Capital Loans”)exercised at any time beginning June 13, 2024 and will expire on June 13, 2029. If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company may repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans may be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close,of certain fundamental transactions involving the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans, but no proceeds heldas described in the Trust Account would be usedCommon Stock Warrant agreement, the holders of the Common Stock Warrants may require the Company to repaymake a payment based on a Black-Scholes valuation, using specific inputs. The holders of the Working Capital Loans, other thanpre-funded warrants do not have similar rights. Therefore, the interest on such proceeds that may be released for working capital purposes. ExceptCompany accounted for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or,Common Stock Warrants as liabilities which were recorded at the lender’s discretion, upfair value at their issuance date of $3.3 million. The gross proceeds were allocated to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible intothe Common Stock Warrants at their fair value ($3.3 million) with the remainder allocated proportionally to common stock ($1.6 million) and pre-funded warrants ($0.4 million) based on the gross proceeds received. The issuance of the post Business Combination entity atClass A common stock, the pre-funded warrants and the Common Stock Warrants is collectively called the "Equity Offering".

The pre-funded warrants were classified as a pricecomponent of $1.50 per warrant.stockholder's equity within additional paid in capital. The pre-funded warrants would be identicalare equity classified because they (1) are freestanding financial instruments that are legally detachable and separately exercisable from the common stock, (2) are immediately exercisable, (3) do not embody an obligation for the Company to repurchase its shares, (4) permit the holder to receive a fixed number of shares of common stock upon exercise, (5) are indexed to the Private Placement Warrants.Company's common stock and (6) meet the equity classification criteria. The Company valued the pre-funded warrants at issuance, concluding that their sales price approximated their fair value, and allocated gross proceeds from the Equity Offering after recording the Common Stock Warrant liability proportionately to the common stock and pre-funded warrants. As of December 31, 2020, no Working Capital Loans2023, all of the pre-funded warrants were outstanding.

Note 6 — Commitments & Contingencies

Registration Rights

The holders On January 12, 2024, all of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants,pre-funded warrants were exercised by the investor and warrants that may beconverted into 122,821 shares of Class A common stock.

Reverse Stock Split

98


At the 2023 Annual Shareholder Meeting, which was held on November 20, 2023, our stockholders approved an amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation to effect a reverse stock split of all of our issued upon conversionand outstanding common stock by a ratio in the range of Working Capital Loans (and any1-for-10 to 1-for-50. On November 21, 2023, we effected a 1-for-50 reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock. The reverse stock split ratio and the implementation and the timing of the reverse stock split were determined by our Board. The reverse stock split did not change the authorized number of shares or the par value of our common stock or preferred stock, but did effect a proportional adjustment to the number of common stock outstanding, the per share exercise price and the number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, the Private Placement Warrants or warrants issued upon conversionnumber of the Working Capital Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement signed on the effective date of the IPO requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to shares of Class A common stock)stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock awards ("RSU's"), the number of shares of common stock under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP"), the conversion rate of our outstanding warrants into common stock and the number of shares of common stock eligible for issuance under our 2021 Stock Plan (the "2021 Plan"). The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short-form registration demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders will have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination. The Company will bear the expenses incurredNo fractional shares were issued in connection with the filing of any such registration statements. 


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Underwriters Agreement

On November 30, 2020, the underwriters were paidreverse stock split. Each stockholder's percentage ownership and proportional voting power generally remained unchanged as a cash underwriting fee of 2%result of the gross proceedsreverse stock split.

All applicable outstanding equity awards discussed below in Note 16, Equity-Based Compensation, have been adjusted retroactively for the 1-for-50 reverse stock split.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table summarizes changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), by component during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):

 

Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Derivatives

 

 

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2021

$

(32

)

 

$

11

 

 

$

(21

)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

24

 

 

 

(105

)

 

 

(81

)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

108

 

 

 

 

 

 

108

 

Tax effect

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

Balances at December 31, 2022

 

131

 

 

 

(94

)

 

 

37

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

(334

)

 

 

78

 

 

 

(256

)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

222

 

 

 

 

 

 

222

 

Tax effect

 

(26

)

 

 

 

 

 

(26

)

Balances at December 31, 2023

$

(7

)

 

$

(16

)

 

$

(23

)

Note 16. Equity-Based Compensation

Equity Compensation Plans

Prior to June 25, 2021, the Company maintained its 2020 Beachbody Company Group LLC Equity Compensation Plan (the “2020 Plan”), under which, grants were awarded to certain employees, consultants, and members of the IPO, totaling $6,000,000.Company’s board of managers through the granting of one or more of the following types of awards: (a) nonqualified unit options, (b) unit awards, and (c) unit appreciation rights. The Company granted nonqualified unit options with vesting periods typically ranging from three to five years under the 2020 Plan.

In addition, $0.35 per unit,After June 25, 2021, awards under the 2020 Plan were converted at the Exchange Ratio, and the Company’s Board approved the 2021 Incentive Award Plan (the “2021 Plan”). The 2021 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, RSUs, and other stock or approximately $10,500,000 incash-based awards. Grants under the aggregate, will2021 Plan may be payableawarded to the underwriters for deferred underwriting commissions. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event thatemployees, consultants, and members of the Company completes a Business Combination, subject tos Board.

Under the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Note 7 — Stockholder’s Deficit

Preferred Stock — The Company is authorized to issue a total of 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock at par value of $0.0001 each. At December 31, 2020, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Class A Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue a total of 300,000,0002021 Plan, all awards settle in shares of Class A common stock, at par value of $0.0001 each. At December 31, 2020, there were 1,448,584 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 28,551,416 shares subjectup to possible redemption)

Class B Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue a total of 20,000,000 shares of Class B common stock at par value of $0.0001 each. At December 31, 2020, there were 7,500,000 shares of Class B common stock issued or outstanding.

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders except as required by law. The shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into608,851 shares of Class A common stock at the time of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities are issued or deemed issued in connection with a Business Combination, thewere initially available for issuance. The number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversionavailable for issuance under the 2021 Plan is increased on January 1 of all Founder Shares willeach calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending in 2031 by an amount equal into the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20%lesser of (i) five percent of the total number of shares of Class A and Class X common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (ii) the number of shares determined by the Company’s Board. As of December 31, 2023, 254,995 shares of Class A common stock remain available for issuance under the 2021 Plan.

99


All options typically expire ten years from the date of grant if not exercised. In the event of a termination of employment, all unvested options are forfeited immediately. Generally, any vested options may be exercised within three months, depending upon the circumstances of termination, except for instances of termination “with cause” whereby any vested options or awards are forfeited immediately.

A summary of the option activity under the Company's equity compensation plans is as follows:

 

Time Vested Options Outstanding

 

 

Number of Options

 

 

Weighted-Average Exercise Price
(per option)

 

 

Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term
(in years)

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2022

 

968,293

 

 

$

132.50

 

 

 

6.35

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

261,288

 

 

 

23.58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(193,886

)

 

 

130.82

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

(196,216

)

 

 

108.69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2023

 

839,479

 

 

$

32.53

 

 

 

7.25

 

 

$

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2023

 

325,767

 

 

$

36.96

 

 

 

5.14

 

 

$

 

 

Performance Vested Options Outstanding

 

 

Number of Options

 

 

Weighted-Average Exercise Price
(per option)

 

 

Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term
(in years)

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2022

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

318,440

 

 

 

22.02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2023

 

318,440

 

 

$

22.02

 

 

 

9.45

 

 

$

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2023

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

A summary of the unvested option activity is as follows:

 

 

Number of Time Vested Options

 

 

Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value (per option)

 

Unvested at December 31, 2022

 

 

533,173

 

 

$

69.00

 

Granted

 

 

261,288

 

 

 

13.23

 

Vested

 

 

(170,507

)

 

 

56.50

 

Forfeited

 

 

(110,242

)

 

 

60.63

 

Unvested at December 31, 2023

 

 

513,712

 

 

$

33.49

 

 

 

Number of Performance Vested Options

 

 

Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value (per option)

 

Unvested at December 31, 2022

 

 

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

 

318,440

 

 

 

12.77

 

Unvested at December 31, 2023

 

 

318,440

 

 

$

12.77

 

100


The Company does not use cash to settle equity instruments issued under equity-based compensation awards. The total fair value of awards which vested during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $9.6 million and $14.4 million, respectively.

The intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2022 was $0.8 million. There were no options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2023.

A summary of RSU activity is as follows:

 

 

RSUs Outstanding

 

 

Number of RSUs

 

Weighted-Average Fair Value
(per RSU)

Outstanding at December 31, 2022

 

63,184

 

$

72.50

Granted

 

496,176

 

 

28.37

Vested

 

(230,340)

 

 

34.11

Forfeited

 

(27,139)

 

 

34.58

Outstanding at December 31, 2023

 

301,881

 

$

31.97

RSUs granted to employees generally vest over four years, based on continued employment, while RSUs granted to members of the Board generally vest approximately one yearafter such conversion (after giving effectgrant date.

The fair value of RSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $7.9 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

On January 1, 2023, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2021 Incentive Award Plan (the “2021 Plan”) increased by 312,162 pursuant to the terms of the 2021 Plan. As of December 31, 2023, 254,995 shares of Class A common stock were available for issuance under the 2021 Plan.

Vested RSUs included shares of common stock that the Company withheld on behalf of certain employees to satisfy the minimum statutory tax withholding requirements, as defined by the Company. The Company withheld shares of common stock with an aggregate fair value and remitted taxes of $2.2 million and $0.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, which were classified as financing cash outflows in the consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company canceled and returned these shares to the 2021 Plan, which are available under the plan terms for future issuance.

On June 14, 2023, the Board adopted the Company’s 2023 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan (the “Inducement Plan”) for the grant of non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSU's, dividend equivalents and other stock or cash-based awards to prospective employees. The Board reserved 477,661 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance pursuant to the awards granted under the Inducement Plan.‌

Effective as of June 15, 2023, the Company appointed Mark Goldston as Executive Chairman, replacing the service of Mr. Daikeler in his capacity as Chairman of the Board. Mr. Daikeler continues to serve as the Company’s CEO and as a director. In connection with the employment offer letter to Mr. Goldston, he was granted a stock option under the Inducement Plan, covering an aggregate of‌ 477,661 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Option”). Of this amount, 159,221 shares subject to the Option will vest based on continued service (the “Time-Vesting Options”) and 318,440 shares will vest based on the attainment of applicable performance goals and continued service (the “Performance-Vesting Options”). The Time-Vesting Options will vest and become exercisable with respect to 25% of the Time-Vesting Options subject to the Option on each of the first four anniversaries of June 15, 2023. The Performance-Vesting Options will vest and become exercisable based on both (1) the achievement of pre-determined price per share goals and (2) Mr. Goldston’s service through the applicable vesting date. Any earned Performance-Vesting Options will vest and become exercisable as of the later of (1) June 15, 2024, and (2) the date on which the applicable price per share goal is achieved. The weighted average exercise price of the Performance-Vesting Options was $22.02 per option and none of the Performance-Vesting Options were exercisable as of December 31, 2023.

101


Vesting tranche Number of Performance -Vesting Options Price per share goal

Tranche 1 79,610 $50.00

Tranche 2 79,610 $75.00

Tranche 3 79,610 $100.00

Tranche 4 79,610 $125.00

The share price is measured by averaging the fair market value (as defined in the Inducement Plan) per share over any redemptions30 consecutive trading-day period.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In May 2022, the Company established an ESPP, the terms of which allow for qualified employees to participate in the purchase of designated shares of the Company’s common stock at a price equal to 85% of the lower of the closing price at the beginning or ending of each six-month purchase period.‌ The number of shares of Class A common stock available under the ESPP is increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2022 and ending on January 1, 2031 by public stockholders), includingan amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of Class A and Class X common stock issued, or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exerciseoutstanding as of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued,the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (ii) the number of shares determined by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummationCompany's Board. As of a Business Combination, excluding anyDecember 31, 2023, 137,976 shares of Class A common stock remain available for issuance under the ESPP.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, 47,257 shares of the Company’s common stock were issued pursuant to the ESPP at an average price of $13.78 per share.‌

Stock-based compensation expense associated with the Company’s ESPP is based on fair value estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model and the following weighted-average assumptions for grants during the year ended December 31, 2023:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average risk-free rate

 

 

4.7

%

Dividend yield rate

 

 

 

Weighted-average volatility

 

 

54.4

%

Expected term (in years)

 

 

0.50

 

Weighted-average grant date fair value

 

$

5.32

 

Compensation Warrants

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of 79,612 of the Company's Class A common stock at an exercise price of $126.00 per share. These warrants vest 25% at the grant date and 25% at each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the grant date. The warrants have a 10-year contractual term.

As of December 31, 2023, 79,612 warrants were exercisable. Compensation cost associated with the warrants was recognized over the requisite service period, which was 4.25 years.

Repricing of Stock Options

The Company determined that a significant portion of its outstanding stock options had an exercise price per share that was significantly higher than the current fair market value of the Company’s common stock (the “Underwater Options”). In order to help retain and motivate holders of Underwater Options, and align their interests with those of stockholders, on September 14, 2023, the Compensation Committee of the Board resolved that it was in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to amend certain of the Underwater Options (the “Amended Underwater Options”) for current employees and consultants of the Company that were either (1) not maturing in fiscal 2023 or equity-linked securities(2) that had not been issued at an exercise price of less than $50 in the prior twelve months, to reduce the exercise

102


price of each Amended Underwater Option to the closing per share price of the Company’s common stock on September 14, 2023 (the “Repricing”). The Company had 531,515 Amended Underwater Options which had their exercise price amended to $17.35 per option.‌

Excluded from the Repricing were, among others, Underwater Options held by members of the Board, the Company's CEO and Executive Chairman; any Underwater Options with an exercise price less than $50.00; and options granted to consultants who are no longer providing services to the Company. Except for the modification of the exercise price, all other terms and conditions of the Amended Underwater Options remain in effect.‌

The Company determined that the Repricing represented a modification of share-based awards under ASC 718. Accordingly, the Company recognized incremental stock-based compensation of $1.6 million which was recorded as of the Repricing, related to 255,174 vested Amended Underwater Options as of the Repricing. As of the Repricing $1.5 million incremental unrecognized compensation expense related to 276,341 unvested Amended Underwater Options will be recognized as expense over the requisite service period in which the options vest, or rights exercisable1.6 years.

Equity-Based Compensation Expense

Equity-based compensation expense, which also includes the Repricing and modifications for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

2,992

 

 

$

1,416

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

9,852

 

 

 

7,015

 

Enterprise technology and development

 

 

1,330

 

 

 

1,403

 

General and administrative

 

 

9,717

 

 

 

7,786

 

Total equity-based compensation

 

$

23,891

 

 

$

17,620

 

As of December 31, 2023, the total unrecognized equity-based compensation expense was $33.1 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average remaining period of 2.41 years.

In connection with the restructuring activities that took place during the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company modified certain stock awards of terminated employees (approximately 25 employees in the three month period ended September 30, 2023 and approximately 100 employees in the three months ended March 31, 2023). The modifications included accelerating the vesting of any options that would have vested within three months of the employees termination date, and all vested options will be available for exercise for a total of six months after the employees’ termination date (that is, three months in addition to the standard three months per the original agreement). As a result of these modifications, the Company recognized approximately $1.0 million reduction to equity-based compensation expense within general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023.

The fair value of each award that vests solely based on time as of the date of grant is estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions used to determine the fair value of time vested option grants:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Risk-free rate

 

 

3.9

%

 

 

3.0

%

Dividend yield rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volatility

 

 

62.2

%

 

 

52.9

%

Expected term (in years)

 

 

5.18

 

 

 

6.16

 

Weighted-average grant date fair value

 

$

13.65

 

 

$

31.50

 

The vesting periods are based on the terms of the option grant agreements, generally four to five years. The risk-free interest rates are based on the U.S. Treasury rates as of the grant dates for the expected terms of the options. The price volatilities represent calculated values based on the historical price volatilities of publicly traded companies within

103


the Company’s industry group and the Company's historical volatility over the options’ expected terms. The expected terms of the options granted were estimated using the simplified method by taking an average of the vesting periods and the original contractual terms.

The fair value of the Performance-Vesting Options as of the date of grant is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation. The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions used to determine the fair value of the Performance-Vesting Options:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

Risk-free rate

 

 

3.7

%

Dividend yield rate

 

 

 

Volatility

 

 

53.7

%

Expected term (in years)

 

 

10.00

 

Weighted-average grant date fair value

 

$

13.00

 

The vesting periods are based on the terms of the option grant agreements, generally four to five years. The risk-free interest rates are based on the U.S. Treasury rates as of the grant dates for the expected terms of the options. The price volatilities represent calculated values based on the historical price volatilities of publicly traded companies within the Company’s industry group and the Company's historical volatility over the options’ expected terms. The expected terms of the options granted were estimated using the simplified method by taking an average of the vesting periods and the original contractual terms.

Note 17. Derivative Financial Instruments

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the notional amount of the Company’s outstanding foreign exchange options was $4.4 million and $17.6 million, respectively. In the year ended December 31, 2023, management made a determination to cease entering into any further foreign exchange options at this time, which resulted in the decrease in the notional amount of the Company's outstanding foreign exchange options at December 31, 2023. The Company's foreign exchange options outstanding at December 31, 2023 will all expire prior to March 31, 2024. There were no outstanding forward contracts as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments which are included in other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 

$

 

 

$

343

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

119

 

Total derivative assets

 

$

 

 

$

462

 

There were no derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

The Company expects that $0.1 million of existing losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss will be reclassified into net income (loss) over the next 12 months. The Company assessed its derivative instruments and determined that they were effective during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

The following table shows the pre-tax effects of the Company’s derivative instruments on its consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

104


 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

Financial Statement Line Item

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Unrealized gains (losses)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

(334

)

 

$

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses reclassified from accumulated other

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

(101

)

 

$

(45

)

    comprehensive income (loss) into net loss

 

General and administrative

 

 

(121

)

 

 

(63

)

Total amounts reclassified

 

 

 

$

(222

)

 

$

(108

)

Gains (losses) recognized on derivatives
  not designated as hedging instruments

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

(98

)

 

$

13

 

Note 18. Income Taxes

The components of the Company’s loss before income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

U.S.

 

$

(154,571

)

 

$

(198,245

)

Foreign

 

 

1,967

 

 

 

1,000

 

Loss before income taxes

 

$

(152,604

)

 

$

(197,245

)

The components of the income tax benefit (provision), net were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

 

$

31

 

State and local

 

 

(113

)

 

 

202

 

Foreign

 

 

(115

)

 

 

(141

)

 

$

(228

)

 

$

92

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(23

)

 

$

1,963

 

State and local

 

 

71

 

 

 

870

 

Foreign

 

 

143

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

191

 

 

 

2,961

 

Income tax (provision) benefit, net

 

$

(37

)

 

$

3,053

 

The Company has continued to record a full VA against its DTAs at December 31, 2023 and 2022. The Company has certain net DTLs that will reverse in a different period than its DTAs and has DTLs with an indefinite reversal period

105


resulting in a net DTL, after recording a VA, at December 31, 2023 and 2022 of $0.0 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

The actual tax rate on loss before income taxes reconciles to the applicable statutory federal income tax rate as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Federal statutory rate

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

21.0

%

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

2.5

%

 

 

3.6

%

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

 

 

(17.2

%)

 

 

(24.2

%)

Goodwill impairment

 

 

(5.5

%)

 

 

 

Equity-based compensation

 

 

(1.1

%)

 

 

(1.1

%)

Adjustments to prior year provision

 

 

0.7

%

 

 

1.4

%

Note revaluation

 

 

(0.6

%)

 

 

 

Common stock warrant liability

 

 

0.4

%

 

 

0.9

%

Other

 

 

(0.2

%)

 

 

(0.1

%)

Effective tax rate

 

 

 

 

 

1.5

%

DTAs and DTLs are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating losses

 

$

91,585

 

 

$

74,038

 

 

Equity-based compensation

 

 

13,358

 

 

 

10,652

 

 

Inventory

 

 

12,339

 

 

 

18,525

 

 

Tax basis step-up

 

 

11,570

 

 

 

13,240

 

 

Capitalized research expense

 

 

9,592

 

 

 

6,057

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

6,552

 

 

 

4,915

 

 

R & D credit carryover

 

 

3,886

 

 

 

3,886

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

1,064

 

 

 

1,438

 

 

Lease obligations

 

 

837

 

 

 

1,663

 

 

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

 

 

546

 

 

 

4,246

 

 

Other

 

 

4,517

 

 

 

2,164

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

155,846

 

 

 

140,824

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

(5,853

)

 

 

(13,377

)

 

Content assets

 

 

(4,448

)

 

 

(7,408

)

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

(1,969

)

 

 

(2,425

)

 

Right-of-use assets

 

 

(750

)

 

 

(1,231

)

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(13,020

)

 

 

(24,441

)

 

Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

 

 

142,826

 

 

 

116,383

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(142,836

)

 

 

(116,564

)

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(10

)

 

$

(181

)

 

Taxes on the net income of foreign corporate subsidiaries in excess of a deemed return on their tangible assets, or convertible intoglobal intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”), are recognized as an expense in the period the tax is incurred. Accordingly, the Company has not provided deferred taxes related to temporary differences that, on their reversal, will affect the amount of income subject to GILTI in the period tax is incurred.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company has accumulated U.S. federal and state net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards of $339.9 million and $384.7 million, respectively. Of the federal NOL carryforwards, $2.3 million was generated before January 1, 2018 and subject to a 20-year carryforward period. The remaining $337.6 million can be carried forward indefinitely but is subject to an 80% taxable income limitation. The U.S. federal losses subject to carryforward limitations and state NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2037 and 2025, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has accumulated U.S. federal and state research tax credits of $3.5 million and

106


$1.7 million, respectively. The U.S. federal research tax credits will begin to expire in 2039. The U.S. state research tax credits do not expire.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Companys gross unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year

 

$

1,044

 

 

$

568

 

Additions for current year tax positions

 

 

 

 

 

476

 

Unrecognized tax benefits (excluding interest and penalties), end of year

 

 

1,044

 

 

 

1,044

 

Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits including interest and penalties, end of year

 

$

1,044

 

 

$

1,044

 

All of the unrecognized tax benefits was recorded as a reduction in the Companys gross DTAs. If the unrecognized tax benefits were not recorded it would affect the Company’s effective tax rate.

The Company files U.S. federal, numerous state and local income, franchise, U.K., and Canada tax returns. With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, local, or Canada tax examination by taxing authorities for years prior to 2020. For the U.K., the Company is no longer subject to tax examinations by the taxing authorities for years prior to 2021.

Note 19. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) plan for the benefit of all employees who have met the eligibility requirements. Participants may contribute up to 75% of their eligible compensation, subject only to annual limitations set by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company matched 50% of participant contributions, up to 6% of the participant’s total compensation. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recorded expense for matching contributions of $1.9 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

Note 20. Earnings (Loss) per Share

The computation of loss per share of Class A and Class X common stock is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share information):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(152,641

)

 

$

(194,192

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

6,238,777

 

 

 

6,149,784

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

 

$

(24.47

)

 

$

(31.58

)

Basic net loss per common share is the same as dilutive net loss per common share for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 as the inclusion of all potential common shares would have been antidilutive. The weighted average‌ common shares outstanding (basic and diluted) in the above table exclude the 160,000 shares that were forfeited by Mr. Daikeler for the period of time after they were forfeited (June 15, 2023) and includes (1) the 420,769 shares that were issued in the Equity Offering on December 13, 2023 for the period of time after they were issued and (2) the pre-funded warrants to purchase up to 122,821 shares of Class A common stock issued orin the Equity Offering on December 13, 2023 for the period of time after they were issued, as the exercise of the pre-funded warrants requires nominal consideration for the delivery of the common stock.

107


The following table presents the common shares that are excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per common share as of the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Time Vested Options

 

 

839,479

 

 

 

968,293

 

Performance Vested Options

 

 

318,440

 

 

 

 

RSUs

 

 

301,881

 

 

 

63,184

 

Compensation warrants

 

 

79,612

 

 

 

79,612

 

Public and Private Placement Warrants

 

 

306,667

 

 

 

306,667

 

Term Loan warrants

 

 

97,482

 

 

 

94,335

 

Common Stock Warrants

 

 

543,590

 

 

 

 

Forest Road Earn-out Shares

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

 

2,562,151

 

 

 

1,587,091

 

The Forest Road Earn-out Shares are unvested and are subject to forfeiture if certain earnout conditions are not satisfied. Subject to certain other terms and conditions, the Forest Road Earn-out Shares will vest, in equal tranches of 10% each, commencing on December 22, 2021, upon the occurrence of the Company's last sale price on the NYSE exceeding each of the following price per share thresholds for any 20 trading days within any consecutive 30-day trading period: $600.00, $650.00, $700.00, $750.00 and $800.00. Any Forest Road Earn-out Shares that do not vest within ten years will be issued,forfeited. The Forest Road Earn-out Shares are accounted for as equity-classified equity instruments and recorded in additional paid in capital. As of December 31, 2023, all Forest Road Earn-out Shares are unvested. The Forest Road Earn-out Shares are considered participating securities as they would share in any dividends declared by the Company. However, as there is no specific requirement to allocate any seller in a Business Combination and any Private Placement Warrants issuedlosses of the Company to the Sponsor, officers or directors upon conversionholders of Working Capital Loans, provided thatthe Forest Road Earn-out Shares and there is no legal requirement to have them fund such conversionlosses, the two-class method for earnings per share is not applicable for loss periods.

Note 21. Related Party Transactions

The Company has a royalty agreement with a company related to the controlling shareholder. The related party assisted the Company with the development of Founder Shares will never occurseveral products and receives royalties based on a less than one-for-one basis.


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Warrants — Atthe sales of these products. Total payments to the related party were approximately $0.4 million and $0.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2020, there were 15,333,333 warrants outstanding. Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number2023 and 2022, respectively. As of shares. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation ofeach December 31, 2023 and 2022, $0.2 million and $0.2 million was due to the Units and only whole warrants will trade. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 12 months from the closing of the IPO and (b) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Class A common stockrelated party pursuant to the exerciseroyalty agreement.

A minority shareholder and director of the Company is also a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unlessshareholder in a registration statement under the Securities Act with respectlaw firm that provides legal services to the Class Company. Total payments to the related party were $0.5 million and $1.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Company’s accounts payable to the firm was zero and $0.1 million as of each December 31, 2023 and 2022.

A common stock underlyingminority shareholder affiliated with adirector of the warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subjectCompany provided financial advisory services to the Company satisfyingin connection with the August 2022 Financing Agreement. Total payments to the related party were $1.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. There were no amounts paid or due to the related party as of or for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Note 22. Parent Only Financial Statements

The Beachbody Company, Inc. has no material assets or standalone operations other than its obligations with respect to registration. No warrant will be exercisable and the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of a warrant unless the share of Class A common stock issuable upon such warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exemptownership in its consolidated subsidiaries. There are restrictions under the securities lawsFinancing Agreement described in Note 11, Debt, on the Company's ability to obtain funds from any of its subsidiaries through dividends. Accordingly, the following condensed financial information is presented on a "Parent Only" basis in which The Beachbody Company, Inc.'s investment in its consolidated subsidiaries are presented under the equity method of accounting.

108


Schedule I

The Beachbody Company, Inc.

(Parent Company Only)

Condensed Balance Sheet

(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

Assets

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

25

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

12

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

463,955

 

Total current assets

 

 

463,992

 

Total assets

 

$

463,992

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

$

7

 

Due to subsidiaries

 

 

378,100

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

378,107

 

Warrant liabilities

 

 

3,125

 

Total liabilities

 

 

381,232

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

Class A: 3,978,356 shares issued and
    outstanding at December 31, 2023

 

 

1

 

Class X: 2,729,003 shares issued and
    outstanding at December 31, 2023

 

 

1

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

654,657

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(571,899

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

82,760

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

463,992

 

 

 

 

 

See note to condensed financial statements.

109


Schedule I

The Beachbody Company, Inc.

(Parent Company Only)

Condensed Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

$

2,679

 

Other income

 

 

127

 

Equity in net loss of subsidiaries

 

 

(155,507

)

Net loss and total comprehensive loss

 

$

(152,701

)

 

 

 

 

See note to condensed financial statements.

110


Schedule I

The Beachbody Company, Inc.

(Parent Company Only)

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(152,701

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

(2,679

)

Equity in net loss of subsidiaries

 

 

155,507

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

8

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

9

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

144

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

Decrease in due to subsidiaries

 

 

(8,299

)

Proceeds from issuance of common shares in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

553

 

Tax withholdings payments for vesting of restricted stock

 

 

(2,178

)

Proceeds from issuance of Equity Offering, net of issuance costs

 

 

4,908

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(5,016

)

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(4,872

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

 

4,897

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

$

25

 

 

 

 

 

See note to condensed financial statements.

Note to Condensed Financial Statements of The Beachbody Company, Inc. (Parent Company Only)

Basis of Presentation

These condensed parent company-only financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Rule 12-04, Schedule I of Regulation S-X, as the restricted net assets of the statesubsidiaries of residenceThe Beachbody Company, Inc. (as defined in Rule 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X) exceed the specified threshold amount of the registered holderconsolidated net assets of the warrants. Company. The ability of The Beachbody Company, Inc.'s operating subsidiaries to pay dividends may be restricted due to the terms of the subsidiaries’ outstanding Term Loan as described in Note 11, Debt, to the audited consolidated financial statements. These condensed parent company-only financial statements have been prepared using the same accounting principles and policies described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, with the only exception being that the parent company accounts for its subsidiaries using the equity method. These condensed parent company-only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes.

The Company has agreed thatomitted the condensed parent company only consolidated financial statements as soon as practicable, butof and for the year ended December 31, 2022 since the Financing Agreement was only in no event later than 15 business days afterplace for a portion of the closingyear ended December 31, 2022 and would therefore not be meaningful.

111


Note 23. Subsequent Events

As mentioned in Note 1, Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 11, Debt, on January 9, 2024, the Company sold its investment in equity securities of a Business Combination, it will use its best efforts to file withprivately-held company for $1.0 million. On the SECConsent Effective Date, the Company made a registration statement registeringpartial prepayment of $1.0 million on the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, andTerm Loan (which amount was classified as a current prospectus relating thereto, untilobligation at December 31, 2023) and the expirationrelated prepayment premium of 3%. The amounts related to this partial prepayment will be recorded in the warrantsquarter ending March 31, 2024.

As mentioned in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th business day after the closing of a Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period whenNote 11, Debt, the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. NotwithstandingConsent Effective Date entered into the above, if the Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but will use its best efforts to qualify the shares under applicable blue sky lawsThird Amendment, which among other things, (i) consents to the extent an exemption is not available.

Redemptionsale of warrants for cash. Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may call the warrants for redemption:

in whole and not in part;

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and

if, and only if, the closing price of the common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like and for certain issuances of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our initial business combination) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before we send to the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

If and when the warrants become redeemablecertain assets by the Company it may exercise its redemption right even ifand (ii) amends certain terms of the Financing Agreement, including without limitation, the minimum liquidity financial covenants thereunder, such that the minimum liquidity levels shall be (1) $19.0 million at all times from the Consent Effective Date through and including March 31, 2024 and (2) $24.0 million at all times thereafter through the maturity of the Term Loan.

As mentioned in Note 6, Property and Equipment, Net, Note 11, Debt and Note 12, Leases, on February 29, 2024, the Company is unable to register or qualifysold its Van Nuys production facility which had a net carrying value of $4.8 million at December 31, 2023, for $6.2 million. Simultaneous with the underlying securities for sale, under all applicable state securities laws.

If the Company entered into a five year lease of the facility, with two options to extend the lease for a period of three years each. The lease has not completedan annual base rate of $0.3 million which increases by 3% each year. The Company used the initial Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distributionnet proceeds received from the Company’s assets held outsidesale to make a partial prepayment of $5.5 million on the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless. 


FOREST ROAD ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 8 — INCOME TAX

The Company’s net deferred tax assets areTerm Loan (which was classified as follows:

  December 31,
2020
 
Deferred tax asset   
Organizational costs/Startup expenses $100,224 
Federal Net Operating loss  11,369 
Total deferred tax asset  111,593 
Valuation allowance  (111,593)
Deferred tax asset, net of allowance $ 

The income tax provision consists of the following:

December 31,
2020
Federal
Current$
Deferred(111,593)
State
Current
Deferred
Change in valuation allowance(111,593)
Income tax provision$

The Company’s net operating loss carryforwarda current obligation as of December 31, 2020 amounted2023) and the related prepayment premium of 3%. The amounts related to $54,139the sale of the facility and the partial prepayment will be availablerecorded in the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The facility served as collateral on the Term Loan, which required the Company to offset future taxable income. These NOLs will be limited upon a changeobtain the approval of Blue Torch to sell the facility. The approval to sell the facility from Blue Torch was not obtained until February 2024.

As mentioned in control under IRC Section 382.

In assessingNote 11, Debt, the realizationCompany on February 29, 2024 entered into the Fourth Amendment which among other things, (1) consents to the sale of certain assets by the Company and (2) amends certain terms of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than notFinancing Agreement, including without limitation, the minimum liquidity financial covenant thereunder, such that some portion orthe minimum liquidity levels shall be (1) $17.0 million at all times from February 29, 2024 through and including March 31, 2024 and (2) $22.0 million at all times thereafter through the maturity of the deferred taxTerm Loan. After the prepayments on January 9, 2024 and February 29, 2024, the principal amount outstanding on the Term Loan was $28.6 million.

As mentioned in Note 14, Restructuring, in January 2024, the Company executed cost-reduction initiatives intended to streamline the business. These actions are expected to result in approximately $1.7 million in costs consisting primarily of termination benefits during the first quarter of 2024.

112


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Management’s Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2023, which is the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Based upon this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2023.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financing reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions or dispositions of our assets
Provide reasonable assurance that our transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of our financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
Provide reasonable assurance that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and our directors, and
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements

Due to its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Further, because of changes in conditions, effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time.

With the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the system of internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023.

Attestation Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm

This report does not include an attestation report of our internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm due to our status as a "non-accelerated filer" as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Act.

Remediation of Prior Year Material Weaknesses

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be realized. prevented or detected on a timely basis.

113


The ultimate realizationmaterial weaknesses as previously reported in Part II, Item 9A "Controls and Procedures" of deferred tax assets is dependent uponour Annual Report on Form 10-K for the generationyear ended December 31, 2022, in connection with our assessment of future taxable incomethe effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, have been remediated. Since that time, our management, with the oversight of the audit committee of our Board of Directors, engaged in efforts to remediate the material weaknesses by implementing new and enhanced procedures and controls, including:

User access controls were redesigned and enhanced to appropriately manage risks related to segregation of duties and to restrict access to financial applications, programs and data to only authorized users.
Program change management controls were enhanced to ensure that information technology program changes affecting financial information technology applications and underlying accounting records were appropriately authorized and implemented.
Provided additional training to personnel, including the appropriate level of contemporaneous documentation to be maintained, to demonstrate the operation of review controls over the forecasts used in developing estimates of fair value.

These controls are adequately designed and have operated effectively for a sufficient period during the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. After consideration of all of the information available, management believes that significant uncertainty exists with respect to future realization of the deferred tax assets and has therefore established a full valuation allowance. For the period from September 24, 2020 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2020,2023. Accordingly, the change in the valuation allowance was $111,593.

A reconciliationmaterial weaknesses were determined to be remediated as of the federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate at December 31, 2020 is as follows:2023.

Change in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Statutory federal income tax rate21.0%
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit0.0%
Permanent Book/Tax Differences0.0%
Change in valuation allowance-21.0%
Income tax provision%

The Company files income tax returns inOther than the U.S. federal jurisdiction in various state and local jurisdictions and is subject to examination by the various taxing authorities, since inception.

Note 9 — Subsequent Events

Merger Agreement

On February 9, 2021, Forest Road entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with BB Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Forest Road (“Beachbody Merger Sub”), MFH Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Forest Road (“Myx Merger Sub”), The Beachbody Company Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Beachbody”), and Myx Fitness Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Myx”).

Subscription Agreements

On February 9, 2021, Forest Road and certain investors entered into subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) pursuant to which such investors have agreed to purchasecompleted remediation efforts described above in connection with the Closing an aggregatepreviously identified material weaknesses in our 2022 Form 10-K, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during our most recent quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Limitations on Effectiveness of 22.5 million sharesControls and Procedures

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of Class A common stockachieving their objectives, as specified above. Our management recognizes that any control system, no matter how well designed and operated, is based upon certain judgments and assumptions and cannot provide absolute assurance that its objective will be met.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.

Not applicable.

114


PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance.

The information required for a purchase pricethis item will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of $10.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $225 million (together,Shareholders to be filed with the “PIPE Investment”). The obligations of each party to consummate the PIPE Investment are conditioned upon, among other things, customary closing conditions and the consummationSEC within 120 days of the transactions contemplatedyear ended December 31, 2023, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required for this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Merger Agreement.SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2023, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12(a). Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners.

The Company evaluated subsequent eventsinformation required for this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2023, and transactions that occurred afteris incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12(b). Security Ownership of Management.

The information required for this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the balance sheet date throughSEC within 120 days of the date thatyear ended December 31, 2023, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12(c). Changes in Control.

The information required for this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2023, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12(d). Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans.

The information required for this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2023, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required for this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2023, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The information required for this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2023, and is incorporated herein by reference.

115


PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule.

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(a)1. Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm-Deloitte & Touche (PCAOB ID: 34)

66

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm-Ernst & Young LLP (PCAOB ID: 42)

68

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022

69

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

70

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

71

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

72

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

73

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

74

(a)2. Financial Statement Schedule

The following financial statement schedule for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 are filed as part of this report and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, other than as described above, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure(in thousands).

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance, beginning of year

 

$

116,564

 

 

$

68,109

 

Additions charged to earnings

 

 

26,272

 

 

 

47,640

 

Other (1)

 

 

 

 

 

815

 

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance, end of year

 

$

142,836

 

 

$

116,564

 

(1) The valuation allowance was adjusted for acquisitions and deferred taxes related to tax-deductible transaction costs included in additional paid in capital in the financial statements.

116


(a)3. Exhibits

Exhibits required under Item 601 of Regulation S-K:

Exhibit

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

Filed or Furnished herewith

 

 

 

 

Form

 

Exhibit

 

Filing Date

 

File No.

 

 

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 9, 2021, by and among Forest Road Acquisition Corp., BB Merger Sub, Inc., Myx Merger Sub, LLC, The Beachbody Company Group, LLC, And Myx Fitness Holdings, LLC.

 

8-K/A

 

2.1

 

2/16/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

3.1

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Beachbody Company, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

3.2

 

Certificate of Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Beachbody Company, Inc.

 

8-K

 

3.1

 

11/27/2023

 

001-39735

 

 

3.3

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of The Beachbody Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 1, 2021).

 

8-K

 

3.2

 

7/1/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

4.1

 

Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate of The Beachbody Company, Inc.

 

8-K

 

4.1

 

7/1/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

4.2

 

Warrant Agreement, dated November 24, 2020, by and between Forest Road Acquisition Corp. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent.

 

8-K

 

4.2

 

7/1/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

4.3

 

Description of Securities.

 

10-K

 

4.3

 

3/1/2022

 

001-39735

 

 

4.4

 

Form of Warrant.

 

10-Q

 

10.3

 

8/8/2022

 

001-39735

 

 

4.5

 

Form of Pre-Funded Common Stock Purchase Warrant

 

8-K

 

4.1

 

12/13/2023

 

001-39735

 

 

4.6

 

Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant

 

8-K

 

4.2

 

12/13/2023

 

001-39735

 

 

10.1

 

Form of Subscription Agreement.

 

S-4/A

 

10.1

 

5/27/2021

 

333-253136

 

 

10.2

 

Sponsor Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2021, by and among Forest Road Acquisition Corp., Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC and The Beachbody Company Group, LLC.

 

S-4/A

 

10.2

 

5/27/2021

 

333-253136

 

 

10.3

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, by and among The Beachbody Company, Inc., Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC, The Beachbody Company Group, LLC, Kevin Mayer and certain stockholders of The Beachbody Company, Inc.

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

7/1/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

10.4^

 

The Beachbody Company, Inc. 2021 Incentive Award Plan.

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

7/9/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

10.5^

 

The Beachbody Company, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

7/9/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

10.6^

 

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement pursuant to The Beachbody Company, Inc. 2021 Incentive Award Plan.

 

8-K

 

10.4

 

7/9/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

10.7^

 

Form of RSU Agreement pursuant to The Beachbody Company, Inc. 2021 Incentive Award Plan.

 

8-K

 

10.5

 

7/9/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

10.8^

 

Non-Employee Director Compensation Program.

 

8-K

 

10.6

 

7/9/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

117


10.9^

 

The Beachbody Company, Inc. Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Compensation Plan.

 

8-K

 

10.7

 

7/9/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

10.10^

 

The Beachbody Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors

 

10-K

 

10.10

 

3/16/2023

 

001-39735

 

 

10.11^

 

Offer of Employment Letter, dated April 15, 2022, by and between Beachbody, LLC and Marc Suidan.

 

10-Q

 

10.1

 

5/9/2022

 

001-39735

 

 

10.12^

 

Separation, General Release and Independent Contractor Services Agreement, dated April 19, 2022, by and among Beachbody, LLC, The Beachbody Company, Inc. and Sue Collyns

 

10-Q

 

10.2

 

5/9/2022

 

001-39735

 

 

10.13^

 

Revised Offer of Employment Letter, dated as of May 10, 2022, as amended, by and between Beachbody, LLC and Kathy Vrabeck.

 

10-Q

 

10.1

 

8/8/2022

 

001-39735

 

 

10.14^

 

Offer of Employment Letter, dated September 27, 2021, by and between The Beachbody Company and Blake Bilstad.

 

10-Q

 

10.1

 

11/15/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

10.15^

 

Confidential Separation and General Release Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2023 and effective May 1, 2023, by and between Beachbody, LLC and Blake Bilstad.

 

10-K

 

10.15

 

3/16/2023

 

001-39735

 

 

10.16

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

5/9/2022

 

001-39735

 

 

10.17

 

Warrant Agreement, dated September 18, 2020, by and between The Beachbody Company Group, LLC and Akron Supplement, LLC.

 

S-4/A

 

10.12

 

5/10/2021

 

333-253136

 

 

10.18

 

Warrant Agreement, dated September 18, 2020, by and between The Beachbody Company Group, LLC and Schwarzenegger Blind Trust.

 

S-4/A

 

10.13

 

5/10/2021

 

333-253136

 

 

10.19

 

Financing Agreement, dated August 8, 2022, by and among Beachbody, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, The Beachbody Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Parent"), each subsidiary of the Parent from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party hereto (each a "Lender" and collectively, the "Lenders"), and Blue Torch Finance, LLC, as collateral agent and as administrative agent for the Lenders.

 

10-Q

 

10.2

 

8/8/2022

 

001-39735

 

 

10.20

 

Securities Purchase Agreement

 

8‑K

 

10.2

 

12/13/2023

 

001-39735

 

 

10.21

 

Offer Letter, dated as of June 15, 2023, by and between The Beachbody Company, Inc. and Mark Goldston.

 

8‑K

 

10.1

 

6/15/2023

 

001-39735

 

 

10.22

 

The Beachbody Company, Inc. 2023 Employee Inducement Incentive Award Plan.

 

8‑K

 

10.2

 

6/15/2023

 

001-39735

 

 

10.23

 

Option Agreement under 2023 Employee Inducement Incentive Award Plan, dated as of June 15, 2023, by and between The Beachbody Company, Inc. and Mark Goldston.

 

8‑K

 

10.3

 

6/15/2023

 

001-39735

 

 

10.24

 

Forfeiture Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2023, by and between The Beachbody Company, Inc. and Carl Daikeler.

 

8‑K

 

10.4

 

6/15/2023

 

001-39735

 

 

10.25

 

Amendment No. 1 to Financing Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2022 by and among the Company, the Borrower, each subsidiary of the Company

 

10-Q

 

10.2

 

11/7/2023

 

001-39735

 

 

118


 

 

party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Blue Torch, as collateral agent and as administrative agent.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.26

 

Amendment No. 2 to Financing Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2023 by and among the Company, the Borrower, each subsidiary of the Company party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Blue Torch, as collateral agent and as administrative agent.

 

8‑K

 

10.1

 

7/26/2023

 

001-39735

 

 

10.27

 

Form of Amended and Restated Warrant to Purchase Stock.

 

8‑K

 

10.2

 

7/26/2023

 

001-39735

 

 

10.28

 

Consent No. 1 and Amendment No. 3 to Financing Agreement, dated as of January 9, 2024 by and among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto and Blue Torch, as collateral agent and as administrative agent.

 

10-Q

 

10.1

 

1/12/2024

 

001-39735

 

 

10.29

 

Consent No. 2 and Amendment No. 4 to Financing Agreement, dated as of February 29, 2024 by and among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto and Blue Torch, as collateral agent and as administration agent.

 

8‑K

 

10.1

 

3/5/2024

 

001-39735

 

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

23.2

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Periodic Report Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

**

97.1

 

The Beachbody Company, Inc. Compensation Clawback Policy effective as of October 2, 2023.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

101.INS

 

Inline XBRL Instance Document–the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File as its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

101.SCH

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema With Embedded Linkbase Documents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

104

 

Cover page formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

**

 

Furnished herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

^

 

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

119


Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.


120


SIGNATURES

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.Description
1.1Underwriting Agreement, dated November 24, 2020, between the Company and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (2)
2.1Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 9, 2021, by and among the Company, Beachbody Merger Sub, Myx Merger Sub, Beachbody and Myx. (3)
3.1Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.(2)
3.2Bylaws. (1)
4.1Specimen Unit Certificate. (1)
4.2Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate. (1)
4.3Specimen Warrant Certificate. (1)
4.4Warrant Agreement dated November 24, 2020 between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Company. (1)
4.5Description of Registered Securities.*
10.1Letter Agreement dated November 24, 2020 among the Company, Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC and each of the executive officers and directors of the Registrant. (2)
10.2Investment Management Trust Agreement dated November 24, 2020 between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Company. (2)
10.3Registration Rights Agreement dated November 24, 2020 among the Company, Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC and the Holders signatory thereto. (2)
10.4Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement dated November 24, 2020 between the Company and Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC. (2)
10.5Form of Indemnity Agreement. (1)
10.6Promissory Note issued to Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC. (1)
10.7Securities Subscription Agreement between the Company and Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC. (1)
10.8Administrative Support Agreement dated November 24, 2020 between the Company and The Forest Road Company, LLC. (2)
10.9Form of Subscription Agreement. (3)
10.10Sponsor Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2021, by and among the Company, Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC and Beachbody. (3)
10.11Member Support Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2021, by and among the Company, Beachbody, and certain equityholders of Beachbody set forth therein. (3)
10.12Myx Support Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2021, by and among the Company, Myx, Beachbody, and certain equityholders of Myx set forth therein. (3)
31.1Certification of the Principal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).*
31.2Certification of the Principal Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).*
32.1Certification of the Principal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350.**
32.2Certification of the Principal Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350.**

101.INSXBRL Instance Document*
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema*
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase*

101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase*
101.PREXBRL Definition Linkbase Document*
101.DEFXBRL Definition Linkbase Document*

*Filed herewith.

**Furnished herewith.

(1)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form S-1, originally filed with the SEC on October 8, 2020, as amended.
(2)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 1, 2020.
(3)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K/A, filed with the SEC on February 16, 2021.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section13Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this reportReport to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.authorized.

March 25, 2021

Forest Road Acquisition Corp.

THE BEACHBODY COMPANY, INC.

Date: March 11, 2024

By:

By:

/s/ Keith L. HornMarc Suidan

Name:

Keith L. Horn

Marc Suidan

Title:

Chief ExecutiveFinancial Officer

(Principal ExecutiveFinancial Officer)

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Carl Daikeler, Marc Suidan and Jonathan Gelfand, jointly and severally, his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant andRegistrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Position

Title

Date

/s/ Keith L. HornCarl Daikeler

Director and Chief Executive Officer Secretary and Director

March 25, 2021
Keith L. Horn

(Principal Executive Officer)

March 11, 2024

Carl Daikeler

/s/ Zachary Tarica

Chairperson of the Board of Directors and

March 25, 2021

Zachary TaricaChief Investment Officer

/s/ Idan Shani

Chief Operating OfficerMarch 25, 2021
Idan Shani
/s/ Salil MehtaMarc Suidan

Chief Financial Officer

March 25, 2021
Salil Mehta(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 11, 2024

Marc Suidan

/s/ Thomas Staggs

Director, Chairperson of the Strategic Advisory Committee

March 25, 2021

Thomas Staggs

/s/ Mark Goldston

Executive Chairman, Director

March 11, 2024

Mark Goldston

/s/ Peter Schlessel

Director

March 25, 2021

Peter Schlessel

/s/ Mary Conlin

Director

March 11, 2024

Mary Conlin

/s/ Martin Luther King III

Director

March 25, 2021

Martin Luther King III

/s/ Kristin Frank

Director

March 11, 2024

Kristin Frank

/s/ Teresa Miles Walsh

Director

March 25, 2021

Teresa Miles Walsh

/s/ Michael Heller

Director

March 11, 2024

Michael Heller

/s/ Sheila A. Stamps

Director

March 25, 2021

Sheila A. Stamps

/s/ Ann Lundy

Director

March 11, 2024

Ann Lundy

/s/ Kevin Mayer

 Director

March 11, 2024

Kevin Mayer

/s/ John Salter

 Director

March 11, 2024

John Salter

/s/ Ben Van de Bunt

 Director

March 11, 2024

Ben Van de Bunt

34

121